Annual Report - Ministry of Home Affairs

GOVERNMENT OF INDIA 

MINISTRY OF HOME AFFAIRS 

2009-10 

Annual Report 

GOVERNMENT OF INDIA 

MINISTRY OF HOME AFFAIRS

MANDATE AND ORGANISATIONAL 

STRUCTURE OF THE MINISTRY OF 

HOME AFFAIRS 

1.1 �e Ministry of Home Affairs (MHA) 

has multifarious responsibilities, important 

among them being internal security, 

management of para-military forces, border 

management, Centre-State relations, 

administration of Union Territories, disaster 

management, etc. �ough in terms of Entries 1 

and 2 of List II – ‘State List’ – in the Seventh 

Schedule to the Constitution of India, ‘public 

order’ and ‘police’ are the responsibilities of 

States, Article 355 of the Constitution enjoins 

the Union to protect every State against external 

aggression and internal disturbance and to 

ensure that the government of every State is 

carried on in accordance with the provisions of 

the Constitution. In pursuance of these 

obligations, the Ministry of Home Affairs 

continuously monitors the situation, issues 

appropriate advisories, extends manpower and 

financial support, guidance and expertise to the 

State Governments for maintenance of security, 

peace and harmony without encroaching upon 

the constitutional rights of the States. 

1.2 Under the Government of India 

(Allocation of Business) Rules, 1961, the 

Ministry of Home Affairs has the following 

constituent Departments:- 

• Department of Internal Security, dealing 

with the Indian Police Service, Central Police 

Forces, internal security and law & order, 

insurgency, terrorism, naxalism, activities of 

inimical foreign agencies, rehabilitation, 

Chapter-I 

CHAPTER 

I 

grant of visa and other immigration matters, 

security clearances, etc.; 

• Department of States, dealing with Centre- 

State relations, Inter-State relations, 

administration of Union Territories, 

Freedom Fighters’ pension, Human rights, 

Prison Reforms, Police Reforms, etc. ; 

• Department of Home, dealing with the 

notification of assumption of office by the 

President and Vice-President, notification of 

appointment/resignation of the Prime 

Minister, Ministers, Governors, nomination 

to Rajya Sabha/Lok Sabha, Census of 

population, registration of births and deaths, 

etc.; 

• Department of Jammu and Kashmir (J&K) 

Affairs, dealing with the constitutional 

provisions in respect of the State of Jammu 

and Kashmir and all other matters relating 

to the State, excluding those with which the 

Ministry of External Affairs is concerned; 

• Department of Border Management, 

dealing with management of international 

borders, including coastal borders, 

strengthening of border guarding and 

creation of related infrastructure, border 

areas development, etc.; and 

• Department of Official Language, dealing 

with the implementation of the provisions of 

the Constitution relating to official languages 

1

2 

and the provisions of the Official Languages 

Act, 1963. 

1.3 �e Department of Internal Security, 

Department of States, Department of Home, 

Department of Jammu and Kashmir Affairs and 

Department of Border Management do not 

function in watertight compartments. �ey all 

function under the Union Home Secretary and 

are inter-linked. �ere is a designated Secretary 

for Department of Border Management also. 

�e Department of Official Language has a 

separate Secretary and functions independently. 

�e Annual Report of the Ministry of Home 

Affairs does not, therefore, cover the activities of 

that Department. 

1.4 �e information relating to Ministers, 

Home Secretary, Secretaries, Special Secretaries, 

Additional Secretaries and Joint Secretaries who 

held/are holding position in the Ministry of 

Home Affairs (excluding the Department of 

Official Language and Department of Justice, 

which is now being looked a�er by a separately 

designated Secretary with effect from January 

01, 2010) is at Annexure - I. �e position as on 

February 04, 2010 is also indicated at Annexure 

-II. 

1.5 �e different Divisions of the Ministry 

of Home Affairs and the major areas of their 

responsibility are as below: 

Administration Division 

1.6 �e Division is responsible for handling 

all administrative and vigilance matters, 

allocation of work among various Divisions of 

the Ministry and monitoring of compliance of 

furnishing information under the Right to 

Information Act, 2005, matters relating to the 

Table of Precedence, Padma Awards, Gallantry 

Awards, Jeevan Raksha Padak, National Flag, 

National Anthem, State Emblem of India and 

Secretariat Security Organisation. 

Border Management Division 

1.7 �e Division deals with matters relating 

to coordination and concerted action by 

administrative, diplomatic, security, intelligence, 

legal, regulatory and economic agencies of the 

country for the management of international 

borders, including Coastal borders, creation of 

infrastructure like Integrated Check Posts, 

Border Out Posts (BOPs), roads/fencing and 

floodlighting of borders and the Border Areas 

Development Programme. 

Coordination Division 

1.8 �e Division deals with intra-Ministry 

coordination work, Parliamentary matters, 

public grievances (PGs), publication of Annual 

Report of the Ministry, Record Retention 

Schedule, custody of classified and nonclassified 

records of the Ministry, Internal Work 

Study, furnishing of various reports relating to 

employment of SCs/STs and Persons with 

Disabilities to Department of Personnel and 

Training, etc. 

Centre-State Division 

1.9 �e Division deals with Centre–State 

relations, including working of the 

constitutional provisions governing such 

relations, appointment of Governors, creation of 

new States, nominations to Rajya Sabha/Lok 

Sabha, Inter-State boundary disputes, overseeing 

the crime situation in States, imposition 

of President’s Rule, etc. 

Chapter-I

Disaster Management Division 

1.10 Disaster Management Division is 

responsible for legislation, policy, capacity 

building, prevention, mitigation, long term 

rehabilitation, response, relief and preparedness 

for natural calamities and man-made disasters 

(except drought and epidemics). 

Finance Division 

1.11 �e Division is responsible for 

formulating, operating and controlling the 

budget of the Ministry and other matters 

pertaining to expenditure control & monitoring 

and financial advice, etc., under the Integrated 

Finance Scheme. 

Foreigners Division 

1.12 �e Division deals with all matters 

relating to visa, Protection Area Permit 

(PAP)/Restricted Area Permit (RAP) regimes, 

immigration, citizenship, overseas citizenship of 

India, acceptance of foreign contribution and 

hospitality. 

Freedom Fighters and Rehabilitation 

Division 

1.13 �e Division frames and implements the 

Freedom Fighters’ Pension Scheme and the 

schemes for rehabilitation of migrants from 

former West Pakistan/East Pakistan and 

provision of relief to Sri Lankan and Tibetan 

refugees. 

Human Rights Division 

1.14 The Division deals with matters 

relating to the Protection of Human Rights 

Act and also matters relating to national 

integration, communal harmony and 

Ayodhya. 

Chapter-I 

Internal Security Divisions 

1.15 Internal Security-I Division deals with 

matters relating to internal security and law & 

order, including anti-national and subversive 

activities of various groups/extremist 

organisations, policy and operational issues on 

terrorism, security clearances, monitoring of ISI 

activities, Home Secretary-level talks with 

Pakistan on counter terrorism, etc. 

1.16 Internal Security-II Division deals with 

matters relating to arms and explosives, 

extradition, narcotics and Narcotics Control 

Bureau and National Security Act. 

Jammu & Kashmir Division 

1.17 �e Division deals with constitutional 

matters including Article 370 of the 

Constitution of India and general policy matters 

in respect of J&K and terrorism/militancy in 

that State. It is also responsible for 

implementation of the Prime Minister’s Package 

for J&K. 

Judicial Division 

1.18 �e Division deals with all matters 

relating to the legislative aspects of the Indian 

Penal Code (IPC), Code of Criminal Procedure 

(Cr.P.C.) and also the Commission of Inquiry 

Act. It also handles matters relating to State 

legislations which require the assent of the 

President under the Constitution, political 

pension to erstwhile rulers before independence 

and mercy petitions under Article 72 of the 

Constitution. 

Naxal Management Division 

1.19 This Division has been created w.e.f. 

October 19, 2006 in the Ministry to 

effectively tackle the naxalite menace from 

both security and development angles. It 

3

monitors the naxal situation and countermeasures 

being taken by the affected States 

with the objective of improving ground-level 

policing and development response as per the 

location specific action plans formulated/to 

be formulated by the affected States. It also 

reviews proper implementation of various 

developmental schemes of 

Ministries/Departments concerned in the 

naxal affected areas as also optimum 

utilisation of funds released under such 

schemes. 

North East Division 

1.20 The Division deals with the internal 

security and law & order situation in North- 

Eastern States, including matters relating to 

insurgency and talks with various extremist 

groups operating in that region. 

Police Divisions 

1.21 Police-I Division functions as the 

cadre controlling authority in respect of 

Indian Police Service (IPS) and also deals 

with all matters relating to training of police 

personnel, award of Presidents’ Police Medals 

for Meritorious/Distinguished service and 

Gallantry, etc. 

1.22 Police-II deals with all matters 

relating to Central Police Forces, including 

their deployment. 

4 

***** 

Police Modernisation Division 

1.23 The Division handles all items of work 

relating to modernisation of State Police 

Forces, provisioning/procurement of various 

items for modernisation of Central Police 

Forces, police reforms and security of 

VIPs/vital installations. 

Policy Planning Division 

1.24 The Division deals with meetings of 

the SAARC Interior/Home Ministers, matters 

relating to policy formulation in respect of 

internal security issues, international 

cooperation on counter-terrorism, 

international covenants, bilateral assistance 

treaties and related items of work. 

Union Territories Division 

1.25 The Division deals with all legislative 

and constitutional matters relating to Union 

Territories, including National Capital 

Territory of Delhi. It also functions as the 

cadre controlling authority of the Arunachal 

Pradesh-Goa-Mizoram and Union Territory 

(AGMUT) cadre of Indian Administrative 

Service (IAS)/Indian Police Service (IPS) as 

also Delhi-Andaman and Nicobar Island 

Civil Service (DANICS)/ Delhi-Andaman 

and Nicobar Island Police Service (DANIPS). 

Further, it is responsible for over-seeing the 

crime and law & order situation in Union 

Territories. 

Chapter-I

INTERNAL SECURITY 

Overview 

2.1 Internal security situation in the country 

remains largely under control. �ere are 

subversive/extremist/terrorist activity in Jammu 

and Kashmir and various States in the North- 

Eastern region particularly Assam and Manipur; 

Le� Wing Extremism (LWE) is concentrated in 

five or six States but is found at some places in 

other States also. �e situation in Kashmir, in 

terms of incidents of violence and casualties, has 

shown a perceptible improvement, which is 

indicative of a transition to normalcy. In the 

North Eastern States, situation has improved in 

terms of casualties of civilians and Security 

Forces (SFs). Violence has increaseds in terms 

of number of incidents and casualties of civilians 

and SFs, as compared to the corresponding 

period of 2008. In the recent years, the 

concentration of Le� wing extremist (LWE) 

Chapter-II 

CHAPTER 

II 

violence has been mainly in the States of 

Jharkhand, Chhattisgarh, Orissa, Bihar, West 

Bengal and Maharashtra. �ere were some 

instances of major agitations during the year, 

which led to disturbance of public order and 

disruption of normal life in the affected areas 

such as the agitation in Andhra Pradesh for and 

against separate Telengana State, and in West 

Bengal in the context of the demand for a 

separate Gorkhaland State. �e communal 

situation in the country by and large remained 

under control. 

2.2 �e year 2009-10 witnessed several new 

measures taken by the Government to 

strengthen the security apparatus of the country 

to equip it to meet the grave challenge posed by 

global terrorism. �ese include 

operationalization of the National Investigation 

Agency (NIA), establishment of four National 

Chief Ministers’ Conference on Internal Security held on February 7, 2010. 

5

Security Guards (NSG) Hubs to ensure quick 

and effective response to any possible terror 

attack, augmentation of the strength of 

Intelligence Bureau (IB), strengthening of the 

Multi-Agency Centre in the IB to enable it to 

function on 24X7 basis and strengthening of 

coastal security. �e measures are specially 

aimed at improving the overall internal security 

situation a�er the terrorist attack in Mumbai in 

November 2008. 

2.3 �e Centre took some major initiatives 

to deal with the menace of Naxalism and, a�er 

wide-ranging consultations with the Naxalaffected 

States, approved a joint action plan to 

kick off coordinated and combined action, 

especially at the bi-junctions and tri-junctions 

of the affected States. A conference of the Chief 

Ministers on Internal Security, chaired by the 

Prime Minister, was also held on August 17, 

2009 and February 7, 2010, in which the internal 

security situation was deliberated in detail, and 

areas and measures requiring priority attention 

were identified. A meeting with the Chief 

Ministers and senior officers of naxal-affected 

States of Bihar, Jharkhand, Orissa and West 

Bengal, was also held a�er the conference on 

February 9, 2010 at Kolkata, which was chaired 

by the Union Home Minister. On Februry 17, 

2010, the Union Home Minister reviewed the 

security situation with the Chief Minister, J&K 

and the Unified Headquarters (UHQ). 

2.4 �e situation in different areas of the 

country mentioned above, and the various 

measures that are being taken by the 

Government to counter the challenges to 

internal security are briefly brought out in the 

subsequent paragraphs. 

JAMMU AND KASHMIR 

Security Situation 

2.5.1 �e State of Jammu & Kashmir has been 

subjected to severe terrorist and secessionist 

6 

violence, sponsored and supported from across 

the border, for the past two decades. More than 

13,775 civilians and 4,690 Security Force (SF) 

personnel have lost their lives. However there 

has been a marked improvement in the situation 

in recent years, on account of several holistic 

measures taken by the Government, and the 

people’s yearning for peace. �e statistical detail 

since 2004 is given below: 

Trends of Violence in Jammu and Kashmir 

Year Incidents SFs Civilians Terrorists 

killed killed killed 

2004 2565 281 707 976 

2005 1990 189 557 917 

2006 1667 151 389 591 

2007 1092 110 158 472 

2008 708 75 91 339 

2009 499 64 78 239 

2.5.2 As would be seen, the number of 

incidents and casualties has progressively come 

down in the last 2 years and the overall security 

situation in the State has shown perceptible 

improvement. However, there are reports to 

indicate that the infrastructure for training to 

terrorist elements across-the border continues 

to remain intact and, efforts to infiltrate 

militants into the State continue unabated. �e 

available information reveals that the infiltration 

that consistently decreased since 2005 has 

reversed in the year 2009 and increased 

substantially when compared to 2008. �e 

statistical detail since 2005 is given below: 

Year 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 

Total 597 573 535 342 485 

2.5.3 While the Army and the Central 

Security Forces remain deployed in the State to 

assist the State Police in counter 

militancy/terrorism operations, the role and 

involvement of the State Police in such 

operations has progressively increased with 

commendable results. 

Chapter-II

2.5.4 To support the State Government in its 

initiatives, the Central Government has been 

reimbursing expenditure being incurred on a 

variety of security related measures. �ese 

include inter-alia, expenditure on carriage of 

constabulary, material supplies, rent of 

accommodations, honorarium to Special Police 

Officers, civic action programme, air-li� 

charges, raising cost of India Reserve Battalions, 

transport, boarding-lodging, alternate 

accommodation for Security Forces, etc. �e 

total amount reimbursed (from 1989) till March 

31, 2009 under SRE (P) is Rs.2,925.255 crore. 

During the current financial year a sum of Rs. 

159.07 crore has been reimbursed under SRE 

(P) till December 31, 2009. 

2.5.5 �e security situation in the State is 

monitored and reviewed by the Chief Minister 

of Jammu and Kashmir in the Unified 

Headquarters Command with senior 

representatives of the State Government, Army, 

Central Para-military Forces and other security 

agencies. �e Ministry of Home Affairs also 

closely and continuously monitors the security 

situation in tandem with the State Government 

and the Ministry of Defence. �e Union Home 

Minister chaired 3 meetings with the Chief 

Minister, J&K and the UHQ members on 

March 18, 2009, June 11, 2009 and February 17, 

2010. 

2.5.6 �e Government is firmly committed 

and determined through tactical approach to 

counter the challenge posed by the terrorists and 

violence sponsored from across-the-border, and 

to restore enduring peace and normalcy in the 

State. Towards this end, a multi-faceted strategy 

is being followed which, apart from the various 

measures taken on the security front, inter-alia, 

includes (i) focused attention on the 

developmental aspects and implementation of 

the Prime Minister’s Reconstruction Plan 

amounting to Rs. 26,288 crore, with a view to 

Chapter-II 

strengthening the infrastructure, creating 

employment and income generation 

opportunities, and generally improving the 

quality of life of the people living in different 

regions of the State, (ii) Ensuring the continuity 

of the democratic process in the State and to 

provide a secure environment for political 

mobilization in the State, (iii) Zero tolerance to 

Human Rights violations and use of minimum 

force in the maintenance of law and order, (iv) 

Primacy of role to civil administration and 

elected representatives in the maintenance of law 

and order (v) Measures to improve the 

conditions of migrants at Jammu and offering a 

package of incentives for their return to the 

Valley (In this regard a package has been 

announced by the PM amounting to Rs. 1618.40 

crore) (vi) Taking necessary measures to 

facilitate people to people contact across LoC by 

way of introducing ‘Bus Services’ and ‘Trade’ in 

21 listed commodities mainly locally produced 

and in demand as explained in para 2.5.8 to 

2.5.11. 

2.5.7 �e Prime Minister visited Jammu and 

Kashmir on October 28-29, 2009. �e Union 

Home Minister visited the State on June 11- 

12,2009, October 13-14, 2009, November 4, 

2009 and February 17, 2010. �e Cabinet 

Secretary and Secretaries to Government of 

India held discussions with State Government 

officials during their visit to Srinagar on October 

5-6, 2009.�e overall objective of these visits was 

to carry forward the initiatives for finding a 

solution of the problems of the State and to 

accelerate the process of development. 

People to people contact across LoC 

(CBMs) 

2.5.8 Government of India has initiated 

various measures to enhance people to people 

contact across LoC which includes Cross LoC 

Travel and Cross LoC Trade. �e salient 

7

features of these two initiatives are given as 

under:- 

(i) Cross LoC Travel 

2.5.9 To promote people to people contact, 

fortnightly bus services on Srinagar- 

Muzaffarabad route was started from April 07, 

2005 and therea�er on Poonch-Rawalakote 

route from June 20, 2006. Taking into account 

the good response of this Confidence Building 

Measure, from both sides of LoC, the fortnightly 

bus service on Srinagar-Muzaffarabad and 

Poonch-Rawalakote routes were converted into 

a weekly service with effect from September 11, 

2008 and September 8, 2008 respectively. �e 

number of passengers who made use of these 

services till February 25, 2010 is as under : 

Bus route No. of passengers 

Indian PoK 

Srinagar-Muzaffarabad 2713 3511 

Poonch-Rawalakote 2864 4244 

(ii) Cross LoC Trade in J&K 

2.5.10 During the meeting of Prime Minister 

with President of Pakistan on the sidelines of 

63rd UN General Assembly Session on 

September 23, 2008, it was agreed by both the 

leaders to commence Cross LoC trade from 

October 21, 2008. Accordingly, Cross LoC trade 

on Srinagar Muzaffarabad axis commenced on 

October 21, 2008. On that date, 13 trucks 

crossed over to POK and 14 trucks came to 

India side. Till February 25, 2010, 1,668 trucks 

have crossed over to POK and 2,534 trucks have 

crossed over to our side. 

2.5.11 Cross LoC trade on Poonch-Rawalakote 

axis has also commenced on October 21, 2008. 

3 trucks crossed over to POK on that date and 3 

vehicles carrying goods from across the LoC 

came to our side. Till February 25, 2010, 1,357 

8 

trucks have crossed over to POK and 1,587 

trucks have crossed over to our side. 

Jammu & Kashmir Update 

2.5.12 To highlight the successful 

developmental initiatives and achievements of 

the people of the State and to to disseminate 

information on various development activities 

taking place consequent upon return of 

normalcy in the State of Jammu & Kashmir, a 

monthly booklet titled “Jammu & Kashmir 

Update” on the State has been started from 

October 2009. So far 05 issues have released. 

So� copies of the Update have also been made 

available on the Website of the Ministry of 

Home Affairs viz. www.mha.nic.in. From 

November 2009, the magazine has also been 

made accessible through Internet at 

www.jammuandkashmirupdate.com. 

ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT 

Central Assistance to Jammu & 

Kashmir 

2.5.13 �e Central Government has been 

continuously supporting and assisting the State 

Government in their efforts to bring about allround 

economic development, and to provide 

avenues for gainful employment to the people, 

with focus on planned and balanced regional 

development. Priority has been accorded to 

building physical, economic and social 

infrastructure, thereby improving the 

productive potential of the State besides 

improving the quality of life of the people. 

Prime Minister’s Reconstruction Plan 

for J&K 

2.5.14 As a special initiative in this direction, 

the Prime Minister during his visit to J&K on 

November 17-18, 2004, had announced a 

Reconstruction Plan for J&K involving an 

Chapter-II

outlay of approximately Rs.24,000 crore, which 

broadly includes Projects/Schemes aimed at 

expanding economic infrastructure and 

provision of basic services, imparting a thrust to 

employment and income generation activities, 

and providing relief and rehabilitation for 

different groups affected by militancy in J&K. 

�e current estimated cost of all the schemes 

included in the Prime Minister’s Reconstruction 

Plan is Rs.26,288 crore. During the current 

financial year, allocation for Prime Minister’s 

Reconstruction Plan is Rs.1,200 crore. 

2.5.15 �e Projects/Schemes envisaged in the 

Reconstruction Plan-2004 are implemented by 

the respective Administrative Ministries in 

consultation with the State Government. �e 

progress of implementation of the Plan, which 

includes 67 Projects/Schemes covering 11 

sectors of economy, is being monitored by the 

Ministry of Home Affairs and Planning 

Commission regularly. Out of the aforesaid 67 

Projects/ Schemes, action in respect of 30 

Projects/Schemes has been completed. Out of 

the remaining 37 Projects/Schemes, 34 projects 

are at various stages of implementation and 03 

are in the preparatory stages. 

Relief and Rehabilitation of Kashmiri 

Migrants 

2.5.16 Terrorist violence/militancy in Jammu 

& Kashmir, particularly in its early phase, had 

led to large scale forced migration of members 

of the Kashmiri Pandit community from the 

Kashmir Valley. A variety of measures have 

been taken over the year by way of financial 

assistance/relief and other initiatives to provide 

succour and support to the affected families, 

within a broad policy framework that those who 

have migrated will eventually return to the 

Valley. 

2.5.17 �ere are 57,863 Kashmiri Migrant 

Chapter-II 

families of which 37,285 families are in Jammu, 

19,338 families in Delhi and 1,240 families in 

other States/UTs. Government of J & K is 

giving dry ration and cash relief of Rs.1000 per 

head subject to a maximum of Rs.4000 per 

family per month to 16,686 eligible families 

staying in Jammu region. Government of NCT 

of Delhi is also giving cash relief of Rs.1000 per 

head subject to a maximum of Rs.4000 per 

family per month to 3,624 eligible families. 

Other State Governments/UT Administrations 

have also been providing relief to migrants in 

accordance with the scales fixed by them for the 

Kashmiri migrants staying in their States/UTs. 

2.5.18 In addition, with a view to improving 

the living conditions for the families living in 

camps in Jammu region, the Prime Minister, 

during his visit to J&K in November, 2004 

announced construction of 5,242 two-roomed 

tenements at an estimated cost of Rs.345 crore 

for Kashmiri Migrants staying presently in oneroom 

tenements in camps at Jammu. 

Construction of 1,024 flats taken up at Purkhoo, 

Muthi and Nagrota in Jammu has been 

completed and allotted. Construction for 

remaining 4218 flats has been taken up at Jagati 

near Nagrota, which is being developed as 

township with all infrastructural facilities. 

Construction work is expected to be completed 

by October 2010. 

2.5.19 Further, in order to facilitate the return 

of Kashmiri Migrants, the Central Government 

approved construction of 200 flats at 

Sheikhpora in Budgam District on an 

experimental basis at an expenditure of Rs.22.90 

crore. Construction of 120 flats has been 

completed. Possession of 60 flats has already 

been taken over by the relief organization. So 

far 31 flats have been allotted to migrants who 

are living in different camps in Kashmir Valley. 

�e project is expected to be completed by 

December 2010. 

9

2.5.20 In addition to the above measures, the 

Prime Minister during his visit to J&K on April 

25, 2008 announced, inter-alia, a package of 

Rs.1618.40 crore for return and rehabilitation of 

Kashmiri migrants to the Valley. �e package 

includes provision of assistance towards 

housing, transit accommodation, continuation 

of cash relief, students scholarships, employment, 

assistance to agriculturists/horticulturists and 

waiver of interest on loans. 

2.5.21 State Government has constituted an 

Apex Advisory Committee in September, 2009 

under the Chairmanship of the Revenue 

Minister, J&K to oversee the effective 

implementation of the Package. Government of 

J&K has created 3,000 supernumerary posts for 

Kashmiri migrant unemployed youth. 

Recruitment Rules have also been notified. �e 

Recruitment Agency has already advertised 

more than 2,200 posts and around 6,000 

applications have been received so far. �e 

proposal for construction of transit 

accommodation at three places has been 

finalized and tenders have been floated. As on 

February 2010, 4,400 applications have been 

received from the Kashmiri migrant families 

who wish to return to Valley. 

Relief Measures for Victims of 

Militancy under PM’s Package 

2.5.22 �e package announced by the Prime 

Minister in April 2008 included the following 

provisions/relief measures for victims of 

militancy related violence: 

(i) One-time cash compensation of 

Rs. 5 lakh to the next-of-kin of civilians 

killed in militancy related incidents in 

lieu of compassionate appointment 

under SRO-43 

Rs.100 crore released to the State Government 

from Security Related Expenditure (Relief & 

10 

Rehabilitation) as advance for this purpose. As 

informed by the State Government, an 

expenditure of Rs.60.265 crore has been 

incurred so far covering 1,517 cases. 

(ii) Enhancement of pension to 

widows of civilians killed in militancy 

related violence from Rs. 500 to Rs. 750 

per month 

As informed by the State Government, an 

expenditure of Rs.1.20 crore incurred on 

providing enhanced pension to 4,023 widows 

during 2008-09. For the current year (2009-10), 

4,274 widows are proposed to be covered. 

(iii) Financial assistance for the 

education of those orphaned in 

militancy related violence @ Rs. 750 per 

month per child upto 18 years 

(extendable upto the age of 21 years in 

exceptional cases) to all orphans 

without discrimination 

An amount of Rs.19 crore was released to the 

State Government for this purpose during year 

2008-09 by way of contribution to the Corpus 

Fund of the Jammu & Kashmir State 

Rehabilitation council as one-time assistance. 

As intimated by the State Government, an 

amount of Rs.30.98 lakh covering 541 orphans 

stands disbursed during 2008-09. During the 

current year 1,371 orphans are proposed to be 

covered under the scheme. 

CULTURAL EXCHANGE 

PROGRAMME 

2.5.23 �e Jammu & Kashmir Academy of Art, 

Culture and Languages, Srinagar with the 

financial support from Ministry of Home Affairs 

has been organizing various art and cultural 

programme on Jammu and Kashmir since 2008- 

Chapter-II

09. �e objectives of the programme are:- 

• to promote art, culture and languages in the 

State. 

• to develop the skill of school/college going 

children in theatre, dance, music and visual 

arts. 

• to showcase the art and culture of J&K to the 

world. 

2.5.24 In order to help develop emotional bond 

between the people of J&K with people in other 

parts of India, Ministry of Home Affairs has 

extended financial assistance to the tune of 

Rs.94,14,533 to the Academy for the following 

programmes during 2009-10:- 

(i) 3- days J&K Art Festival at DIAF, New 

Delhi during October 3-4, 2009. 

(ii) 2-days Sufi Festival at Srinagar during the 

2nd week of August 2009. 

(iii) Talent hunt programme in J&K during 

2009-10. 

(iv) Special programmes Mouj Kasheer for 

Jammu born Kashmiri migrants at Jammu 

on April 24, 2009 and Srinagar on June 28, 

2009. 

(v) Saqi day at Srinagar, J&K on June 27, 2009. 

NORTH EAST 

2.6.1 �e North Eastern Region, which 

comprises eight States, viz. Assam, Arunachal 

Pradesh, Manipur, Meghalaya, Mizoram, 

Nagaland, Sikkim and Tripura, presents an 

intricate cultural and ethnic mosaic with over 

200 ethnic groups with distinct languages, 

dialects and socio-cultural identity. �e security 

situation in some of the North Eastern States 

continue to remain complex because of diverse 

demands advocated by various militant outfits. 

�e region also has extensive borders with 

Bangladesh, Bhutan, china and Myanmar; and 

this has its own security implications. �e Statewise 

profile of violence during the last five years 

is indicated at Annexure-III. 

2.6.2 Mizoram and Sikkim have continued to 

Chapter-II 

remain peaceful. �ere was low intensity 

violence in some parts of Meghalaya. �ough 

there was spurt in number of incidents of 

violence in some parts of Arunachal Pradesh in 

the year 2009 as compared to the previous year, 

the State largely remained peaceful. �ere has 

been significant improvement over the years in 

the security situation in Tripura with noticeable 

decline in the violence profile. �e number of 

incidents of violence in Nagaland in year 2009 

(upto 31st December) has also declined as 

compared to those last year. 

Assam 

2.6.3 �e number of incidents of violence in 

Assam in the year 2009 (upto 31st December) 

increased to 424 as compared to 387 last year. 

However, the number of civilians/security forces 

(SF) personnel killed during the said period has 

reduced substantially. During 2009, ( upto 31 

December, 2009) 1,259 extremists were arrested, 

killed and surrendered in Assam due to 

sustained Counter Insurgency Operations (CI) 

in the State. 

2.6.4. In Assam, incidents of violence, 

abduction, killing, extortion, etc. were 

perpetrated mainly by the Dima Halam Daogah 

(Joel Garlosa) (DHD(J) in North-Cachar (NC) 

Hills district. �e cadres of DHD (Joel Group) 

had been indulging in large scale violence in NC 

Hills District of Assam for the last 2-3 years. 

Due to sustained Counter Insurgency 

Operations, the Chairman of the outfit along 

with two associates were arrested on June 4, 

2009. 416 cadres of DHD (J) have since laid 

down their arms and are staying in designated 

camps. �e negotiations with this outfit has 

since commenced. Ethnic violence between 

Dimasas and Zemei Nagas in the NC Hills 

district claimed 70 lives, injuries to 37 persons 

and burning of 614 houses. A large number of 

persons affected by ethnic violence in NC Hills 

district staying in relief camps set up by 

11

Government of Assam have since returned to 

their homes. 

2.6.5 In November, 2009, two leaders of ULFA 

surrendered to BSF. Subsequently, Arabinda 

RajKhowa, self styled Chief of ULFA, Raju 

Baruah, self styled Dy. commander of ULFA 

along with eight other cadres of ULFA were 

apprehended on December 4, 2009 by Border 

Security Force and handed over to Assam Police. 

2.6.6. �ough, no formal request for peace 

dialogue has been received so far, at the 

organizational level, from United Liberation 

Front of Asom (ULFA), two companies of the 

so-called 28 th Battalion of ULFA, mainly active 

in Upper Assam, have declared unilateral 

ceasefire since June 24, 2008. 

2.6.7. A Karbi militant outfit active in Karbi 

Anglong District of Assam, was formed in the 

year 2001 as an anti-talk faction of the United 

Peoples’ Democratic Solidarity which was later 

renamed as Karbi Longri N.C. Hills Liberation 

Front (KLNLF). �e outfit was having nexus 

with ULFA and was involved in the large scale 

violence during the years 2007 to 2009. Due to 

sustained pressure by the security forces, 412 

cadres of Karbi Longri NC Hills Liberation 

Front (KLNLF) laid down arms on February 11, 

2010 in a ceremony organized by the State 

Government of Assam at Diphu. �e outfit 

deposited 162 assorted arms, ammunition and 

explosives with State Police. 

2.6.8. Government has taken various measures to 

check illegal migration in Assam. A major element 

of action in this regards relates to updation of 

National Register of Citizens (NRC) 1951 in Assam. 

Accordingly, the Citizenship (Registration of 

Citizens and issue of National Identity Cards) Rules, 

2003 have been modified for enabling the State 

Government of Assam to update National Register 

of Citizens 1951 in Assam. 

Manipur 

12 

2.6.9. Manipur continues to be affected by the 

activities of a large number of militant/insurgent 

outfits. �ese groups are divided on ethnic lines 

with competing demands. �e Meitei groups are 

mainly responsible for the violence. �e 

number of incidents of violence and casualties 

of civilians/SFs have reduced in the year 2009 as 

compared to last year. Sustained counter 

insurgency operations have led to a number of 

arrest, killing and surrender of 

militants/insurgents in the year 2009. 

2.6.10. On July 23, 2009 a suspected PLA Cadre, 

Chongkhan Sanjit and a civilian woman Smt. 

�okchom Rabina Devi were killed in a shoot 

out at B.T. Road, Imphal West. Seven Police 

personal involved in the incident have been 

suspended by the State Government and a 

judicial inquiry into the incident by a sitting 

judge of Guwahati High Court has been 

instituted. A CBI enquiry has also been 

instituted in the matter. 

Nagaland 

2.6.11. �e violence in Nagaland has been 

mainly in the form of inter-factional clashes 

between different groups. �e inter-factional 

violence between major insurgent groups viz 

National Socialist Council of Nagaland (Isak 

Muivah) (NSCN/IM) and National Socialist 

Council of Nagaland (Khaplang) (NSCN(K) 

declined during the year 2009. �is has been on 

account of better coordination of operations by 

the Security Forces and increased efforts of 

Forum for Naga Reconciliation (FNR) and 

various sections of Naga Society to shun 

violence and come together for peace. 

2.6.12. Peace talks with NSCN(I/M) are 

expected to resume in March 2010. �e 

Government of India has appointed Shri R.S. 

Pandey as Representative of Government of 

India for Naga Peace Talks. 

Chapter-II

Steps taken by Government to deal with 

the situation 

2.6.13. �e major militant/insurgent groups 

active in the North Eastern States is indicated in 

Annexure-IV. Keeping in view the multiplicity 

of diverse ethnic groups, and the resultant 

complex situation in the region, the 

Government has been open to talks with such 

groups which categorically abjure violence. As 

a result, Suspension of Operations, agreements 

have been entered into with a number of groups, 

who have shown willingness to give up violence 

and seek solutions for their problems peacefully 

within the framework of the Indian 

Constitution. 

2.6.14. One faction of United People’s 

Democratic Solidarity (UPDS) led by Shri 

Horensing Bey, General Secretary had come 

forward and expressed its willingness to give up 

violence and to seek solution of its problems 

peacefully within the framework of Indian 

Constitution. SoO Agreement with this group is 

effective from 1st August, 2002. Agreed Ground 

Rules of SoO Agreement signed with UPDS has 

been revised with stringent conditions and is 

valid upto July 31, 2010. 

2.6.15. Dima Halam Daogah (DHD) (Nunisa 

Group), a militant outfit in Assam had come 

forward and expressed its willingness to give up 

violence and to seek solutions of its problems 

peacefully with the framework of the Indian 

Constitution. Suspension of Operations (SoO) 

between the security forces and DHD had been 

agreed to and in force since January 01, 2003. 

Agreed Ground Rules of SoO Agreement signed 

with DHD has been revised with stringent 

conditions and is valid upto June 30, 2010. 

2.6.16. An agreement of Suspension of 

Operation (SoO) had been signed between 

Central Government, Government of Assam 

and NDFB on My 24, 2005 and are in operation 

Chapter-II 

w.e.f. June 01, 2005. �e SoO Agreement has 

been extended from time to time. Agreed 

Ground Rules of SoO Agreement signed with 

NDFB has been revised with stringent 

conditions and is valid upto June 30, 2010. 

2.6.17. �e Government has signed Suspension 

of Operations (SoO) arrangements with Achik 

National Volunteer Council (ANVC) in 

Meghalaya w.e.f. July 23, 2004. �e SoO has now 

been extended for indefinite period. ANVC has 

submitted its Charter of Demands. Tripartite 

talks are also being held at the level of Secretary 

(BM) on the Charter of Demands. 

2.6.18. �e Government has appointed Shri P.C. 

Haldar as Representative on November 04, 2009 

to negotiate with NDFB (Pro-talk faction), 

UPDS, DHD, DHD(J) in Assam and ANVC in 

Meghalaya. 

2.6.19. Suspension of Operations (SoO) 

Agreement with Kuki outfits in Manipur have 

also been signed w.e.f. August 22, 2008 and is 

valid upto August 22, 2010. 

2.6.20. �e implementation of the agreed 

Ground Rules in respect of these outfits is 

periodically reviewed by Joint Monitoring 

Groups comprising representatives of the 

Government of India, State Government, 

Security Forces and the concerned outfits. 

2.6.21. The whole of Manipur (except Imphal 

Municipal area), Nagaland and Assam, Tirap 

and Changlang districts of Arunachal Pradesh 

and 20 km. belt in the States of Arunachal 

Pradesh and Meghalaya having common 

border with Assam have been declared 

‘Disturbed Areas’ under the Armed Forces 

(Special Powers) Act, 1958 as amended in 1972. 

The Governor of Tripura has declared the areas 

under 34 Police Stations in full and part of the 

area under 6 Police Stations as ‘Disturbed 

Areas’. 

13

2.6.22. Central Government has deployed 

Central Security Forces to aid the State 

authorities for carrying out counter insurgency 

operations and providing security for vulnerable 

institutions and installations; shared intelligence 

on continuous basis; gave financial assistance for 

strengthening of the local Police Forces and 

intelligence agencies under the Police 

Modernization Scheme; and provided assistance 

for strengthening various aspect of the security 

apparatus and counter-insurgency operations, 

by way of reimbursement of Security Related 

Expenditure. It also assisted the States for raising 

of additional Forces in the form of India Reserve 

Battalions. 

Deployment of Central Para-Military 

Forces (CPMFs) 

2.6.23. Units of the Central Para-Military 

Forces (CPFs) and Army have been deployed in 

aid of civilian authorities in the 

insurgency/militancy affected States. While 

deployment charges for CPFs units in Assam are 

presently levied @ 10% of the normal charges, 

the other States in the North East are totally 

exempt from such charges in view of their poor 

resource position. Additional forces have also 

been provided to the State Governments for 

supplementing the security cover for various 

installations and infrastructure projects. 

Raising of India Reserve (IR Battalions) 

2.6.24. �e Government of India is assisting the 

State Governments for augmenting and 

upgrading their police forces to deal with 

insurgency/militancy. Towards this end, 51 

14 

India Reserve Battalions (IR Bns.) have been 

sanctioned for the NE States, including Sikkim. 

�ese include 9 for Assam and 9 for Tripura, 9 

for Manipur, 7 for Nagaland, 5 each for 

Arunachal Pradesh and Mizoram, 4 for 

Meghalaya and 3 for Sikkim. Out of 51 

sanctioned, 42 Indian Reserve Battalions have 

been raised so far in NE States, including 

Sikkim. 

Reimbursement of Security Related 

Expenditure (SRE) 

2.6.25. The Central Government is 

implementing a scheme for reimbursement of 

security Related Expenditure (SRE) for the 

States seriously affected by 

militancy/insurgency. The scheme is being 

implemented in all States of the region except 

Mizoram and Sikkim. Under it, the 

expenditure incurred by them on various 

items, including raising of India Reserve 

Battalions, logistics provided to the 

CPFs/Army deployed in the State, ex-gratia 

grant and gratuitous relief to the victims of 

extremist violence, 75% of the expenditure 

incurred on POL (petrol, oil and lubricants) in 

operations and honorarium, paid to village 

guards/village defence committees/home 

guards deployed for security purposes, 

expenditure incurred on maintenance of 

designated camps set up for groups with whom 

the Central Government/State Governments 

have entered into agreement for Suspension of 

Operations, is being reimbursed. 

2.6.26. State wise details of assistance released 

to NE States under the SRE scheme during the 

last eight years are as under: 

Chapter-II

Amendment in Scheme for Surrendercum 

Rehabilitation of Militants in 

North East 

2.6.27. �e Ministry of Home Affairs is 

implementing a scheme for Surrender-cum- 

Rehabilitation of militants in North East w.e.f. 

April 1, 1998. �e scheme has since been 

revised. As per revised guidelines: 

• An immediate grant of Rs. 1.5 lakhs is to be 

given to each surrenderee which is to be 

kept in a bank in the name of surrenderee 

as Fixed Deposit for a period of 3 years. 

�is money can be utilized as collateral 

security/Margin Money against loan to be 

availed by the surrenderee from the bank 

for self-employment; 

• Increase in stipend from Rs. 2000 to Rs. 

3,500 per month to each surrenderee w.e.f. 

December 1,2009 for a period of one year. 

State Governments may consult Ministry of 

Home Affairs, in case support to 

beneficiaries is required beyond one year; 

and 

• Provisions for vocational training to the 

surrenderees for self-employment. 

Chapter-II 

( Rs. in crores) 

State 2000-01 2001-02 2002-03 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 2008-09 2009-10 Grand 

Total 

(amount 

released 

Assam 63.97 92.86 68.01 50.80 75.40 63.91 90.86 53.01 108.60 59.85 

from 2001 

-onwards) 

1012.81 

Nagaland 7.50 12.71 22.42 19.17 26.49 24.83 25.55 7.60 33.13 30.89 278.15 

Manipur 14.18 7.75 7.64 4.00 9.44 33.65 13.60 5.16 21.58 07.93 157.09 

Tripura 15.00 27.70 29.85 34.33 36.17 27.00 18.24 4.44 45.04 09.49 305.37 

Arunachal 

Pradesh 

1.00 1.90 0.95 2.47 1.35 1.35 1.28 - 5.45 5.39 24.16 

Meghalaya 3.21 0.60 8.35 1.92 1.56 13.17 3.91 2.69 6.24 1.93 46.77 

Total 104.86 143.52 137.22 112.69 150.41 163.91 153.44 137.4 220.04 115.48 1824.35 

2.6.28. �e number of militants who have 

surrendered in the years 2005-2009 (upto 

31.12.2009) are as under: 

Year 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 

No. of 555 1430 524 1112 1109 

Militants 

Modernisation of State Police Force 

(MPF) 

2.6.29. As mentioned earlier, the Ministry of 

Home Affairs is also assisting the State 

Governments for Modernisation of State Police 

Forces. Under this scheme assistance is being 

provided, inter-alia, for procurement of modern 

equipments for surveillance, communications, 

forensic science laboratories, etc., weaponry, 

vehicles, computerization, training 

infrastructure and for construction of Police 

infrastructure viz., Housing/Police stations/out 

posts/barracks etc. Under the scheme of MPF, 

all the North Eastern States are eligible to receive 

100% central assistance of their approved annual 

plan for modernization of Police force. In the 

current financial year 2009-10, central assistance 

15

of Rs. 155.21 crore has been allocated to NE 

States under the scheme, and an amount of Rs. 

155.21 crore has been sanctioned and released 

to North Eastern States for modernization of 

State Police Forces. �e State-wise statement of 

funds released In cash/kind under scheme for 

Modernization of State Police Forces during the 

last five years is indicated at Annexure-V. 

Repatriation of Bru Migrants from 

Tripura to Mizoram 

2.6.30. More than 30,000 minority Bru (Reang) 

tribals, mostly from Western Mizoram have 

been forced to stay in relief camps in Tripura 

since October, 1997 a�er being attacked by Mizo 

villagers. In the years 2005 and 2006, 195 cadres 

of BNLF and 857 cadres of BLFM surrendered 

to Government of Mizoram. �ey have since 

been rehabilitated in Mizoram with grants-inaid 

provided to Government of Mizoram by 

Ministry of Home Affairs. As a result of 

continued efforts/persuasion through various 

meetings, the State Government of Mizoram has 

expressed willingness to repatriate 12538 Bru 

migrants, in the first phase, from Tripura to 

Mizoram and resettle them in the designated 

places in the State. First phase of repatriation of 

Bru migrants from Tripura to Mizoram has been 

delayed because of burning of some Bru 

hutments by miscreants in November 2009 in 

Bru in-habitat areas following killing of a Mizo 

youth by suspected Bru militants. Ministry of 

Home Affairs is pursuing the repatriation of Bru 

migrants from Tripura to Mizoram. 

Helicopter Service in the North Eastern 

States 

2.6.31. In order to provide connectivity to 

remote areas as also for providing air 

connectivity to these areas with rest of India, 

helicopter services are in operation in the States 

of Arunachal Pradesh, Meghalaya, Nagaland, 

Sikkim and Tripura with subsidy from Ministry 

of Home Affairs. In Arunachal Pradesh three 

twin engine helicopters are in operation at 

present. One twin engine helicopter each is in 

operation in the States of Meghalaya and 

Nagaland and one single engine helicopter each 

is in operation in the States of Sikkim and 

Tripura. Government of Sikkim has been 

recently permitted to operate a twin engine 

helicopter in lieu of single engine helicopter 

operating in the State. In addition to above 

helicopter services, Ministry of Home Affairs 

has stationed a helicopter at Guwahati for use of 

Governors, Ministers/ senior officers of Central 

Government for facilitating their visits to North 

Eastern States. MHA bears the cost of this 

service. 

2.6.32. �e above mentioned five North Eastern 

States are operating helicopter service with 

subsidy from Ministry of Home Affairs. �e 

subsidy portion is limited to 75% of operational 

cost a�er recovery from passengers. For the 

purpose of restricting subsidy, annual ceiling of 

flying hours in respect of twin engine Dauphin 

helicopter, one M172 twin engine helicopter and 

additional MI172 twin engine helicopter 

operating in Arunachal Pradesh has been fixed 

at 1300 hours, 960 hours and 1200 hours 

respectively. In case of helicopter service 

operating in Meghalaya, Sikkim and Tripura, 

annual ceiling of flying hours has been fixed at 

720 hours, 1200 hours and 480 hours 

respectively. However, in case of Nagaland a 

monthly ceiling of flying hours of 40 hours per 

month has been fixed. �e State Governments 

are permitted to operate helicopter services in 

respect of respective States in excess of the 

ceiling of flying hours. However, the subsidy is 

limited to ceilings of flying hours fixed in respect 

of each type of helicopter being operated in 

these States. A�er adjusting subsidy from 

Ministry of Home Affairs, the balance cost of 

operating helicopter services is met by 

concerned State Governments. 

16 Chapter-II

LEFT WING EXTREMISM (LWE) 

Overview 

2.7.1 Le� Wing Extremists operate in the 

vacuum created by functional inadequacies of 

field level governance structures, espouse local 

demands, and take advantage of prevalent 

dissatisfaction and feelings of perceived neglect 

and injustice among the under privileged and 

remote segments of population. Systematically 

efforts are made by Le� Wing Extremists to 

prevent execution and implementation of 

development works including infrastructure like 

railways, roads, power and telecom through 

violence and terror, and to show the governance 

structures at field levels as being ineffective. CPI 

(Maoist) philosophy of armed struggle to 

overthrow the Indian State is not acceptable in 

our parliamentary democracy and will have to 

be curbed at any cost. Government has given a 

call to the Maoist to abjure violence and come 

for talks. �is has not been accepted by them, 

so far. 

2.7.2 Several Le� Wing Extremist groups have 

been operating in certain parts of the country 

for a few decades now. In a significant 

development in 2004, the Peoples War Group 

(PWG) then operating in Andhra Pradesh and 

the Maoist Communist Centre (MCC) then 

operating in Bihar and adjoining areas merged 

to form the CPI (Maoist). �e CPI (Maoist) 

continue to remain the most dominant among 

the various Le� Wing Extremists groups, 

accounting for more than 90% of total Le� 

Wing Extremist incidents and 95% of resultant 

killings. State-wise break-up of Le� Wing 

Extremist violence is given in the following 

table: 

Chapter-II 

State-wise Le� Wing Extremism violence 

from 2008 to 2009 

States 2008 2009 

Incidents Deaths Incidents Deaths 

Andhra 92 46 66 18 

Pradesh 

Bihar 164 73 232 72 

Chhattisgarh 620 242 529 290 

Jharkhand 484 207 742 208 

Madhya 7 - 1 - 

Pradesh 

Maharashtra 68 22 154 93 

Orissa 103 101 266 67 

Uttar Pradesh 4 - 8 2 

West Bengal 35 26 255 158 

Others 14 4 5 - 

Total 1591 721 2258 908 

Ban of CPI Maoist 

2.7.3 �e CPI (Maoist), which is the major 

Le� Wing Extremist organisation responsible 

for most of the incidents and casualties of Le� 

Wing Extremism violence, has been included in 

the schedule of terrorist organisations along 

with all its formations and front organisations 

on June 22, 2009, under the existing Unlawful 

Activities (Prevention) Act, 1967. 

Government’s Approach 

2.7.4 Government’s approach is to deal with 

Le� Wing Extremism activities in a holistic 

manner, in the areas of security, development, 

administration and public perception. In dealing 

with this decades-old problem, it has been felt 

appropriate, a�er various high-level 

deliberations and interactions with the State 

Governments concerned, that an integrated 

approach aimed at the relatively more affected 

areas would deliver results. With this in view, a 

detailed analysis of the spread and trends in 

respect of Le� Wing Extremism violence has 

17

een made and 33 affected districts in eight 

States have been taken up for special attention 

on planning, implementation and monitoring of 

development schemes. Within these 33 districts, 

eight most affected districts in four States, Bihar, 

Chhattisgarh, Jharkhand and Orissa have been 

taken up for implementation of integrated 

security and development action plans, an 

approach that can be replicated in other affected 

districts also. 

2.7.5 �e view and the policy of the 

Government is that for dealing effectively with 

the Le� Wing Extremism problem, an entirely 

police and security oriented approach is not 

enough. While it is necessary to conduct 

proactive and sustained operations against the 

extremists, and put in place all measures 

required for this, it is also necessary to 

simultaneously give focused attention to 

development and governance issues, particularly 

at the cutting edge level. Towards this end, there 

is need to develop short term programmes, 

involving activities such as holding health 

camps, effective implementation of the Public 

Distribution System, provision of drinking water 

facilities and other basic needs, as well as 

medium and long term measures for overall 

development of the area as per a time bound 

action programme. In this context, the large 

amount of funds available to the States under 

various Central Schemes like the Backward 

Districts Initiatives, Backward Regions Grant 

Fund, the National Rural Employment 

Guarantee Scheme, the Prime Minister’s Gram 

Sadak Yojna, the National Rural Health Mission 

Scheme and Sarva Siksha Abhiyan acquire 

special significance and can go a long way in 

alleviating the situation and circumstances 

which the Le� Wing Extremists attempt to 

exploit. 

Review and monitoring mechanism 

2.7.6 A number of review and monitoring 

18 

mechanisms have been established in the 

context of the different aspects of the Le� Wing 

Extremism situation, and the measures needed 

to deal with it. �ese include: 

• A Standing Committee of Chief Ministers 

of concerned States, under the 

chairmanship of Union Home Minister, to 

work out a coordinated policy and specific 

measures to deal with the Le� Wing 

Extremism problem on political, security 

and development fronts. 

• In furtherance of the approach of dealing 

with the Le� Wing Extremism problem in 

an integrated manner, a high-level Task 

Force under Cabinet Secretary has been 

formed for promoting coordinated efforts 

across a range of development and security 

measures. 

• A Coordination Centre chaired by the 

Union Home Secretary to review and 

coordinate the efforts of the concerned State 

Governments, where the State 

Governments are represented by Chief 

Secretaries and Directors General of Police. 

• A Task Force under Special Secretary 

(Internal Security) in the Ministry of Home 

Affairs, with senior officers from 

Intelligence agencies, Central paramilitary 

forces and State police forces, to deliberate 

upon the operational steps needed to deal 

with the Le� Wing Extremism activities and 

bring about coordination between 

authorities of different States, as may be 

necessary. 

• An Inter Ministerial Group (IMG), headed 

by Additional Secretary (Naxal 

Management), in the Ministry, with officers 

from development Ministries and Planning 

Commission, to oversee effective 

implementation of development schemes in 

Chapter-II

Le� Wing Extremism affected areas for 

accelerated socio-economic development. 

Measures taken to tackle Le� Wing 

Extremism 

2.7.7 �e primary responsibility for tackling 

the Le� Wing Extremism situation rests with the 

State Governments, and they have to take 

coordinated measures for this purpose. In 

various reviews and discussions mentioned 

earlier, the State Governments have been 

advised to take the following measures:- 

• Time-bound action for augmenting the 

police force in the State (with reference to 

police-population ratio), and for filling up 

existing vacancies, particularly in the 

Districts and Police Stations in the Districts 

/ areas affected by Le� Wing Extremism 

violence. 

• Develop suitable incentives for persons who 

are posted in these areas and a rotation 

policy for people posted in these areas. 

• Action to ensure that the Police Stations and 

police outposts in the areas affected by Le� 

Wing Extremism activities are provided the 

necessary infrastructure in terms of secure 

Police Station buildings (with perimeter 

security), barracks, armoury, mess 

arrangements, etc. 

• Urgently earmark a reasonable component 

of the State Police for being provided with 

special commando/jungle warfare related 

training, for which establishment of training 

facilities within the State and, in the interim, 

tie up with the Army, Central Paramilitary 

Forces and other States using such facilities 

as are available. 

• While the importance of strengthening the 

capabilities of intelligence gathering in the 

State generally is important, a special thrust 

should be given in terms of strengthening 

these arrangements in the Le� Wing 

Extremism affected areas. 

Chapter-II 

• Adherence to the standard operating 

procedures for various types of police and 

security force operations so as to pre-empt 

possible attacks and minimize casualties. 

• Focused measures should be adopted to 

ensure that the field and intermediate level 

functionaries of key departments such as 

health, education, drinking water, electricity, 

revenue and other development 

departments could be available and 

accessible to the people. �is would not only 

include filling up of posts/vacancies, but also 

secure arrangements for their stay in the 

area of their posting. 

• Identify critical infrastructure and 

development projects in the affected areas, 

as also critical infrastructure gaps, 

particularly in the sphere of connectivity, 

and formulate action plans to ensure the 

timely implementation of such projects. 

• Create mechanisms for public grievance 

redressal, mass contact and public 

awareness, for creating an overall positive 

environment and confidence of the people 

in the local administrative machinery. 

• Under a well conceived strategy, a publicity 

and counter propaganda campaign should 

be mounted. 

Measures taken by the Central 

Government to assist Le� Wing 

Extremism affected States 

2.7.8 While the overall counter action by the 

affected states in terms of Le� Wing Extremists 

killed, arrested and surrendered has shown 

much better results in 2009, there is an urgent 

need to further improve and strengthen police 

response particularly by the states of Bihar, 

Jharkhand, Orissa, Maharashtra and 

Chhattisgarh by improving actionable 

intelligence collection and sharing mechanisms 

and strengthening their police forces on the 

pattern of Greyhounds in Andhra Pradesh. 

Andhra Pradesh and Chhattisgarh, to some 

19

extent, need to sustain their present momentum 

of effective counter action against the Le� Wing 

Extremists and their infrastructure. 

2.7.9 'Police' and 'public order' being State 

subjects, action with respect to maintenance of 

law and order lies primarily in the domain of the 

concerned State Governments, who deal with 

the various issues related to Le� Wing 

Extremism activities in the States. �e Central 

Government also closely monitors the situation 

and supplements their efforts in several ways. 

�ese include providing Central paramilitary 

forces (CPMFs) and Commando Battalions for 

Resolute Action (CoBRA); sanction of India 

Reserve (IR) battalions, setting up of Counter 

Insurgency and Anti Terrorism (CIAT) schools; 

modernisation and upgradation of the State 

Police and their Intelligence apparatus under the 

Scheme for Modernization of State Police Forces 

(MPF scheme); re-imbursement of securityrelated 

expenditure under the Security Related 

Expenditure (SRE) Scheme; filling up critical 

infrastructure gaps under the scheme for Special 

Infrastructure in Le�wing Extremism affected 

States; assistance in training of State Police 

through Ministry of Defence, Central Police 

Organisations and Bureau of Police Research 

and Development; sharing of Intelligence; 

facilitating inter-State coordination; assisting 

special intra-State and inter-State coordinated 

joint operations, assistance in community 

policing and civic actions and assistance in 

development works through a range of schemes 

of different Central Ministries. 

Modernization of State Police 

2.7.10 Funds are given to the States under the 

Police Modernization Scheme to modernize 

their police forces in terms of modern 

weaponry, latest communication equipment, 

mobility and other infrastructure. �e Le� Wing 

Extremism affected States have also been asked 

to identify vulnerable police stations and 

20 

outposts in the Le� Wing Extremism affected 

areas and take up their fortification under the 

Scheme. However, some of the States need to 

improve the level of utilization of funds under 

the Scheme. 

Security Related Expenditure (SRE) 

Scheme, 2005 

2.7.11. Under the Security Related Expenditure 

(SRE) scheme, assistance is provided for 

recurring expenditure relating to insurance, 

training and operational needs of security 

forces, as also for Le� Wing Extremist cadres 

who surrender in accordance with the surrender 

and rehabilitation policy of the concerned State 

Government, community policing, securityrelated 

infrastructure by village defence 

committees and publicity material. Rs.60 crore 

was released under the scheme. 

2.7.12 �e districts namely Nizamabad 

(Andhra Pradesh), Deogarh, Jajpur, Kondhamal, 

Dhenkanal & Nayagarh (Orissa) and Khunti and 

Ramgarh (Jharkhand) were included under 

Security Related Expenditure Scheme. Revised 

guidelines for hiring of helicopters under SRE 

scheme approved by SRE Committee on July 28, 

2009. Orders for engagement of 6,666 SPOs by 

Le� Wing Extremism affected States of Andhra 

Pradesh, Uttar Pradesh, Orissa and Bihar were 

issued. Revised Guidelines and package for 

surrender and rehabilitation of Le� Wing 

Extremists were issued on August 26, 2009 to 

encourage the states to facilitate surrender of 

Le� Wing Extremists who abjure violence and 

intend to return to mainstream. 

Supply of Mine Protected Vehicles 

2.7.13 Keeping in view the increased casualties 

of police personnel due to IED/land mine blasts, 

the Le� Wing Extremism affected States have 

been provided Mine Protected Vehicles (MPVs) 

under the Police Modernization Scheme. �eir 

Chapter-II

supply has been streamlined by taking up the 

matter with the Chairman, Ordinance Factory 

Board. 

Deployment of Central Para Military 

Forces 

2.7.14 58 battalions of CPMFs are currently 

deployed for assisting the State Police in States 

of Andhra Pradesh, Bihar, Chhattisgarh, 

Jharkhand, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, 

Orissa, Uttar Pradesh and West Bengal. �is 

includes the 21 battalions inducted in 2009 : 

Chattisgarh (9), Maharashtra (3), Jharkhand (5) 

and West Bengal (4). 

India Reserve Battalions 

2.7.15 �e Le� Wing Extremism affected States 

have been sanctioned India Reserve (IR) 

battalions mainly to strengthen security 

apparatus at their level as also to enable the 

States to provide gainful employment to the 

youth, particularly in the Le� Wing Extremism 

affected areas. 37 India Reserve (IR) battalions 

have been sanctioned to nine Le� Wing 

Extremism affected States. Provision has also 

been made for raising two coys per battalion as 

commando units / specialised forces for which 

additional financial assistance of Rs.6 crore is 

given over and above the Rs.27.75 crore being 

provided by the Central Government for each 

IR Battalion. So far, 24 IR Battalions have been 

raised. 

CoBRA Battalions 

2.7.16 Ten Battalions of Specialized Force 

trained and equipped for counter-insurgency 

and jungle-warfare operations, named as 

Commando Battalions for Resolute Action 

(CoBRA) are being raised as a part of the 

Central Reserve Police Force (CRPF). In the 

first phase, the key location points of two 

Battalions are at Jagdalpur in Chhattisgarh and 

Chapter-II 

Koraput in Orissa. Selection of personnel for 

the remaining four battalions has been 

completed. As per Key Location Plan, these will 

be located at Hazaribagh in Jharkhand, Gaya in 

Bihar, Jagdalpur in Chhattisgarh and Bhandara 

in Maharashtra. 

CIAT Schools 

2.7.17 20 Counter Insurgency and Anti- 

Terrorist (CIAT) Schools, four per State, are 

being set up to impart specialised training to 

State police personnel in respect of counter 

insurgency, jungle warfare and terrorism in 

Assam, Bihar, Chhattisgarh, Orissa and 

Jharkhand. So far, 15 CIAT schools in 5 Le� 

Wing Extremism affected States of Bihar (3), 

Chhattisgarh (3), Jharkhand (3) and Orissa (3), 

have been sanctioned and Rs.22.50 crore have 

been released. 

Scheme for special infrastructure 

2.7.18 Based on detailed study and analysis of 

the requirements in the field, a new scheme for 

Le� Wing Extremist affected States has been 

implemented in Le� Wing Extremist affected 

during 2008-09. �e scheme is aimed at filling 

critical infrastructure gaps not covered under 

normal schemes of the Central Government 

including MPF and SRE schemes. An outlay of 

Rs.500 crore has been provided for this purpose 

in the XI plan period, with a provision of Rs.100 

crore made for 2008-09. An amount of 

Rs.9,999.92 lakh has been released to the States 

of Andhra Pradesh, Bihar, Chhattisgarh, 

Jharkhand, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, 

Uttar Pradesh and Orissa during 2008-09. Rs 

30 crore has been provided for during 2009-10. 

Recruitment in Central Para Military 

Forces 

2.7.19 In order to wean away the potential 

youth from the path of militancy or Le� Wing 

21

Extremism, recruitment guidelines have been 

revised to permit 40% recruitment in Central 

Para Military Forces from the border areas and 

areas affected by militancy or Le� Wing 

Extremism. 

Development 

2.7.20 Special attention on planning, 

implementation and monitoring of development 

schemes is being emphasised. Under the 

Backward Districts Initiative, which covered 147 

districts, an amount of Rs. 45 crore per district 

had been allocated on a non-lapsable basis. �is 

has now been replaced by the Backward Regions 

Grant Fund, in 250 districts. National Rural 

Employment Guarantee Programme, which was 

originally being implemented in 200 districts, 

and was extended to 330 districts in April 2007, 

is now being extended to all districts in the 

Country, having regard to the need to 

universalise this demand-driven programme for 

wage-employment. �ese schemes are in 

addition to various income-generating, publicutility 

and social-security schemes of Ministries 

like Rural Development, Agriculture, Health 

and Family Welfare, Youth Affairs and Sports, 

Panchayati Raj and Tribal Affairs. In totality, 

these provide ample opportunity to address the 

development aspects relevant to Le� Wing 

Extremism, provided the implementation is 

done in a systematic and qualitative manner. 

Backward Districts Initiative (BDI) 

2.7.21 Since the Le� Wing Extremism menace 

has to be addressed on the developmental front 

also, the Central Government has provided 

financial assistance of Rs.2,475 crore for 55 Le� 

Wing Extremism affected districts (then) in the 

nine States of Andhra Pradesh, Bihar, 

Chhattisgarh, Orissa, Jharkhand, Maharashtra, 

Madhya Pradesh, Uttar Pradesh & West Bengal 

under the Backward Districts Initiative (BDI) 

component of the Rashtriya Sam Vikas Yojana 

22 

(RSVY). Under this Scheme, an amount of Rs.15 

crore per year was given to each of the districts 

for three years so as to fill in the critical gaps in 

physical and social development in the Le� 

Wing Extremism affected areas. �ese districts 

were to migrate to the scheme of Backward 

Regions Grant Funds (BRGF) a�er full 

utilisation of Rs.45 crore. 

Backward Regions Grant Funds 

(BRGF) 

2.7.22 Separate funds are provided for capacity 

building and development. An exercise is on to 

increase the amount of assistance for the focused 

districts. 

Focus Area Approach 

2.7.23 A�er various high-level deliberations 

and interactions with the State Governments 

concerned, it was agreed that an integrated 

approach aimed at the relatively more affected 

areas would give positive results. With this in 

view, a detailed analysis of the spread and trends 

in respect of Le� Wing Extremism violence has 

been made and 34 affected districts in eight 

States have been taken up for special attention 

on planning, implementation and monitoring of 

development schemes. Some of the initiatives 

for 34 focus districts are given below: 

• Under Pradhan Mantri Gram Sadak Yojana 

(PMGSY), 3-year perspective plans are being 

prepared for covering all eligible habitations 

having population of 500 and above in plain 

areas and 250 and above in tribal areas. 

• It has been decided to enhance Central 

assistance from 50 per cent to 100 per cent 

for establishment of Ashram schools for girls 

and boys in tribal sub-plan areas and hostels 

for scheduled tribe girls and boys (for girls, 

this relaxed dispensation has been provided 

for all districts; for boys, this is restricted to 

the identified 33 districts only). 

Chapter-II

• A road requirement plan has been approved 

by the Government for construction of 

National Highways, State Highways and 

major district roads at a cost of Rs 7300 crore 

in the eleventh Five year plan 

2.7.24. �e Task Force on Le� Wing Extremism 

is coordinating the effective implementation of 

the following development projects/schemes 

and activities in the LWE affected districts:- 

(i) Improving connectivity through laying of 

new roads, and strengthening of existing 

roads in these areas; 

(ii) Ensuring that people living in the forest 

areas in these Le� Wing Extremism 

affected districts fully receive the benefits 

as envisaged under the Recognition of 

Forest Rights Act, 2006; 

(iii) Implementation of the National Rural 

Employment Guarantee Act (NREGA); 

(iv) Rajiv Gandhi Grameen Vidyutikaran 

Yojana; 

(v) National Rural Drinking Water Supply 

Programme; 

(vi) Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan; 

(vii) Indira Awas Yojana. 

2.7.25 Status in respect of the above 

development areas in the 33 Le� Wing 

Extremism affected districts in eight States is as 

below: 

(i) (a)Pradhan Mantri Gram Sadak Yojana 

(PMGSY): Detailed Project Reports 

(DPRs) for 25,671 km. road length to 

connect 10,129 habitations in 33 Le� 

Wing Extremism affected districts have 

been cleared till October, 2009. State 

Governments are preparing the Detailed 

Project Reports for connecting the 

remaining 5,090 eligible habitations. An 

amount of Rs.5,659.39 crore has been 

released till date for these roads, and the 

expenditure so far is Rs.1,436.35 crore. 

Chapter-II 

(b) National Highways (NH) and State Roads: 

1,202 km of NH and 4,363 km of State 

roads have been identified for 

strengthening into two-lane standards at 

a cost of Rs.7,300 crore. Till date, work 

sanctions have been given for 1,316 km 

costing Rs.1,400 crore. All the balance 

works are expected to be sanctioned by 

June 2010. 

( c) One of the major problems in execution 

of roads in LWE affected areas is 

interference with the works by the Le� 

Wing Extremisms through acts such as 

extortion, ransom, destruction of the 

machinery, etc. GOI has categorized the 

roads in LWE areas into three categories 

depending on their security situation. 

2,530 km of roads are under category II 

and III, requiring security for 

construction activity. Construction of 

NH-16 (691 km connecting Andhra 

Pradesh and Chhattisgarh) has been 

entrusted to Border Roads Organization. 

(ii) Forest Rights Act: �e Scheduled Tribes 

and other Traditional Forests Dwellers 

(Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006 

recognize and vests forest and occupation 

rights in forest land to schedule tribes and 

other traditional forest dwellers who have 

been residing in such forests for 

generations but whose rights could not be 

recorded. �e Rules have been notified on 

January 01, 2008. As against 4,18,872 

claims received in the LWE affected 

districts, 1,66,885 title deeds have been 

distributed. In the eight LWE affected 

states, a total of Rs.2,226.27 crore have 

been released for various development 

schemes in the tribal areas by the Ministry 

of Tribal Affairs, GOI for the years 2007- 

08 to 2009-10. 

(iii) National Rural Employment Guarantee 

Act (NREGA): �e number of 

23

24 

households provided employment under 

the NREGA in the LWE affected districts 

as: 

2006-07: 23,38,023 (Rs. 1,227.75 crore ); 

2007-08: 31,43,927 ( Rs. 1,750.27 crore); 

2008-09: 31,38,198 (Rs. 2,030.16 crore); 

2009-10 (up to December 2009): 

23,32,265 (Rs. 1439.87 crore). 

(iv) Rajiv Gandhi Grameen Vidyutikaran 

Yojana (RGGVY): Rs. 2,228.95 crore has 

been released to 33 LWE districts as on 

December 21, 2009, for electrifying all the 

villages and habitations, providing access 

to electricity to rural households and 

providing electricity connection to Below 

Poverty Line (BPL) families free of charge 

in the LWE affected districts. 

(v) National Rural Drinking Water Supply 

Programme (NRDWS): �ere are 32,348 

on-going schemes in the 33 LWE affected 

districts with an estimated cost of Rs. 

562.79 core. Expenditure reported is Rs. 

154.63 crore, as on 21.12.2009. Against a 

target of 21,653 habitations, 5,770 

habitations have been covered with safe 

drinking water. 

2.7.26 In respect of Total Sanitation Campaign, 

the total project outlay is Rs. 1,121.76 crore, 

release is Rs. 490.94 crore, and expenditure till 

December, 2009 is Rs. 338.21 crore. 

(i) Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan (SSA): Total 

budget sanctioned for the 33 LWE affected 

districts is Rs. 2,153.14 crore. for 2009-10, 

and expenditure incurred is Rs. 737.65 

crore up to November, 2009. 

(ii) Indira Awas Yojana: In 2009-10, Rs. 

412.91 crore was released as a special 

package for construction of 3.15 lakh 

houses under IAY for 33 LWE districts. So 

far 150,369 houses have been sanctioned, 

67,729 have been allotted, 99,298 are 

under construction, and 26,318 houses 

have been completed. An expenditure of 

Rs. 314.14 crore has been incurred by 

States. 

Tribal and Forest related issues 

2.7.27 Another step has been the Scheduled 

Tribes and other Traditional Forest Dwellers 

(Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006, which 

seeks to recognise and vest the forest rights and 

occupation in forest land in forest dwelling 

scheduled tribes and other traditional forest 

dwellers who have been residing in such forests 

for generations but whose rights could not be 

recorded. �e Rules have been notified on 

01.01.2008. Special attention is given so that the 

implementation of this Act is effectively 

undertaken in the States, so that its aims and 

objects are fully achieved. Further, to facilitate 

social and physical infrastructure in the forest 

areas, Ministry of Environment and Forests has 

issued general approval to allow such 

infrastructure by utilising upto 1 hectare of 

forest land for non-forest purposes. �at 

Ministry has also permitted upgradation of 

kutcha roads constructed prior to September 01, 

1980 into pucca roads. More than one lakh 

forest related petty cases against tribals 

withdrawn in Jharkhand. 

Surrender and Rehabilitation Policy 

2.7.28 Guidelines for surrender-cumrehabilitation 

of Le� Wing Extremists has been 

put in place. �e rehabilitation package inter alia 

includes a stipend of Rs.2,000 for three years, 

vocational training, immediate grant of Rs. 1.5 

lakh and incentives for surrender of weapons. 

Central Scheme for Assistance to 

Victims/Family of Victims of Terrorist 

and Communal violence 

2.7.29 �e broad aim of the Scheme is to assist 

Chapter-II

victims of Terrorist violence (including Naxals) 

and Communal violence. An amount of Rs. 

�ree lakh would be given to the affected family 

under the scheme, irrespective of the number of 

deaths in a family in a particular incident. 

However, if the bread-winner and the 

householder of a family die/are permanently 

incapacitated in separate incidents/occasions the 

family would be entitled to get assistance on 

each occasion. Recently, the benefits under the 

scheme have been extended to victims of Le� 

Wing Extremism violence. �e beneficiary, 

thus, would be provided assistance of Rs. one 

lakh under Security Related Expenditure and 

Rs.3 lakh as per the schematic guidelines of 

assistance to Victims/Family of Victims of 

Terrorist and Communal violence. 

MEASURES TAKEN TO 

STRENGTHEN THE INTERNAL 

SECURITY APPARATUS 

2.8.1 As part of an ongoing exercise several 

steps have been taken to strengthen and upgrade 

the capabilities of intelligence and security 

agencies both at the Central level and the State 

level, as well as to enhance information sharing 

and operational coordination between the 

Central agencies and the State governments. 

�ese measures include augmenting the 

strength of Central Para-Military Forces; the 

amendment of CISF Act to enable deployment 

of CISF in joint venture or private industrial 

undertakings; establishment of NSG hubs at 

Chennai, Kolkata, Hyderabad and Mumbai; 

empowering DG, NSG to requisition aircra� for 

movement of NSG personnel in the event of any 

emergency; online and secure connectivity 

between Multi-Agency Centre, Subsidiary 

Multi-Agency Centres and State Special 

Branches. A Scheme aimed at strengthening 

State Special Branches (SSBs) by way of support 

for monitoring, security, surveillance and other 

related equipments, has recently been approved. 

Support would be given in this scheme for 

Chapter-II 

networking, computers and data management. 

Matters relating to Unlawful Activities 

(Prevention) Act, 1967 

2.8.2 �e Central Government has 

constituted a Review Committee in terms of 

Section 45 of the Unlawful Activities 

(Prevention) Act. Further, the Central 

Government has issued an order detailing 

elaborate procedure for effective 

implementation of Section 51-A of the Act, so 

that the mandates arising out of the 

international commitments are met in a legally 

fail-safe manner. 

National Investigation Agency (NIA) 

2.8.3 �e National Investigation Agency Act 

has been enacted and notified on 31.12.2008 and 

the National Investigation Agency has been 

constituted. �e Director General has been 

appointed and 217 additional posts have been 

created at various levels in the Agency. �e 

agency is mandated to investigate and prosecute 

offences under the Acts mentioned in the 

Schedule which, inter-alia, includes offences 

under the Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act, 

1967 that have inter-state and/or international 

linkages, which are assigned to it by the 

Government and would function under the 

superintendence of the Central Government. 

NIA Hqrs in Delhi has been notified as ‘Police 

Station’. 14 cases have been assigned to the 

Agency for investigation and prosecution. Out 

of these 14 cases, chargesheets have been filed in 

2 cases.Special Courts have been notified in 

Assam, Delhi, Kerala and Maharashtra. Further, 

Recruitment Rules for Group C posts in NIA 

have been notified. One time method of 

recruitment for filling up posts of group A and 

B, has been finalized in consultation with the 

UPSC 

2.8.4 �e Agency held a familiarization 

25

Workshop of State DGPs on June 12, 2009. 

Strengthening of Intelligence Mahinery 

– MAC/SMAC 

2.8.5 Multi-Agency Centre (MAC) in the 

Intelligence Bureau (IB) has been functioning 

on 24X7 basis. An executive order has been 

issued on December 31, 2008 under which 

MAC, under the IB, has been obliged to share 

intelligence with all other agencies, including 

agencies of the State Governments/Union 

Territories. Likewise, all other agencies have 

been obliged to share intelligence with MAC. To 

ensure on-line and secure connectivity of MAC 

with SMACs and State Special Branches, 

hardware is being procured and is likely to be 

installed and commissioned by April, 2010. 

Ban of pre-paid mobile services in J&K 

2.8.6 In the interest of national security, the 

Government decided to ban pre-paid mobile 

connections in J&K with effect from 01.11.2009. 

�e ban was imposed on the ground that prepaid 

SIMs were being issued without proper 

verification and forged/fake documents were 

being used to issue pre-paid connections. A�er 

a series of discussions with the service providers, 

Department of Telecommunication (DoT) and 

officials of the Government of J&K, guidelines 

for strict re-verification of mobile subscribers in 

J&K have been prepared and forwarded to DoT 

for notification. DoT, restoring the pre-paid 

mobile services, accordingly notified the 

guidelines for re-verification of mobile 

subscribers in J&K on January 20, 2010. 

Setting up of NATGRID 

2.8.7 �e Government have, in principle, 

agreed to set up National Intelligence Grid 

(NATGRID). 

***** 

GORKHALAND ISSUE 

2.9.1 �e Gorkha Janmukti Morcha has been 

demanding grant of separate Statehood for the 

area comprising the Darjeeling district, 

including the areas of three hill subdivisions and 

partially the areas of Siliguri sub-Division and 

certain other contiguous areas. A process of 

tripartite talks has been initiated since 

September 2008 at the instance of the West 

Bengal Government with the representatives of 

the Gorkha Janmukti Morcha with the 

Government of India acting as facilitator. Four 

Rounds of tripartite talks have been held so far. 

2.9.2 �e third round of talks were held on 

August 11, 2009, wherein the Gorkhaland 

Janmukti Morcha (GJM) basically requested for 

repeal of the Darjeeling Gorkha Hill Council 

Act, 1988 and also dropping the proposed bills 

for creation of an autonomous Hill Council 

under the Sixth Schedule to the Constitution to 

pave the way for further talks. A central team 

consisting of representatives of various 

Ministries/Departments visited Darjeeling hill 

area to review the state of development in the 

area. All the Ministries/Departments concerned 

have been impressed upon to proactively take 

up projects under various developmental 

schemes in the hill area of Darjeeling. Lt. Genl. 

(Retd.) Vijay Madan has been appointed as 

Interlocutor to continue with the dialogue. On 

the request of the GJM the fourth round of talks 

were held at Darjeeling on December 21, 2009. 

GJM however, isisted that the next round of the 

talks may be held at the political level. �e 

Government of India have agreed to hold the 

next round of talks at the political level and the 

GJM has been informed of the same. �e talks 

are likely to be held in March 2010. 

26 Chapter-II

BORDER MANAGEMENT 

3.1 India has 15,106.7 km. of land border 

and a coastline of 7,516.6 km. including island 

territories. �e length of our land borders with 

neighbouring countries is as under : 

Name of the Length of the border 

country (in km.) 

Bangladesh 4096.7 

China 3488.0 

Pakistan 3323.0 

Nepal 1751.0 

Myanmar 1643.0 

Bhutan 699.0 

Afghanistan 106.0 

Total 15106.7 

3.2 Securing the country’s borders against 

interests hostile to the country and putting in 

Chapter-III 

CHAPTER 

III 

place systems that are able to interdict such 

elements while facilitating legitimate trade and 

commerce are among the principal objectives of 

border management. �e proper management 

of borders, which is vitally important for 

national security, presents many challenges and 

includes coordination and concerted action by 

administrative, diplomatic, security, intelligence, 

legal, regulatory and economic agencies of the 

country to secure the frontiers and sub serve its 

best interests. 

3.3 �e Department of Border Management 

was created in the Ministry of Home Affairs in 

January, 2004 to pay focused attention to the 

issues relating to management of international 

land and coastal borders, strengthening of 

border policing & guarding, creation of 

infrastructure like roads, fencing & floodlighting 

of borders and implementation of Border Area 

27

Development Programme. 

3.4 As a part of the strategy to secure the 

borders as also to create infrastructure in the 

border areas of the country, several initiatives 

have been undertaken by the Department of 

Border Management. �ese include expeditious 

construction of fencing, floodlighting & roads 

along Indo-Pakistan and Indo-Bangladesh 

borders, development of Integrated Check Posts 

(ICPs) at various locations on the international 

borders of the country, construction of strategic 

roads along Indo-China border. In addition, 

various developmental works in the border areas 

have been undertaken by the Department under 

the Border Area Development Programme as a 

part of the comprehensive approach to border 

management. 

VIGIL ALONG THE 

INTERNATIONAL BORDERS 

Fencing and floodlighting of borders 

3.5 Fencing and floodlighting of the border 

are important constituents of maintaining 

vigilance along the borders. In order to curb 

infiltration, smuggling and other anti-national 

activities from across Indo-Pakistan and Indo- 

Bangladesh borders, the Government have 

undertaken the work of construction of fencing, 

floodlighting and roads along these borders. 

Indo-Bangladesh Border (IBB) 

3.6 �e Indian side of the Indo-Bangladesh 

border passes through West Bengal (2,216.7 

km.), Assam (263 km.), Meghalaya (443 km.), 

Tripura (856 km.) and Mizoram (318 km.). �e 

entire stretch consists of plain, riverine belts, 

hills, jungles with hardly any natural obstacles. 

�e area is heavily populated and cultivated 

right upto the border. 

3.7 �e Indo-Bangladesh border is marked 

by a high degree of porosity and checking illegal 

cross border activities has been a major 

challenge. �e main problem is of illegal 

migration from Bangladesh into India. In order 

Fencing constructed along Indo-Bangladesh Border 

28 Chapter-III

to prevent illegal immigration and other antinational 

activities from across the border, the 

Government of India had sanctioned the 

construction of border roads and fencing in two 

phases. �e total length of Indo-Bangladesh 

border sanctioned to be fenced is 3,436.59 km.; 

out of which 2,709.39 km. of fencing has so far 

been completed and the work of construction of 

fencing in approximately 727 km. is under 

implementation. �ere have been some 

problems in construction of fencing in certain 

stretches on this border due to riverine/low lying 

Chapter-III 

FENCING 

(Length in Km.) 

Name of State PHASE I PHASE II TOTAL (PH.I + PH.II) 

Sanctioned Completed Sanctioned Completed Sanctioned Completed 

W. Bengal 507 507 1021 712.00 1528 1219.00 

Assam 152.31 149.29 77.72 72.27 230.03 221.56 

Meghalaya 198.06 198.06 272.17 182.00 470.23 380.06 

Tripura - - 856 730.50 856 730.50 

Mizoram - - 352.33 158.27 352.33 158.27 

Total 857.37 854.35 2579.22 1855.04 3436.59 2709.39 

BORDER ROADS 

(Length in Km.) 

Name of State PHASE I PHASE II TOTAL (PH.I + PH.II) 

Sanctioned Completed Sanctioned Completed Sanctioned Completed 

W. Bengal 1770.16 1616.57 0.00 0.00 1770.00 1616.57 

Assam 186.33 176.50 138.70 74.56 325.03 251.06 

Meghalaya 211.29 211.29 327.87 200.85 539.16 412.14 

Tripura 545.37 480.51 564.12 255.95 1109.49 736.46 

Mizoram 153.40 153.06 429.16 161.03 582.56 314.09 

Total 2866.39 2637.93 1459.85 692.39 4326.24 3330.32 

Floodlighting 

3.9 277 km. of floodlighting has been 

completed in West Bengal as a pilot project. �e 

Government has decided to undertake 

floodlighting in the states of West Bengal, 

areas, population within 150 yards of the border, 

pending land acquisition cases which has led to 

delay in completion of the project. �ough the 

scheduled date for completion of the project is 

March, 2010, it is likely to spill over due to 

ground level constraints. 

3.8 In addition, 3,330.32 km. of border 

roads have also been constructed out of 

sanctioned length of 4,326.24 km. �e phase 

wise progress of fencing and roads is as under : 

Meghalaya, Assam, Mizoram and Tripura in 

2,840 km. along Indo-Bangladesh border at an 

estimate cost of Rs.1,327 crore. �e work has 

been assigned to Central Public Works 

Department (CPWD), Engineering Project 

India Limited and National Project 

29

Construction Corporation (NPCC). �e work 

is scheduled to be completed by 2011-12. 

3.10 �e work of erection of poles in 211 Km 

along with laying of cables in 60 km has been 

completed so far. 

Replacement of fencing constructed 

under Phase-I 

3.11 Most of the fencing constructed under 

the Phase-I in West Bengal, Assam and 

Meghalaya has been damaged due to adverse 

climatic conditions, repeated submergence etc. 

�e Government of India has sanctioned a 

project named Phase-III for erection of 861 km. 

of fencing replacing the entire fencing 

constructed under Phase-I at an estimated cost 

of Rs.884 crore. 

3.12 �e work has been assigned to Central 

Public Works Department, National Buildings 

Construction Corporation and National Project 

Construction Corporation. 532 km. of fencing 

has been replaced so far. �ough the scheduled 

date for completion of the entire project is 

30 

March, 2010, it is likely to spill over due to 

ground level constraints. 

Indo-Pakistan Border (IPB) 

3.13 India shares 3,323 km. [including Line 

of Control (LoC) in Jammu & Kashmir (J&K) 

sector] of its land border with Pakistan. �is 

border runs along the States of Gujarat, 

Rajasthan, Punjab and J&K. �e Indo-Pakistan 

border has varied terrain and distinct 

geographical features. �is border is 

characterized by attempts at infiltration by 

terrorists and smuggling of arms, ammunition 

and contraband, the LoC being the most active 

and live portion of the border. 

3.14 A total length of 462.45 km. and 460.72 

km. has been fenced and flood lit respectively in 

the entire Punjab sector, except some gaps in 

riverine areas. In Rajasthan sector also, the work 

of construction of fencing and floodlighting in 

1,048.27 km. and 1,022.80 km. respectively has 

been completed except certain shi�ing sand 

dune areas. 

Fencing constructed along Indo-Bangladesh Border 

Chapter-III

3.15 In Jammu sector, the work of 

construction of 186 km. of fencing has been 

completed. 176.40 km. of floodlighting works 

have also been completed and work on 9.60 km. 

will be undertaken a�er realignment of fencing. 

3.16 �e Government had approved a 

comprehensive proposal for erecting fencing, 

floodlighting and construction of border/link 

roads and Border Out-Posts for Border Security 

Force in the Gujarat sector of the Indo-Pak 

border. Works of 219 km. of fencing, 202 km. of 

floodlighting and 241 km. of border roads have 

been completed so far in this sector out of 340 

km. sanctioned. 35 BOPs have also been 

established out of 70 BOPs sanctioned. 

3.17 �ere has been time overrun in 

completing the project due to unforeseen 

circumstances and natural calamities including 

devastating earthquake in 2001, unprecedented 

rains and consequential floods in 2003 and 2006. 

�e cost of the project has also increased due to 

price escalation, increase in the scope of work, 

upgradation of specifications for roads and 

electrical works etc. In addition, an expenditure 

Chapter-III 

of Rs.224 crore is estimated for upgradation works 

as per Central Road Research Institute (CRRI) 

recommendations a�er the floods in 2006. 

3.18 �e Government have approved the 

extension of time for completion of the fencing 

and floodlighting project and revised cost 

amounting to Rs.1,201 crore against original 

sanction of Rs.380 crore. �e project is targeted 

to be completed by March, 2012 or three working 

season a�er the work is started. 

Floodlighting along Indo-Pakistan border 

Shi�ing of fencing close to the border 

3.19 It has been decided to shi� 38.015 km. 

of fencing erected on Jammu International 

Border and 23.38 km. of fencing and 

floodlighting in Punjab sector close to the 

border to facilitate the border inhabitants to 

cultivate their lands without problems. 

Presently, the work of earth leveling, erection of 

pickets and barbed wire is in progress. 

3.20 �e status of progress of fencing and 

floodlighting on the Indo-Pak border as on 

January 31, 2010 is indicated below : 

31

Fencing 

(Length in km.) 

Name of the State Total length Total length Length of the Remaining 

of border of border to border length of the 

be fenced fenced so far border 

proposed to 

be fenced 

Punjab 553.00 461.00 *462.45 --- 

Rajasthan 1037.00 1056.63 *1048.27 --- 

Jammu International 210.00 186.00 186.00 --- 

Border 

Gujarat 508.00 340.00 219.00 121.00 

TOTAL 2308.00 2043.63 1915.72 121.00 

* Length is more due to topographical factors/alignment of fencing 

Floodlighting 

(Length in km.) 

Name of the State Totallength Total length Length of the Remaining 

of border of border to border length of the 

be fenced fenced so far border 

proposed to 

be fenced 

Punjab 553.00 460.72 460.72 --- 

Rajasthan 1037.00 1022.80 1022.80 --- 

Jammu International 

Border 

210.00 186.00 176.40 9.60 

Gujarat 508.00 340.00 202.00 138.00 

TOTAL 2308.00 2009.52 1861.92 147.60 

CONSTRUCTION OF ADDITIONAL 

BORDER OUT POSTS (BOPs) 

ALONG INDO-BANGLADESH AND 

INDO-PAKISTAN BORDERS 

3.21 �ere already exist 802 BOPs on Indo- 

Bangladesh border and 609 BOPs on 

Indo-Pakistan border for effective domination of 

these borders. In order to reduce the inter-BOP 

distance for effective border management, a 

proposal for construction of additional 509 BOPs 

(383 along Indo-Bangladesh border and 126 

along Indo-Pakistan border) at an estimated cost 

of Rs.1,832.50 crore has been approved by the 

Government on February 16, 2009. 

Construction of these additional BOPs will 

provide all necessary infrastructures for the 

accommodation, logistic support and the combat 

functions of the BSF troops deployed on Indo- 

Bangladesh and Indo-Pakistan borders. �e 

project is targetted to be completed by 2013-14. 

32 Chapter-III

3.22 �e work of construction of 129 BOPs 

has been awarded to Engineering Project India 

Limited, National Project Construction 

Corporation (NPCC) and Central Public Works 

Department (CPWD). Cost estimates/Detailed 

Project Reports (DPRs) of 87 BOPs, prepared by 

the executing agencies, have been approved by 

the HLEC on August 26, 2009. �e work of 

construction of BOPs has commenced in 

October, 2009. 

DEVELOPMENT OF INTEGRATED 

CHECK POSTS 

3.23 Existing infrastructure available with 

Customs, Immigration and other regulatory 

agencies at the Land Custom Stations (LCSs) is 

generally inadequate. Support facilities such as 

warehouses, parking lots, banks, hotels, fuel 

outlets etc. are inadequate. Regulatory and 

support functions in an integrated manner are 

not available in one complex. �ere is no single 

Chapter-III 

Phase-I 

agency responsible for co-ordinated functioning 

of various Government authorities/service 

providers. 

3.24 To redress this situation, Government 

have decided to set up 13 Integrated Check Posts 

(ICPs) at identified entry points on the 

international land borders of the country 

through a Plan Scheme in the 11th Plan at an 

estimated cost of Rs.635 crore. �e ICPs shall 

be a sanitized zone with dedicated passenger 

and cargo terminal providing adequate customs 

and immigration counters, X-ray scanners, 

passenger amenities and other related facilities 

like service stations, fuel stations etc. in a single 

modern complex equipped with sate of the art 

amenities. An institutional framework viz. Land 

Ports Authoritiy of India (LPAI) will be 

established and charged with the responsibility 

to undertake the construction, management and 

maintenance of ICPs. A list of 13 ICPs proposed 

to be set up is as under : 

Sl. Location State Border Estimated Cost 

No. including land acquisition 

(Rupees in crore) 

1. Petrapole West Bengal India-Bangladesh 172.00* 

2. Moreh Manipur India-Myanmar 136.00* 

3. Raxaul Bihar India-Nepal 120.00* 

4. Attari (Wagah) Punjab India-Pakistan 150.00* 

5. Dawki Meghalaya India-Bangladesh 50.00 

6. Akhaura Tripura India-Bangladesh 60.00 

7. Jogbani Bihar 

Phase-II 

India-Nepal 34.00 

8. Hili West Bengal India-Bangladesh 78.00 

9. Chandrabangha West Bengal India-Bangladesh 64.00 

10. Sutarkhandi Assam India-Bangladesh 16.00 

11. Kawarpuchiah Mizoram India-Bangladesh 27.00 

12. Sunauli Uttar Pradesh India-Nepal 34.00 

13. Rupaidiha/Nepalganj Uttar Pradesh India-Nepal 29.00 

road 

* �e project cost of 4 ICPs viz. Petrapole, Moreh, Raxaul & Attari has been approved by the CCS. 

33

Progress of Development of ICPs 

Status of land acquisition 

3.25 Possession of 159.58 acres and 189 acres 

of land has been taken for Raxaul and Jogbani 

ICPs, respectively. Technical bid for Raxaul ICP 

has been opened on 1.2.2010. An amount of 

Rs.29.82 crore has been released to M/s RITES 

as a first instalment of deposit money for 

development of Raxaul ICP. 

• Action has been taken to acquire 68.5 acres 

of additional land for Raxaul ICP. Rs.6.39 

crore has been deposited with the DM (East 

Champaran), Bihar for this purpose. 

• Possession of 120 acres of land has been 

taken on February 24, 2009 in respect of 

Attari ICP. Rs.33.15 crore as compensation 

and Rs.33 crore as a first instalment of 

deposit money for development of Attari 

ICP has been released in favour of to the 

State Government of Punjab and M/s RITES 

respectively. 

• Financial bid for Attari ICP to the tune of 

Rs.86,13,57,669/- was accepted and 

approved by the 16th Empowered Steering 

Committee ESC in its meeting held on 

January 14, 2010. Work has been awarded. 

Environmental clearance for Attari ICP has 

been obtained. �e foundation stone of 

Attari ICP was laid on February 20, 2010 by 

Union Home Minister in the presence of 

Chief Minister of Punjab. 

• Acquisition of 38.34 acres of land for Moreh 

ICP is under way. An amount of Rs.21.47 

crore has been deposited to the State 

Government of Manipur for this purpose. 

• �e process of acquisition of 187 acres and 

177 acres of land for Sonauli and Rupaidiha 

ICPs, respectively, is also underway. An 

34 

amount of Rs.6.44 crore for ICP at Rupaidiha 

has been released in favour of Government 

of Uttar Pradesh. An amount of Rs.9.35 

crore for Sunauli ICP has been deposited 

with the DM, Maharajaganj. 

• 107 acres of land has been identified for 

Petrapole ICP and Notification u/s 4 (1) of 

Land Acquisition Act has been issued. An 

amount of Rs.13.84 crore has also been 

released in favour of District Collector, 24 

North Parganas District, West Bengal. 

• Rs.1.6 crore has been released for the 

acquisition of 8 acres of land for Akhaura 

ICP. 

• Joint inspection has been carried out for 

finalizing land acquisition details of Dawki 

ICP. 

Progress of preparation of Detailed 

Engineering Report (DER) 

3.26 DERs for Raxaul, Attari and Jogbani 

ICPs have been prepared. �e Empowered 

Steering Committee has approved these DERs. 

Preparation of DERs for Moreh, Jogbani and 

Akhaura ICPs are under progress. Work has 

been awarded in respect of Attari ICP. 

Land Ports Authority of India (LPAI) 

3.27 �e Land Ports Authority of India 

(LPAI) would function as a body corporate 

under the administrative control of the 

Department of Border Management, Ministry 

of Home Affairs. �e LPAI will provide better 

administration and cohesive management of 

entry points/land ports on border and would be 

vested with the powers on the lines of similar 

bodies like Airports Authority of India. 

3.28 �e LPAI Bill was introduced in the 

Parliament (14th Lok Sabha) on December 18, 

Chapter-III

2008 but could not be passed during the tenure 

of the 14th Lok Sabha to its dissolution. �e 

LPAI Bill was re-introduced on August 7, 2009 

and was referred to Department Related 

Parliamentary Standing Committee for its 

consideration. 

3.29 Five meetings of the Parliamentary 

Standing Committee were held on 3rd & 13th 

November 3 & 13 and December 1, 16 & 30, 

2009. Clause-by-clause examination has been 

concluded. �e DRPSC report is awaited. 

COASTAL SECURITY 

3.30 A supplemental scheme called ‘Coastal 

Security Scheme’ is under implementation in the 

9 coastal States and 4 coastal Union Territories 

(UTs) since 2005 for strengthening 

infrastructure for coastal patrolling and 

surveillance. Under the scheme, assistance has 

been/is being given to all the coastal States of 

Gujarat, Maharashtra, Goa, Karnataka, Kerala, 

Tamil Nadu, Andhra Pradesh, Orissa and West 

Bengal and the Union Territories of Daman & 

Diu, Lakshadweep, Puducherry and Andaman 

& Nicobar Islands to set up 73 coastal police 

stations, 97 check posts, 58 outposts, and 30 

operational barracks and to equip them with 204 

boats, 153 jeeps and 312 motorcycles for 

mobility on the coast and in close coastal waters. 

A lump-sum assistance of Rs.10 lakh per police 

station is also given for equipment, computers 

and furniture. 

3.31 �e approved outlay of the scheme is 

Rs.400 crore for non-recurring expenditure and 

Rs.151 crore for recurring expenditure for 5 

years on fuel, repair and maintenance of boats 

and training of manpower, which is provided, by 

the States and UTs. 

Progress of implementation 

3.32 64 out of 73 coastal police stations 

Chapter-III 

proposed have been made operational in 

Gujarat (10), Andhra Pradesh (6), West Bengal 

(4), Goa (3), Tamil Nadu (12), Kerala (1), 

Maharashtra (12), Karnataka (5), Orissa (5), 

Puducherry (1), Lakshadweep (4) and Daman 

& Diu (1). 

3.33 �e implementation of this scheme is 

being done by the State Governments/UT 

Administrations concerned. A statement of 

physical and financial progress under the 

scheme, as on November 30, 2009, is at 

Annexure-VI. 

Procurement of boats 

3.34 �e procurement of the interceptor 

boats is being done centrally through Public 

Sector Undertakings (PSUs) viz. M/s Goa 

Shipyard Limited (GSL), Goa and M/s Garden 

Reach Shipbuilders and Engineers Limited 

(GRSE), Kolkata. MHA has signed a contract in 

March 2008 with these vendors for supply of 84 

(5 Ton) boats and 110 (12 Ton) boats. So far, 

funds to the tune of Rs.91.75 crore for stage 

payments for the boats and Rs.13.57 crore for 

reimbursement of Custom Duty for the 

imported items of these boats have been paid to 

the two shipyards. 

3.35 As per the contract mentioned above, 

the original delivery of the boats was scheduled 

to commence from April 2009 and complete by 

April, 2011. However, a need was felt, in the 

wake of Mumbai incidents, for expeditious 

supply of boats to the States/UTs. Accordingly, 

the delivery schedule of the boats has been 

compressed by six month and delivery of all the 

boats will now be completed by October, 2010. 

3.36 �e State/UT-wise distribution of 

interceptor boats, approved under the scheme 

and being manufactured by GSL, Goa and 

GRSE, Kolkata is as under : 

35

Goa Shipyard Limited (GSL) 

State/UT 12 Ton 5 Ton 

Gujarat 20 10 

Maharashtra 6 22 

Goa 6 3 

Karnataka 10 5 

Kerala 16 8 

Lakshadweep 2 4 

Daman & Diu 2 2 

Total 62 54 

Progress of delivery of boats 

Garden Reach Shipbuilders and 

Engineers Limited (GRSE) 

State/UT 12 Ton 5 Ton 

Tamil Nadu 12 12 

Andhra Pradesh 12 6 

Orissa 10 5 

West Bengal 12 5 

Puducherry 2 1 

Total 48 30 

3.37 �e supply of interceptor boats has started since April, 2009. A total of 78 boats have been delivered 

by the venders to the coastal States and UTs as per the details given below : 

36 Chapter-III

Goa Shipyard Limited (GSL) 

State/UT Boats supplied 

Chapter-III 

12 Ton 5 Ton Total 

Gujarat 7 4 11 

Maharashtra 4 9 13 

Goa 1 2 3 

Karnataka 4 2 6 

Kerala 4 3 7 

Lakshadweep 0 1 1 

Daman & Diu 2 1 3 

Total 22 22 44 

Garden Reach Shipbuilders and 

Engineers Limited (GRSE) 

State/UT Boats supplied 

12 Ton 5 Ton Total 

Tamil Nadu 4 7 11 

Andhra Pradesh 4 4 8 

Orissa 2 5 7 

West Bengal 2 4 6 

Puducherry 1 1 2 

Total 13 21 34 

3.38 Supply of all the 204 boats, including the 

10 boats for Andaman & Nicobar Islands, under 

the scheme is expected to be completed by 

October, 2010. 

Initiatives a�er Mumbai incidents 

3.39 Subsequent to the terrorists attack in 

Mumbai on 26/11, the entire coastal security 

scenario of the country has undergone mutilevel, 

inter-Ministerial review by the 

Government of India. Several high-level 

meetings were held in the Ministry of Home 

Affairs, Defence, Shipping and Fisheries etc. to 

review the coastal security arrangements of the 

country and to address various related issues. 

�is included an inter-Ministerial meeting and 

a video conference taken by the Cabinet 

Secretary on February 28, 2009 and June 26, 

2009 respectively. �e Union Home Secretary 

also reviewed the coastal security of the country 

in the meetings taken by him on December 5, 

2008 and June 10, 2009. During these meetings, 

several important decisions/initiatives in respect 

of maritime and coastal security of the country 

were taken. �e present status of some of the 

major decisions/initiatives is given below : 

Formulation of Coastal Security 

Scheme (Phase-II) 

3.39.1 It has been decided to formulate Phase- 

II of the Coastal Security Scheme keeping in 

view the additional requirements of coastal 

Police Stations, interceptor boats and other 

infrastructure by the coastal States and UTs. In 

this regard, the coastal States/UTs have carried 

out vulnerability/gap analysis in consultation 

with Coast Guard to firm up their additional 

requirements for formulation of Phase-II of the 

Coastal Security. �e Coast Guard has 

recommended for an additional 131 coastal 

police stations along the Indian coast line, which 

includes 20 existing Police Stations in A&N 

islands being proposed to be upgraded to 

Coastal Police Stations. Based on the inputs 

received from Coast Guard and the coastal 

States/UTs, the Coastal Security Scheme (Phase- 

II) has been formulated and is under submission 

for necessary approvals. 

Registration of boats 

3.39.2 It has been decided that all the 

fishing/non-fishing boats plying in Indian 

waters need to get registered under a uniform 

system. �e Department of Shipping is the 

nodal department in this regard. Two 

notifications, one for amending the MS 

37

(Registration of Fishing Vessels) rules alongwith 

revised format for registration and another for 

notifying the list of registrars, have been issued 

by Ministry of Shipping in consultation with 

Ministry of Law in June 2009. States/UTs are 

taking follow-up actions in this regard. 

Installation of transponders on the 

boats 

3.39.3 It has also been decided that all type 

of boats would be fitted/provided with 

navigational and communication equipments to 

facilitate vessel identification and tracking. �e 

Department of Shipping is the nodal 

department for this matter too. �e DG 

Shipping has issued the two circulars to ensure 

that all types of vessels including fishing vessels, 

other than fishing vessels of less than 20 Mtrs. 

categories, are installed with AIS type B 

transponders for the purposes of identification 

and tracking. A Group under the chairmanship 

of Nautical Adviser has worked out the 

specifications of the AIS transponders required 

for installation on fishing vessels, and submitted 

the same to Department of Shipping for further 

action. 

3.39.4 A Committee under the DG, Coast 

Guard, has been constituted to suggest type of 

transponders on vessels of less than 20 Mtrs. 

length. �e Committee has decided to carry out 

NCNC trials of suitable tracking systems for 

sub-20 Mtrs. boats, which are : 

38 

a) Satellite based 

b) AIS/VHF based, and 

c) VHF/GPS based 

3.39.5 �e reports of these trials are awaited. 

Issuance of ID Cards to fishermen 

3.39.6 All the fishermen would be issued ID 

cards which would be relatable to a single 

centralized data-base. Department of Animal 

Husbandry, Dairying & Fisheries (DAHD&F), 

as nodal agency, is taking necessary actions in 

this regard, in consultation with all concerned. 

�e uniform format for data collection for ID 

cards has been finalised and sent to all the 

Coastal States/UTs with a request to commence 

the data collection process. 

3.39.7 A Consortium of Public Sector 

Undertakings led by Bharat Electronics Limited 

(BEL), which is also executing the MNIC 

Project, have been offered the task of 

digitization of data, capturing of Biometric 

details and digital photo, designing and 

manufacturing of Biometric ID cards for the 

fishermen. �e detailed proposal received from 

BEL is being processed in the Department of 

Fisheries, which is in the process of taking 

necessary administrative and financial approvals 

for this project. 

3.39.8 DAHD&F had requested for funds to 

the tune of Rs.33 crore to initiate the project of 

issuance of ID cards to fishermen and an 

authorization letter for the same has been issued 

to them by RGI, MHA. 

Multipurpose National Identity Cards 

to coastal population 

3.39.9 Registrar General of India (RGI), MHA, 

is working on a project for issuance of 

Multipurpose National Identity cards (MNICs) 

to the population in the coastal villages, as a part 

of its project of creation of National Population 

Register (NPR) in the coastal States/UTs ahead of 

Census 2011. �e NPR for coastal areas is 

proposed to be made ready during the period 

2009-10. It has been decided to implement this 

project in two phases:- 

Chapter-III

(i) Phase I – 3331 villages on the coastline (In 

A& N Islands, all the villages and towns to 

be covered in Phase –I) 

(ii) Phase II – Towns/cities and other villages 

on the coastline along with 2011 census 

3.39.10 For the first time, direct data 

collection methodology has been proposed to 

be undertaken for the project. This will be done 

with the assistance of central PSUs namely 

BEL, ECIL and ITI jointly through the State, 

District and village level functionaries. The 

data collection in seventy coastal districts has 

started from July 2009. Biographic details of 

around 66 lakh persons have so far been 

collected while biometric capture has been 

completed for about 19 lakh persons. The 

biometric data collection is expected to be 

completed by March, 2010. In some of the 

States, however, the biometric capture could 

spill over till May, 2010. 

Constitution of National Committee 

3.39.11 A ‘National Committee for 

strengthening maritime and coastal security 

against threats from the sea’ has been constituted 

in August, 2009 under the chairmanship of 

Cabinet Secretary. �e Committee comprises of 

representatives of all the concerned Ministries/ 

Departments/ Organizations in the Government 

of India as well as Chief Secretaries/ 

Administrators of the coastal States/UTs. �e 

progress of implementation of all the major 

decisions in respect of the coastal security was 

reviewed by the National Committee in its 

meeting held on September 4, 2009 and January 

22, 2010 

3.40 �e various decisions taken in these 

meetings are being followed up by the 

concerned agencies. 

Chapter-III 

Scheme for strengthening joint coastal 

patrolling off the coast of Gujarat and 

Maharashtra 

3.41 Keeping in view the vulnerability of the 

Maharashtra and Gujarat coasts to illegal cross 

border activities, Joint Coastal Patrolling has 

been introduced off the coasts of Maharashtra 

and Gujarat. Under this arrangement, patrolling 

of the close coastal water is being undertaken by 

a joint contingent of Navy, State Police and 

Customs. For making the joint coastal 

patrolling more effective, a scheme has been 

formulated for creating additional infrastructure 

of Coast Guard to enable the Coast Guard to 

undertake joint coastal patrolling of the close 

coastal waters in Coast Guard vessels. For this 

purpose, assistance will be given to Coast Guard 

to procure 15 interceptor boats suitable for 

patrolling of the close coastal waters and for 

setting up 3 Coast Guard Stations (2 in 

Maharashtra and 1 in Gujarat). �e scheme is 

being implemented jointly by Ministry of Home 

Affairs by meeting the non-recurring 

expenditure and Ministry of Defence by meeting 

the recurring expenditure. 

3.42 Land for the Coast Guard Stations at 

Dhanu, Murud Janjira and Veraval has been 

offered to Coast Guard by the respective State 

Governments. So far, total Rs.254.61 lakh have 

been released to Ministry of Defence for (i) 

Rs.1.29 crore for one piece of land measuring 

4,980 sq. mtr. (1.2 acres) for Veraval Station (ii) 

Rs.2.961 lakh for Murud Janjira Station and (iii) 

Rs.123.32 lakh for Dhanu Station. 

3.43 �e Ministry of Defence has signed a 

contract in March, 2009 for procurement of 15 

interceptor boats. As provided in the contract, 

an advance payment of 10% of the contract 

value i.e. Rs.28.12 crore and second stage 

payment of same amount has been released to 

39

the Ministry of Defence in March, 2009 and 

September, 2009, respectively. 

CONSTRUCTION OF ROADS OF OP- 

ERATIONAL SIGNIFICANCE IN 

BORDER AREAS ALONG INDIA- 

CHINA BORDER 

3.44 To redress the situation arising out of 

poor road connectivity which has hampered the 

operational capability of the Border Guarding 

Forces deployed along the India-China border, 

the Government had decided to undertake 

phase-wise construction of 27 road links 

totaling 804 km. in the border areas along the 

India-China border in the States of Jammu & 

Kashmir, Himachal Pradesh, Uttarakhand, 

Sikkim and Arunachal Pradesh at an estimated 

cost of Rs.1,937 crore. 

Preparation of Detailed Project 

Reports 

3.45 �e work of construction of 27 ITBP 

roads has been assigned to Border Roads 

Organization (BRO) (15 roads), Central Public 

Works Department (CPWD) (8 roads), National 

Projects Construction Corporation (NPCC) (2 

roads) and Himachal Pradesh Public Works 

Department (HP PWD) (2 roads). Detailed 

Project Reports (DPRs)/cost estimates in respect 

of 26 roads, submitted by the executing agencies, 

have been approved by the High Level 

Empowered Committee (HLEC) at a total cost 

of Rs.1,746 crore. 

Status of forest/wildlife clearance 

3.46 Since large parts of the approved roads 

would pass through forest areas, it is mandatory 

to obtain the forest clearance under the Forest 

Conservation Act, 1980 before commencing the 

construction. In addition, diversion of land for 

40 

non-forestry purposes falling under Wildlife 

Sanctuaries/National Parks requires prior 

permission of National Board for Wildlife 

(NBWL) as well as the Supreme Court before 

seeking forest clearance. 

3.47 Forest and wildlife clearance of 24 roads 

has been obtained and construction work has 

started in respect of 11 roads. 60 km. of 

formation and 9 km. of surfacing works have 

been completed so far. Construction of 

remaining roads will commence from the next 

working season i.e. April/May, 2010. 

MANAGEMENT OF INDO-NEPAL 

BORDER 

3.48 In order to check anti-national activities 

on the India-Nepal border which is the open 

and porous border and to improve the security 

along this border, 27 battalions of Sashastra 

Seema Bal (SSB) have been deployed as the 

Border Guarding Force (BGF) on this border. 

Out of a total 450 Border Out Posts (BOPs) 

sanctioned, 449 BOPs have been established on 

Indo-Nepal border so far. 

3.49 Bilateral mechanisms in the form of 

Home Secretary-level talks and Joint Working 

Group at the level of Joint Secretaries exist 

between the two countries. In addition, there is 

a mechanism of Border District Coordination 

Committee Meetings between the district 

officials of the two countries. �ese mechanisms 

serve as platforms for discussing issues of 

mutual concern like containing cross-border 

crimes, smuggling, situation arising out of 

terrorist activities, etc. at national and 

regional/local levels respectively. 

3.50 �e last Home Secretary Level Talks 

Chapter-III

were held on November 6-7, 2009 at 

Kathmandu. 

MANAGEMENT OF INDO-BHUTAN 

BORDER 

3.51 To improve the security environment 

along this border, 13 battalion of Sashastra 

Seema Bal (SSB) have been deployed as the 

Border Guarding Force on this border. Out of a 

total 132 BOPs sanctioned, 131 BOPs have been 

established on Indo-Bhutan border so far. 

3.52 A Bilateral mechanism in the shape of an 

India-Bhutan Group on Border Management 

and Security has been regularly meeting. �is 

mechanism has proved to be very useful in 

assessing threat perception to the two countries 

from groups attempting to take advantage of this 

open border and in discussing ways of 

improving the security environment in border 

areas. �e last meeting of the Group was held 

at �impu (Bhutan) on September 8-9, 2009. 

MANAGEMENT OF INDO- 

MYANMAR BORDER 

3.53 India shares a 1,643 km. long border 

with Myanmar. Arunachal Pradesh, Nagaland, 

Manipur and Mizoram are the States, which 

share the border with Myanmar. 

His Majesty King of Bhutan Jigme Khesar Namgyel Wangchuck with Indian 

delegation at the sixth India-Bhutan Meeting on Border Management and Security 

at �impu in Bhutan 

Chapter-III 

3.54 Assam Rifles has been deployed for 

counter-insurgency and border guarding role on 

this border. Out of sanctioned strength of 46 

battalions, 31 battalions are for counterinsurgency 

and 15 are for border guarding role. 

Presently, all 15 border guarding battalions are 

deployed along Indo-Myanmar border on 

Company Operating Base (COB) approach, not 

as per the BOP system. �e companies are 

deployed on all routes of ingress/egress and are 

checking infiltration, smuggling of arms, 

ammunition, drugs, fake currency notes etc. 

41

Border Fencing Between BP No.79 & 81 

in Moreh (Manipur) 

3.55 Government of India has decided to 

undertake fencing in area between BP No.79 to 

81 on the Indo-Myanmar Border. �e 

wildlife/forest clearance has been obtained. �e 

Detailed Project Report (DPR)/cost estimates of 

the proposed fencing have been prepared. 

Approval of the competent authority is being 

obtained on the cost estimates. �e work of 

construction of fencing is expected to 

commence shortly. 

BORDER AREA DEVELOPMENT 

PROGRAMME 

3.56 �e Department of Border 

Management, Ministry of Home Affairs has 

been implementing a Border Area Development 

Programme (BADP) through the State 

Governments as a part of a comprehensive 

approach to Border Management with the aim 

to meet the special developmental needs of the 

people living in remote and inaccessible areas 

situated near the international border and to 

saturate the border areas with the entire essential 

infrastructure through convergence of 

Central/State/BADP/Local schemes and 

participatory approach and to promote a sense 

of security and well being among the border 

population. �e programme covers 349 

border blocks of 96 border districts of 17 States 

located along the international land border. �e 

programme is a 100% centrally sponsored 

scheme. Funds are provided to the States as a 

non-lapsable Special Central Assistance (SCA) 

for execution of projects relating to 

infrastructure, livelihood, education, health, 

agriculture and allied sectors. 

Guidelines of BADP 

3.57 �e Border Area Development 

Programme (BADP) is being implemented 

Retaining wall at Noklak Village built under BADP 

under the guidelines framed by the Planning 

Commission. �e funds are allocated by the 

Planning Commission annually which are reallocated 

to the Border States taking into 

consideration (i) length of International Border 

42 Chapter-III

(km.); (ii) population of the border block and 

(iii) area of the border block (Sq. km.). 

Weightage of 15% over and above the total 

allocation is also given to States having 

hilly/desert/Kutchh areas. �e funds are 

additive to normal Central assistance and are 

allocated for addressing the special problems 

faced by the people of the border areas. Funds 

are released to the States in two installments i.e. 

1st installment of 90% amount of total allocation 

of the State and 2nd installment of 10% amount 

of the allocation. 

3.58 �e Schemes under this programme are 

prepared by State Government and approved by 

the State Level Screening Committee headed by 

the Chief Secretary of the State and executed by 

the agencies of the State Government. Security 

related schemes can be taken up under BADP 

but the expenditure on such schemes should not 

exceed 10% of the total allocation in a particular 

year. �e funds under BADP are to be used for 

schemes in the identified border blocks only. 

Chapter-III 

Empowered Committee 

3.59 �e policy matters relating to the scope 

of the programme, prescription of geographical 

limits of areas in the States within which 

schemes will be taken up, allocation of funds to 

the States and modalities for proper execution 

of the programme will be laid down by an 

Empowered Committee constituted under the 

Chairmanship of the Secretary (Border 

Management) in the Ministry of Home Affairs 

Revision of guidelines of BADP 

3.60 A Task Force was constituted earlier 

under the chairmanship of Shri B.N. Yugandhar, 

Member, Planning Commission, for revamping 

the Border Area Development Programme. In 

accordance with the recommendations of the 

Task Force, guidelines of BADP were revised in 

February, 2009 a�er due consultation with the 

State Governments concerned and 

43

communicated to the State Governments. �e 

revised guidelines emphasized the need for 

participatory planning, convergence of all 

Centrally Sponsored Schemes with BADP funds, 

filling up critical gaps in infrastructure, 

providing livelihood opportunities. In the new 

guidelines, emphasis has been given on the need 

for organized work selection, effective 

monitoring and review of the programme. 

3.61 In order to ensure more qualitative 

implementation of BADP and to ensure 

implementation of schemes in those villages 

which are located closer to the border, the 

emphasis has now been given in the revised 

guidelines on specific socio-economic and 

infrastructure development of villages falling 

between ‘0 to 10 km.’ from the border. �e 

villages have been arranged in an order from the 

zero line to 10 km. �e village development 

profile of each and every village is being 

prepared. All the major developmental 

infrastructure facilities like pucca road 

connectivity, electricity, safe drinking water, 

telephone facilities, primary school building, 

PDS shop, and community center are being 

developed in a planned way. Village plan and 

block plan of each and every village are being 

prepared. A�er saturating the villages falling 

between zero to 10 km. from the border, the next 

set of villages falling between 10-15 km. and 15- 

20 km. will be taken up for implementing the 

schemes under the BADP. �e State 

Governments have been directed that ad-hoc 

projects should not be taken at all. �e village 

plan should be integrated with district plan for 

the proper and sustainable development of the 

remote villages. �e selection of the projects is, 

therefore, expected to be more organized and 

responsive to area needs. 

3.62 In the 11th Plan, the emphasis would be 

on allocation of more resources from the Centre 

and dove-tailing other on-going schemes and 

adopting bottom-up area planning approaches, 

so as to augment the resources and to upgrade 

infrastructure and socio-economic services. 

�e review and monitoring of BADP is being 

done at the district level, State level and in the 

Ministry of Home Affairs. Periodical visits of 

the officers from the State level and Govt. of 

India are being taken. 

Optimal Utilization of Waters of 

Eastern Rivers of Indus River System 

3.63 Given the importance of Optimal 

Utilization of Waters of the Eastern Rivers of 

Indus River System has been taken up under the 

Border Area Development Programme (BADP) 

in States of Punjab (03 projects) and Jammu & 

Kashmir (06 projects) as a special initiative. An 

amount of Rs.5,023.50 lakh [Punjab (Rs.1,994 

lakh) & J&K (Rs.3,029.50 lakh)] has been 

released during the year 2005-06; 2006-07, 2007- 

08 and 2008-09. Work on two projects 

(Madhopur & Hussainiwala headwork) in 

Punjab has been completed and work on third 

project (Harike headwork) is under progress 

whereas work on the projects in J&K is going on. 

Flow of funds 

3.64 An allocation of Rs.635 crore was made 

during 2008-09 which was entirely utilized. 

During 2009-10, budget allocation of Rs.635 has 

been made for BADP. �e details of funds 

allocated and released to the States under BADP 

during the year 2006-07, 2007-08, 2008-09 and 

2009-10 are as under : 

44 Chapter-III

Name of States 2007-08 2008-09 2009-10 

( As on 31.01.2010) 

Chapter-III 

(Rs. in lakh) 

Allocation Release Allocation Release Allocation Release 

Arunachal Pradesh 6608.00 6608.00 7965.62 7965.62 5849.00 5658.74 

Assam 1969.00 1969.00 2106.87 2106.87 2424.00 2395.62 

Bihar 3172.00 3172.00 3358.80 3358.80 3660.00 3660.00 

Gujarat 2249.72 2249.72 2144.48 2144.48 2769.00 2769.00 

Himachal Pradesh 1119.00 1119.00 1297.00 1297.00 1276.00 1276.00 

Jammu & Kashmir 10583.00 10583.00 10394.88 10394.88 10000.00 8715.18 

Manipur 1244.63 1244.63 1533.37 1533.37 1336.00 1336.00 

Meghalaya 1127.80 1127.80 1267.00 1267.00 1247.00 1247.00 

Mizoram 2086.00 2086.00 2535.00 2535.00 2495.00 2494.42 

Nagaland 1000.00 1000.00 2674.47 2674.47 1150.00 1150.00 

Punjab 2173.94 2173.94 2218.00 2218.00 2188.00 2186.50 

Rajasthan 7659.00 7659.00 8916.23 8916.23 8696.00 8696.00 

Sikkim 1000.00 1000.00 1150.00 1150.00 1150.00 1150.00 

Tripura 2282.89 2282.89 2604.11 2604.11 2746.00 2745.89 

Uttar Pradesh 2369.15 2369.15 2385.52 2385.52 2869.00 2830.23 

Uttarakhand 1191.82 1191.82 1915.90 1915.90 2261.00 1944.50 

West Bengal 10164.05 10164.05 9032.75 9032.75 9790.00 5244.67 

TOTAL 58000.00 58000.00 63500.00 63500.00 61906.00 55449.75 

Kept reserve for contingencies etc. 1594.00 

Grand total 63500.00 

***** 

45

CENTRE-STATE RELATIONS 

4.1 In a federal polity, in view of large areas 

of common interest and shared action between 

the constituent units, coordination of policies 

and their implementation become extremely 

important. Article 263 of the Constitution 

envisages establishment of an institutional 

mechanism to facilitate coordination of policies 

and their implementation. 

INTER-STATE COUNCIL (ISC) 

4.2 In pursuance of the recommendation 

made by the Sarkaria Commission on Centre- 

State Relations, the Inter-State Council (ISC) 

was set up in 1990. 

4.3 �e ISC is a recommendatory body and 

has been assigned the duties of investigating and 

discussing such subjects, in which some or all of 

the States or the Union and one or more of the 

States have a common interest, and making 

recommendations for better coordination of 

policy and action with respect to that subject. It 

also deliberates upon such other matters of 

general interest to the States as may be referred 

to it by the Chairman of the Council. 

4.4 �e Prime Minister is the Chairman of the 

Council. Chief Ministers of all the States and 

Union Territories having Legislative Assemblies, 

Administrators of Union Territories not having 

Legislative Assemblies, Governors of States under 

President’s rule and six Ministers of Cabinet rank 

in the Union Council of Ministers, nominated by 

the Chairman of the Council, are the members of 

the Council. Five Ministers of Cabinet 

rank/Minister of State (independent Charge) 

46 

CHAPTER 

IV 

nominated by the Chairman of the Council are 

permanent invitees to the Council. �e Inter-State 

Council was last reconstituted on August 21, 2009. 

4.5 �e meetings of the Council are held in 

camera, and all questions, which come up for 

consideration of the Council in a meeting, are 

decided by consensus, and the decision of the 

Chairman as to the consensus is final. �e 

Council has not been assigned the duty 

envisaged in clause (a) of Article 263 of the 

Constitution namely, inquiring into and 

advising upon disputes, which may have arisen 

between States. 

4.6 �e Standing Committee of the Inter- 

State Council was constituted in the year 1996 

for continuous consultation and processing of 

matters for the consideration of the Council. 

Union Home Minister is the Chairman of the 

Standing Committee, and has five Union 

Cabinet Ministers and nine Chief Ministers as 

members. �e Standing Committee was last 

reconstituted on August 21, 2009. 

4.7 �e Inter-State Council considered the 

recommendations of Sarkaria Commission. 

Out of 247 recommendations, 180 have been 

implemented, 65 have not been accepted by the 

Inter-State Council/Administrative Ministries/ 

Departments concerned, and only 02 

recommendations are still at different stages of 

implementation. 

4.8 �e Council has also considered other 

public policy and governance issues; these are: 

(a) Contract Labour and Contract 

Appointments; 

Chapter-IV

(b) Blue Print of an Action Plan on Good 

Governance; 

(c) Disaster Management – Preparedness of 

States to cope with disasters; 

(d) Atrocities on Scheduled Castes and 

Scheduled Tribes and Status of 

Implementation of the Scheduled 

Castes/Scheduled Tribes (Prevention of 

Atrocities) Act, 1989. 

4.9 �e Council Secretariat closely monitors 

the implementation of the recommendations 

made by the Inter-State Council, and places the 

Action Taken Report before the Standing 

Committee / Council for consideration. 

4.10 �e Council Secretariat has 

commissioned a number of studies on public 

policy and governance issues: 

(i) Compensation to resource bearing States 

in respect of minerals including coal, 

hydropower and petroleum and natural 

gas; 

(ii) Sub National Governance; 

(iii) Creation of a common Indian market on 

agricultural goods and commodities; 

(iv) National Policy for Urban Street Vendors. 

4.11 �e Council Secretariat has also taken 

steps in consultation with the Union 

Ministries/Departments and the State 

Governments to generate new issues for 

consideration of the Council. 

4.12 �e Framework arrangement between 

the Forum of Federations, Canada and the Govt. 

of India (Inter-State Council Secretariat) has 

been renewed for another period of 3 years from 

the year 2008. �e objective of this 

arrangement is to create an international 

partnership that would support the Forum and 

the partner government in improving 

governance and enhancing democracy by 

promoting dialogue on the practices, principles 

Chapter-IV 

and possibilities of federalism. 

ZONAL COUNCIL SECRETARIAT 

Role and Functions 

4.13 �e Zonal Councils, five in number, are 

statutory bodies which have been set up under 

the States Re-organisation Act, 1956 to provide 

a common meeting ground to the States and 

UTs in each zone for resolution of inter-State 

and Zonal issues problems, fostering balanced 

socio-economic regional development and 

building harmonious Centre-State relations. 

�ese Councils are high level bodies having 

Chief Ministers and other Ministers of the 

respective States as their members. �e Union 

Home Minister is the Chairman of each of these 

Councils. �e office of the Vice Chairman is 

held by the Chief Ministers of the member States 

of the respective Zonal Councils, by annual 

rotation. Each Zonal Council has set up a 

Standing Committee consisting of Chief 

Secretaries of the member States of their 

respective Zonal Councils. �ese Standing 

Committees meet from time to time to resolve 

the issues or to do necessary ground work for 

further meetings of the Zonal Councils. Senior 

Officers of the Planning Commission and other 

Central Ministries are also associated with the 

meetings depending upon necessity. 

Meetings of Zonal Councils 

4.14 �e Zonal Councils have, so far, met 106 

times since their inception. 39 meetings of 

Standing Committees have also been held. 

Deliberations of the meetings of Zonal 

Councils/Standing Committees have led to 

important initiatives in regard to Internal 

Security, Coastal Security, Mega City Policing, 

Sharing of information on crime and criminals 

by the concerned States, Jail Reforms, 

Communal Harmony and the resolution of the 

socio-economic problems like trafficking in 

47

women and children, strengthening the 

preparedness for disaster management, 

implementation of Right to Information Act, 

Implementation of National Employment 

Guarantee Bill, Good Governance etc. 

COMMISSION ON CENTRE-STATE 

RELATIONS (CCSR) 

4.15 �e Commission was constituted in 

pursuance of the commitment made by the 

Government of India under its Common 

Minimum Programme (CMP) considering the 

vast changes that have taken place in the society 

and economy of the country in more than two 

decades intervening between the submission of 

the Report by the Sarkaria Commission till date. 

�e Chairman and Members were appointed on 

April 27, 2007. Justice (retd.) Madan Mohan 

Punchhi, former Chief Justice of Supreme Court 

of India was appointed as Chairperson, and Shri 

Dhirendra Singh, former Secretary to the Govt. 

of India, Shri Vinod Kumar Duggal, former 

Secretary to the Govt. of India and Dr. 

N.R.Madhava Menon, former Director, National 

Judicial Academy, Bhopal and National Law 

School of India, Bangalore were appointed as 

Members. Shri Vijay Shanker, IPS (retd.) has 

been appointed as a Member of the Commission 

in October, 2008 in place of Dr. Amaresh 

Bagchi who had been appointed as Member of 

the Commission in July , 2007 but unfortunately 

expired in February, 2008. 

4.16 �e Commission has to adopted a 

participatory and consultative approach for 

seeking responses from Central 

Ministries/Departments, State Governments, 

Political Parties, Constitutional Experts, 

Universities, Research Institutions and 

Academicians. It has categorized its mandate 

into 8 subject groupings, namely, Constitutional 

Scheme of Centre-State Relations; Economic 

and Financial Relations; Unified and Integrated 

Domestic Market; Local Governments and 

48 

Decentralized Governance; Criminal Justice, 

National Security and Centre-State 

Cooperation; Natural Resources, Environment, 

Land and Agriculture; Infrastructure 

Development and Mega Projects; Socio-Political 

Developments, Public Policy, Governance and 

Social Economic & Human Development. 

4.17 �e Commission has circulated a 

Questionnaire to all stakeholders. Parallel to 

the formulation and circulation of the 

Questionnaire, 8 Task Forces consisting of 

experts and corresponding with 8 subject 

groupings mentioned above have been 

constituted. �e Commission organized 4 

Regional Workshops, one each at 

�iruvananthapuram on ‘Local Governments 

and Decentralized Governance’; at Shillong on 

‘Criminal Justice, National Security and Centre- 

State Cooperation’, ‘Decentralized Planning and 

Governance with special reference to the 

functioning of Autonomous District/Regional 

Councils under the Sixth Schedule of the 

Constitution’, and ‘A Curtain-Raiser on Infra- 

Mega Projects’; at Chandigarh on December 

10-11, 2008 on ‘Constitutional Scheme of 

Centre-State Relations’, ‘Economic & Financial 

Relations’, and ‘Unified and Integrated Domestic 

Market’; and for the Eastern Region, a 

Workshop at Bhubaneswar on 20-21 January 

2009 on ‘Natural Resources, Environment, Land 

& Agriculture’, and ‘Problem of Naxalism’. 

Research Studies assigned by the 

Commission on Centre-State Relations 

and ISCS 

4.18 �e Commission has so far awarded ten 

Research Studies and received reports in respect 

of these studies including a study on ‘Fiscal 

Federalism’ to National Institute of Public 

Finance and Policy, New Delhi; ‘Impact of 

Recommendations of 8th to 12th Finance 

Commission on Fiscal Relations between Centre 

and States’; and ‘Need and Relevance of Goods 

Chapter-IV

and Services Tax subsequent to introduction of 

Value Added Tax Regime’, to Madras School of 

Economics; ‘Functioning of Coalition 

Governments in various Democracies of the 

World’ to Prof. M.P.Singh (Retd.), Delhi 

University; ‘A Study on Impact of the Legal and 

Jurisprudential Developments in the last 25 

years on Centre-State Relations’ to West Bengal 

National University of Juridical Sciences; ‘A 

Study on ‘Independent District Level Budgeting 

and Planning’ to Institute for Social and 

Economic Change, Bangalore; ‘A Study on 

‘Functioning of Structures of Local Governance 

in the North-Eastern Region with special 

reference to Autonomous District 

Councils/Autonomous Regional Council’ to 

North-Eastern Hill University (NEHU), 

‘Preparation of Digest of Judicial 

Pronouncements relating to Centre-State 

Relations to Indian Law Institute (ILI), New 

Delhi, Study on ‘Causative Factors Behind the 

Continued Backwardness of Certain States’ to 

NIRD, Hyderabad and Study on ‘Centre-State 

Fiscal Relations’ to Prof. Abhijit Dutta. 

4.19 �e term of the Commission is till 

March 31, 2010. 

CRIME AND CRIMINAL TRACKING 

AND NETWORKING SYSTEM 

(CCTNS) 

4.20 With the aims at creating a 

comprehensive and integrated system for 

enhancing the efficiency and effectiveness of 

policing at the Police Station level through 

adoption of principles of e-Governance, and 

creation of a nationwide networked 

infrastructure for evolution of IT-enabled stateof-the-art 

tracking system around “investigation 

of crime and detection of criminals” in the real 

time, which is a critical requirement in the 

context of the present day internal security 

scenario, a new ‘Crime and Criminal Tracking 

and Networking and Systems’ (CCTNS) project 

Chapter-IV 

has been launched in the 11th Five year plan 

with an outlay of Rs. 2,000 crore �e details of 

this system are given in Chapter –XII (Paras 

12.16 to 12.18) 

HUMAN TRAFFICKING 

Project on “Strengthening law 

enforcement response in India against 

trafficking in persons through training 

and capacity building” 

4.21 A Project on “Strengthening law 

enforcement response in India against 

trafficking in persons through training and 

capacity building” has been taken up in the 

Ministry of Home Affairs as a joint initiative of 

the Government of India and the United 

Nations Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODC), 

in the five select States (Andhra Pradesh, Goa, 

Maharashtra, West Bengal and Bihar). �e 

project initiated in April, 2006 has ended in 

December 2009. It has contributed towards 

developing of Protocols and Standard 

Operating Procedures (SOPs), and set up nine 

Anti Human Trafficking Units (AHTUs) under 

the police departments of the project States. �e 

Steering Committee of the project is chaired by 

DG, BPR&D and held regular meetings to 

monitor the progress of the project. �e project 

has had very positive outcomes in some of the 

States and the Anti-Human Trafficking Unit 

model has been particularly effective. So far, 396 

training programmes have been conducted and 

more than 13,670 persons (Police and 

prosecutors) have been trained. Besides, 9 Anti 

Human Trafficking Units involving government 

officials and NGOs have been set up in the States 

of Goa, West Bengal, Andhra Pradesh and Bihar 

under the project and they are all functional. In 

addition 50 other AHTUs have been establised 

by the State Governments in Andhra Pradesh 

and Tamilnadu. Grants had been given to all the 

project states for setting up Nodal Training Cells 

49

(NTC). Two films have been developed under 

the project, one on Anti Human Trafficking and 

another on Anti Human Trafficking Units. Two 

workshops have also been organized for judicial 

officers for awareness generation on human 

trafficking. 

Comprehensive Scheme on 

strengthening the law enforcement 

response to trafficking through 

“Training of Trainers” (TOT) 

programmes and by establishing Anti- 

Human Trafficking Units (AHTU) 

4.22 A National Level TOT Workshop in 

June 2008, one International Level (for the 

officers of SAARC member countries) from 27 

to 29 May, 2009 and five regional level TOT 

workshops have been organized in 2009 

through BPR&D in close association with 

UNODC. �e details of TOTs workshops are as 

under: 

(a) Punjab Police Academy, Phillaur (Punjab) 

– March, 2009. 

(b) Centre for Police Research, Maharashtra 

Police, Pune – June’2009. 

(c) Dr. B.R. Ambedkar Police Academy, 

Moradabad – August, 2009. 

(d) Police Training College, Ashok Nagar, 

Chennai – July, 2009. 

(e) Guwahat (Assam) – March, 2009. 

(f) SAARC ToT in Delhi – May, 2009. 

Advisory to the State Governments on 

human trafficking 

4.23 Government of India has issued an 

exhaustive and consolidated advisory dated 

September 9, 2009, in collaboration with 

Ministry of Women and Child Development 

(MWCD) enumerating various steps for 

improving effectiveness in tackling the criminal 

aspect of human trafficking and increasing respo 

50 

nsiveness of the law enforcement machinery. 

�e Advisory is also available on Ministry of 

Home Affair’s website, www.mha.nic.in. Social 

aspect of the problem is being dealt by MWCD 

A. Some of the specific steps 

suggested in the advisory are as under: 

• Since Immoral Traffic (Prevention) Act 

(ITPA), 1956 is the main Act that can be 

used to book the accused for trafficking for 

commercial sexual exploitation, its 

implementation is essential for countertrafficking. 

(Act is being administered by 

MWCD). 

• Under Section 13, the State Government 

may appoint ‘Special Police Officers 

(SPOs)’ and the ‘Non-official advisory 

bodies’ to advise the SPOs for dealing with 

offences under the Act. 

• Under Section 21, the State Governments 

may set-up ‘Protective homes’ and 

‘Corrective institutions’ for ensuring proper 

implementation of the provisions of the 

Act. 

• It is generally noticed that sections 8 and 20 

of ITPA, which focuses on the victims, are 

more o�en invoked as a result of which the 

victim is re-victimized and the exploiters 

are not punished. It is, therefore, advised 

that sections 3, 6 and 7 which pertains to 

pimps, brothel owners, clients who are 

actual perpetrators of the crimes need to be 

invoked rather than sections 8 and 20. 

• Law enforcement agencies need to adopt a 

victim centric approach in the 

investigations. 

B. Implementation of Juvenile 

Justice Act (JJ Act), 2000: (Act is 

administered by MWCD) 

• Juvenile Justice Act provides 

Chapter-IV

comprehensive mechanism for care and 

protection of children including 

rehabilitation and social integration of 

children. �erefore, its implementation is 

essential to address trafficking of children. 

Following provisions of the Act require 

action by the State Governments: 

a) Under Section 62-A, the State Government 

shall constitute ‘Child Protection Units’ for 

the State and districts to fulfill its 

responsibilities as stipulated under the Act. 

b) Under Section 63, in each police station, at 

least one police officer may be designated 

as the ‘Juvenile or Child Welfare Officer’ to 

handle a juvenile or child in coordination 

with the police. 

C. Implementation of Prohibition 

of Child Marriage Act (PCMA), 2006: 

(Act is administred by MWCD) 

• Prohibition of Child Marriage Act (PCMA) 

was enacted in 2006 repealing Child 

Marriage Restraint Act, 1929. It is reported 

that traffickers in some pockets in the 

country are exploiting evil custom of child 

marriage to target innocent girls for 

trafficking. �erefore, it is essential to 

implement the Act to address this modus 

operandi of traffickers. 

a) On receiving a complaint about child 

marriage, police are required to follow the 

procedure laid down in the Code of 

Criminal Procedure, 1973, which include 

registering an FIR and carrying out 

investigation. 

b) �e offences under PCMA are cognizable 

and non-bailable, hence, immediate arrest 

of offenders is necessary. 

c) Extra vigilance should be maintained 

during festivals such as ‘Akshya Tritya’ to 

ensure that no child marriage takes place. 

Chapter-IV 

D. Capacity building of the State 

machinery: 

• Implementation of the legal provisions in 

relation to applicable Acts- Child Labour 

(Prevention and Regulation) Act (CLPRA), 

Bonded Labour System (Abolition) Act 

(BLSA), Immoral Traffic (Prevention) Act 

(IPTA), Juvenile Justice Act (JJA) and 

Indian Penal Code (IPC) involves not only 

police but many other officials dealing with 

the Criminal Justice System - notably the 

executive magistrates, the labour officials, 

CWC members and in-charges of Homes. 

�erefore, the State government may 

initiate a time bound action plan to build 

the required capacity of the state 

investigation and prosecution machinery 

in this regard by organizing training/ 

workshops/awareness campaigns to 

sensitize their SHOs/Dy. SP/ACP and 

other law enforcement officers/agencies 

towards the crime, safety and security of 

women and children. 

E. Prevention of Trafficking: 

• It has been noticed that people, especially 

women and children are vulnerable to 

trafficking during ‘distress migration’ and 

from ‘disaster prone areas’- such as during 

floods, earthquakes, crop failures, riots, 

terrorist activities etc. �erefore, it is 

important to establish extra vigilance in 

this regard around transit points and at 

borders- inter-district/inter-state and 

international. 

• Pro-active policing through information 

exchange with representatives from the 

local Government, community, NGOs 

with a view to raise awareness and garner 

active support of the community. 

• Periodical checks on transporters to 

51

prevent physical transportation of the 

trafficked persons. 

• Prevention at the demand area by 

understanding/ addressing new forms of 

demand. For example, placement agencies 

providing domestic child labourers. 

• Facilitating inter-State collaboration by 

sharing data on missing children/ 

kidnappings and suspected offenders. 

Development of victim and offender 

profiles on an inter-agency basis. 

• In case of child trafficking, following 

provisions also need to be kept in view:- 

(i) Identification of children at risk, (e.g. 

following raids on off-street sites, 

responding to referrals from other 

agencies, NGO or members of the public, 

following up reports of missing children). 

(ii) Report instances of children in need of 

protection to relevant child protection 

agencies. For this purpose the Police 

Stations could be sensitized. 

(iii) �e development of victim profiling with 

other agencies. 

(iv) Carry out checks on sponsors and people 

who claim to be the relatives of children 

identified as being at risk of trafficking. 

(v) Participating in local child protection 

networks with related organizations 

(immigration, social services, NGOs, 

health, education) to develop joint 

approaches to the issue at local level and 

contribute to wider forums as appropriate. 

(vi) Ministry of Labour & Employment has 

developed a detailed protocol for 

prevention, rescue, repatriation, 

rehabilitation and reintegration of migrant 

and trafficked child labour. �e protocol 

has been issued to all State Governments 

for implementation. 

F. Investigation & Prosecution: 

• Standard operating procedures for 

Investigation have been developed under 

52 

the pilot project between MHA and 

UNODC as mentioned in para 4.24 

above, which can be used for effective 

investigation in trafficking related crimes. 

• One of the effective means of securing 

better conviction rates of perpetrators of 

crime of trafficking is to base the case on 

documentary, forensic and material 

evidence. At present, most of the time, 

the victim is being used as a witness and 

more o�en than not, he/she can easily be 

intimidated. State Governments are 

advised to encourage the law enforcement 

agencies to build fool proof investigation 

against the traffickers, so that, convictions 

can be guaranteed. 

• Use of fast track courts and video 

conferencing to the extent possible. 

G. Rescue and Rehabilitation 

• Police should work with other agencies 

and stakeholders to ensure that those who 

are rescued or who choose to return are 

not re-trafficked; this should include a risk 

assessment of the danger to returning 

victims (child care authorities would 

prepare risk assessment for children). 

• Identifying support services and referring 

victims/ potential victims to specialist 

NGO’s and safe accommodation, where 

these are available. �e Ministry of 

Women and Child Development runs 

short stay homes Swadhar shelter homes 

for women in difficult circumstances 

(wcd.nic.in/Comscheme.doc) 

• A new scheme - UJJAWALA 

(wcd.nic.in/Comscheme.doc) – a 

comprehensive scheme for prevention of 

trafficking, rescue, rehabilitation, 

reintegration and repatriation of the 

victims of commercial sexual exploitation 

has been launched on 04.12.2007 by the 

Ministry of Women and Child 

Development which should be effectively 

Chapter-IV

used by the State Governments/State 

Police. * 

Regional Task Force to implement the 

SAARC Convention relating to 

Trafficking in women and children for 

prostitution 

4.25 India has ratified the SAARC 

Convention on Preventing and Combating 

Trafficking in Women and Children for 

Prostitution. The Regional Task Force of 

SAARC for implementation of the SAARC 

Convention on Preventing and Combating 

Trafficking in Women and Children for 

Prostitution met for the first time in New Delhi 

on 26th June, 07 in New Delhi, second time in 

July 2008 and third time on 28-29 May 2009 at 

Shimla. The main achievement of this 

conference has been the adoption of the SOP 

on Combating Trafficking in Women and 

Children for Prostitution by all SAARC 

Member States in its third meeting for 

implementtion within 18 months. . 

* Statistics on Trafficking in Human Beings has been covered in para 5.13 and 5.14. 

Chapter-IV 

***** 

53

CRIME SCENARIO IN THE COUNTRY 

5.1 Under the Seventh Schedule to the 

Constitution of India, ‘Police’ and ‘Public Order’ 

are State subjects and, therefore, the State 

Governments are primarily responsible for 

prevention, registration, detection and 

investigation of crime and prosecution of the 

perpetrators of crime within their jurisdiction. 

However, Ministry of Home Affairs supplements 

the efforts of the State Governments by 

providing them financial assistance for 

modernization of the State Police Forces in 

terms of weaponry, communication, equipment, 

54 

CHAPTER 

V 

mobility, training and other infrastructure 

under the Scheme of Modernization of State 

Police Forces. 

5.2 All cognizable crimes reported and 

investigated by the police are broadly 

categorized as those falling under the Indian 

Penal Code (IPC) or the Special and Local Laws 

(SLL). A comparative statement of crimes 

registered during the last five years is given 

below:- 

Crime Incidence under Indian Penal Code (IPC) and Special and Local Laws 

(SLL) during 2004-2008 

Year Number of Offences Ratio Rate Per 

IPC SLL Total (IPC: SLL) (1,00,000 

Population) 

2004 18,32,015 41,96,766 60,28,781 01:02.3 555.3 

2005 18,22,602 32,03,735 50,26,337 01:01.8 455.8 

2006 18,78,293 32,24,167 51,02,460 01:01.7 455.7 

2007 19,89,673 37,43,734 57,33,407 01:01.9 504.5 

2008 20,93,379 38,44,725 59,38,104 01:01.8 515.0 

Trend Analysis 

5.3 A total of 20,93,379 IPC crimes were 

reported in the country during the year 2008 

against 19,89,673 in 2007 recording an increase 

of 5.2% in 2008. �e share of IPC crimes to total 

cognizable crimes in percentage terms increased 

from 30.4% in 2004 to 36.3% in 2005 and 36.8% 

in 2006. It declined to 34.7% in 2007 and 

increased to 35.3% in 2008, thus showing a 

mixed trend during the five-year period 2004 - 

2008. Madhya Pradesh and Maharashtra each 

have accounted for about 9.9% of total IPC 

crimes reported in the country during the year 

2008. 

Crime Rate 

5.4 �e crime rate, defined as the number of 

crimes per 1,00,000 population, is generally 

taken as a realistic indicator of crime since it 

takes into account the size of population of the 

place. �e rate of total cognizable crimes in the 

country which showed a decreasing trend 

Chapter-V

during 2004-2006 (from 555.3 in 2004 to 455.7 

in 2006) rose to 504.5 in 2007 and further to 

515.0 in 2008. �e crime rate has increased by 

2.1% in 2008 as compared to 2007. Puducherry 

(461.9) has reported the highest rate of IPC 

crimes during the year 2008 as compared to the 

National average of 181.5. 

CRIME AGAINST WOMEN (CAW) 

5.5 Women may be victims of any of the 

general crimes such as murder, robbery, 

cheating etc. Only the crimes which are directed 

specifically against women are characterized as 

“crimes against women”. Crime against women 

are broadly classified under two categories:- 

Chapter-V 

(A) �e Crimes under the Indian Penal 

Code (IPC) 

(i) Rape (Sec. 376 IPC) 

(ii) Kidnapping & Abduction for specified 

purposes (Sec. 363 - 373 IPC) 

(iii) Homicide for Dowry, Dowry Deaths or 

their attempts (Sec. 302/304-B IPC) 

(iv) Torture - both mental and physical (Sec. 

498-A IPC) 

(v) Molestation (Sec. 354 IPC) 

(vi) Sexual Harassment (Sec. 509 IPC) 

(vii) Importation of girls (upto 21 years of age) 

(Sec. 366-B IPC) 

(viii) Cruelty by husband and relative 

(ix) Immoral Trafficking 

Incidence of Crime against Women during 2004-2008 

Sl. Crime Head Year Percen- 

No. 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 tage 

variation 

in 2008 

over 2007 

1 Rape 18,233 18,359 19,348 20,737 21,467 3.5 

2 Kidnapping & 

Abduction 

15,578 15,750 17,414 20,416 22,939 12.4 

3 Dowry Death 7,026 6,787 7,618 8,093 8,172 1.0 

4 Torture 58,121 58,319 63,128 75,930 81,344 7.1 

5 Molestation 34,567 34,175 36,617 38,734 40,413 4.3 

6 Sexual Harassment 10,001 9,984 9,966 10,950 12,214 11.5 

7 Importation of Girls 89 149 67 61 67 9.8 

8 Sati Prevention Act 0 1 0 0 1 - 

9 Immoral Traffic 

(Prevention) Act 

5,748 5,908 4,541 3,568 2,659 -25.5 

10 Indecent 

Representation 

of Women 

(Prohibition) Act 

1,378 2,917 1,562 1,200 1,025 -14.6 

11 Dowry Prohibition Act 3,592 3,204 4,504 5,623 5,555 -1.2 

Total 1,54,333 1,55,553 1,64,765 1,85,312 1,95,856 5.7 

55

(B) �e Crimes under the Special & 

Local Laws (SLL) 

5.6 �e gender specific laws for which crime 

statistics are recorded throughout the country 

are: – 

(i) Immoral Traffic (Prevention) Act, 1956 

(ii) Dowry Prohibition Act, 1961 

(iii) �e Child Marriage Restraint Act, 1929 

(iv) Indecent Representation of Women 

(Prohibition) Act, 1986 

(v) Commission of Sati (Prevention) Act, 

1987 

Trend Analysis–CAW 

5.7 A total of 1,95,856 incidents of crime 

against women (both under IPC and SLL) were 

reported in the country during 2008 as 

compared to 1,85,312 during 2007 recording an 

increase of 5.7% during 2008. �ese crimes have 

continuously increased during 2004 - 2008 with 

1,54,333 cases in 2004, 1,55,553 in 2005, 

1,64,765 cases in 2006, 1,85,312 cases in 2007 

and 1,95,856 cases in 2008. Andhra Pradesh, 

accounting for nearly 7.1% of the country’s 

population, has accounted for 12.3% of total 

incidents of crime against women in the country 

by reporting 24,111 cases. Uttar Pradesh, with 

nearly 16.6% share of country’s population has 

accounted for 12.0% of total crime against 

women by reporting 23,569 cases in 2008. 

Crime Rate–CAW 

5.8 �e rate of crime has increased 

marginally from 16.3 during the year 2007 to 

17.0 during 2008. Tripura reported the highest 

rate of crime against women at 40.2 during 2008. 

Administrative measures taken by 

Ministry of Home Affairs for 

56 

combating crime against women 

5.9 A detailed advisory, dated September 4, 

2009 has been sent to all State Governments/UT 

Administrations wherein States/UTs have been 

advised to take comprehensive review of the 

effectiveness of the machinery for ensuring 

safety and security of women and control of 

crimes committed against them in the country. 

�e Advisory is also available on Ministry of 

Home Affair’s website, www.mha.nic.in. Some 

of the specific steps suggested in the advisory are 

as under:- 

(i) Vigorously enforce the existing 

legislations and ensure proper 

enforcement of law and convictions in 

crimes related to women. 

(ii) �e administration and police should play 

a more proactive role in detection and 

investigation of crime against women and 

ensuring that there is no under reporting. 

(iii) Increasing the overall representation of 

women in police forces. 

(iv) Sensitizing the law enforcement 

machinery towards crime against women 

by way of well structured training and 

awareness programmes, meetings and 

seminars etc., for police personnel at all 

levels as well as other functionaries 

administering the criminal justice system. 

(v) For improving general awareness on 

legislations, mechanisms in place for 

safety and protection of women, the 

concerned department of the State 

Government must, inter-alia, take 

following steps: 

a. Create awareness through print and 

electronic media; 

b. Organize legal literacy and legal 

awareness camps; 

c. Develop a community monitoring 

Chapter-V

system to check cases of violence, 

abuse and exploitation and take 

necessary steps to curb the same; and 

d. Involving the Community at large in 

creating and spreading such 

awareness. 

(vi) Explore the possibility of associating 

NGOs working in the area of combating 

crime against women. 

(vii) �ere should be no delay whatsoever in 

registration of FIR in all cases of crime 

against women. 

(viii)All out efforts should be made to 

apprehend all the accused named in the 

FIR immediately so as to generate 

confidence in the victims and their family 

members; 

(ix) Cases should be thoroughly investigated 

and charge sheets against the accused 

persons should be filed within three 

months from the date of occurrence, 

without compromising on the quality of 

investigation. Speedy investigation 

should be conducted in heinous crimes 

like rape. �e medical examination of 

rape victims should be conducted without 

delay. 

(x) Help-line numbers of the crime against 

women cells - should be exhibited 

prominently in hospitals/schools/colleges 

premises, and in other suitable places. 

(xi) Set up exclusive ‘Crime Against Women 

and Children’ desk in each police station 

and the Special Women police cells in the 

police stations and all women police thana 

as needed. 

(xii) �e specialized Sexual Assault Treatment 

Units could be developed in government 

hospitals having a large maternity section. 

(xiii)For improving the safety conditions on 

road, the concerned departments of the 

State Government must take suitable steps 

Chapter-V 

to: 

a. Increase the no. of beat constables, 

especially on the sensitive roads; 

b. Increase the number of police help 

booth/kiosks, especially in remote and 

lonely stretches; 

c. Increase police patrolling, especially 

during the night; 

d. Increase the number of women police 

officers in the mobile police vans; 

e. Set-up telephone booths for easy 

access to police; 

f. Install people friendly street lights on 

all roads, lonely stretches and alleys; 

and 

g. Ensure street lights are properly and 

efficiently working on all roads, lonely 

stretches and alleys. 

(xiv) Special steps to be taken for security of 

women working in night shi�s of call 

centers. 

(xv) Dowry related cases must be adjudicated 

expeditiously to avoid further harassment 

of the women. 

(xvi) Appointm77ent of Dowry Prohibition 

Officers and notify the Rules under the 

Dowry Prohibition Act, 1961. 

(xvii)All police stations may be advised to 

display the name and other details of 

Protection Officers of the area appointed 

under the Domestic Violence Act, 2005. 

5.10 �e Bureau of Police Research and 

Development (CPR&D) under the Ministry of 

Home Affairs has been organizing various 

programmes and workshops to sensitize police 

officers at various levels in the States towards 

prevention of crime against all vulnerable 

sections of the society, including women and 

children. 

57

CRIMES AGAINST CHILDREN–CAC 

Trend Analysis–CAC 

5.11 A total of 22,500 cases of crimes against 

children were reported in the country during 

2008 as compared to 20,410 cases during 2007, 

suggesting an increase of 10.2%. Among IPC 

crimes, number of Kidnapping & Abduction 

cases increased from 6,377 in 2007 to 7,650 in 

2008, registering an increase of 20.0% over 2007. 

Cases of Selling of Girls for Prostitution 

decreased by 29.0% during the year 2008 (69 to 

58 

Incidents of Crime against Children during 2004-2008 


No. 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 tage 

variation 

in 2008 

over 2007 

1. Murder 1,304 1,219 1,324 1,377 1,296 -5.9 

2. Infanticide 102 108 126 134 140 4.5 

3. Rape 3,542 4,026 4,721 5,045 5,446 7.9 

4. Kidnapping & 

Abduction 

3,196 3,518 5,102 6,377 7,650 20.0 

5. Foeticide 86 86 125 96 73 -24.0 

6. Abetment of Suicide 33 43 45 26 29 11.5 

7. Exposure & 

Abandonment 

715 933 909 923 864 -6.4 

8. Prostration of 

Minor Girls 

205 145 231 253 224 -11.5 

9. Buying of Girls 

for Prostitution 

21 28 35 40 30 -25.0 

10. Selling of Girls 

for Prostitution 

19 50 123 69 49 -29.0 

11. Child Marriage 

Restraint Act 

93 122 99 96 104 8.3 

12. Other Crimes 5,107 4,697 6,127 5,974 6,595 10.4 

Total 14,423 14,975 18,967 20,410 22,500 10.2 

49 cases). Madhya Pradesh, with 4,259 cases, 

reported 18.9% of incidence of crime against 

children in the country during the year 2008. 

Crime Rate–CAC 

5.12 �e rate of crime against children has 

marginally increased from 1.8 in 2007 to 2.0 in 

2008. �e rate was highest in A & N Islands 

(11.3) followed by Delhi (10.7). 

Chapter-V

TRAFFICKING AGAINST HUMAN BEING (THB) 

Trend Analysis–THB 

5.13 �e incidence of human trafficking 

increased in 2005 over 2004 and since 2005, the 

number of cases registered under various heads 

of human trafficking have shown a consistent 

declining trend. A total of 3,133 cases under 

different heads of human trafficking were 

reported during the year 2008 as compared to 

4,087 during the year 2007, suggesting a decline 

of 23.3% in 2008 as compared to 2007. �e cases 

registered under selling of girls for prostitution 

showed a decline of 29.0% in 2008 as compared 

to the year 2007. Incidence of importation of 

Chapter-V 

Incidents of Human Trafficking during 2004-2008 


No. 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 tage 

variation 

in 2008 

over 2007 

1. Procuration of 

Minor Girls 

205 145 231 253 224 -11.5 

2. Importation of Girls 89 149 67 61 67 9.8 

3. Selling of Girls for 

Prostitution 

19 50 123 69 49 -29.0 

4. Buying of Girls for 

Prostitution 

21 28 35 40 30 -25.0 

5. Immoral Traffic 

(Prev) Act 

5,748 5,908 4,541 3,568 2,659 -25.5 

6. Child Marriage 

Restraint Act 

93 122 99 96 104 8.3 

Total 6,175 6,402 5,096 4,087 3,133 -23.3 

girls showed an increase of 9.8% during the 

same period. Tamil Nadu reported 692, out of 

3,133 cases of human trafficking during 2008. 

Karnataka and Andhra Pradesh reported 529 

and 427 respectively of such cases during the 

year 2008. 

Crime Rate–THB 

5.14 �e rate of crime under human 

trafficking was 0.6 in 2004 and 2005, 0.5 in 2006, 

0.4 in 2007 and 0.3 in 2008. �us, a declining 

trend in rate of crime is observed during 2004 – 

2008.* 

* �e details on trafficking are also covered under paras 4.22 to 4.24 of Chapter-IV. 

59

CRIME AGAINST SCHEDULED CASTES (CASC) 

Trend Analysis–CASC 

5.15 The year 2008 has witnessed an increase 

of 11.9% in crime against Scheduled Castes as 

30,031 cases reported in 2007 have increased to 

33,615 cases in 2008. This increase was observed 

in all heads except Murder, Robbery and Arson. 

Cases of Murder in 2008 declined by 7.1% over 

2007. Arson and Robbery cases showed a 

decline of 5.5% and 1.2% respectively in 2008 

over 2007. Cases registered under Protection of 

Civil Rights Act showed an increase of 20.4% in 

60 

Incidents of Crime against Scheduled Castes during 2004-2008 


No. 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 tage 

variation 

in 2008 

over 2007 

1. Murder 654 669 673 674 626 -7.1 

2. Rape 1,157 1,172 1,217 1,349 1,457 8.0 

3. Kidnapping & 

Abduction 

253 258 280 332 482 45.2 

4. Dacoity 26 26 30 23 51 121.7 

5. Robbery 72 80 90 86 85 -1.2 

6. Arson 211 210 226 238 225 -5.5 

7. Hurt 3,824 3,847 3,760 3,814 4,216 10.5 

8. Protection of Civil 

Rights Act 

364 291 405 206 248 20.4 

9. SC/ST (Prevention of 

Atrocities) Act 

8,891 8,497 8,581 9,819 11,602 18.1 

10. Others 11,435 11,077 11,808 13,490 14,623 8.4 

11. Total 26,887 26,127 27,070 30,031 33,615 11.9 

* Protection of Civil Rights Act is applicable in all the above cases accept those 

at Sl. No. 9, along with IPC and other Acts. 

2008 over 2007. Dacoity cases reported an 

increase of 121.7% in 2008 over 2007. Uttar 

Pradesh, with 8,009 cases, reported 23.8% of 

incidence of crime against Scheduled Castes in 

the country during the year 2008. 

Crime Rate–CASC 

5.16 The rate of crime against Scheduled 

Castes increased from 2.6 in 2007 to 2.9 in 2008. 

Rajasthan reported the highest crime rate in 

2008 which stood at 6.6. 

Chapter-V

CRIME AGAINST SCHEDULED TRIBES–(CAST) 

Trend Analysis–CAST 

5.17 A total of 5,582 cases against Scheduled 

Tribes were reported in the country during 2008 

as compared to 5,532 cases in 2007 showing an 

increase of 0.9% in 2008 over 2007. �e increase 

was observed in all heads except Murder, Rape, 

Robbery, Arson and cases under the SC/ST 

(Prevention of Atrocities) Act. Madhya Pradesh 

has reported 19.2% (1,071) followed by 

Rajasthan 18.6% (1,038) of the total cases in the 

country. Madhya Pradesh (1,071) reported the 

highest incidence of crime against Scheduled 

Tribes, reporting 19.2% of the National total of 

5,582 during the year 2008. 

Chapter-V 

Incidents of Crime against Scheduled Tribes during 2004-2008 


No. 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 tage 

variation 

in 2008 

over 2007 

1. Murder 156 164 195 140 128 -8.6 

2. Rape 566 640 699 627 585 -6.7 

3. Kidnapping & 79 72 88 89 93 4.5 

Abduction 

4. Dacoity 40 27 12 9 14 55.5 

5. Robbery 50 49 29 21 18 -14.3 

6. Arson 33 38 46 54 49 -9.2 

7. Hurt 767 767 838 855 873 2.1 

8. Protection of 11 162 49 5 6 20 

Civil Rights Act 

9. SC/ST (Prevention 1,175 1,283 1,232 1,104 1,022 -7.4 

of Atrocities) Act 

10. Others 2,658 2,511 2,603 2,628 2,794 6.3 

11. Total 5,535 5,713 5,791 5,532 5,582 0.9 

* Protection of Civil Rights Act is applicable in all the above cases except those at Sl. No. 9, along 

with IPC and other Acts. 

Crime Rate–CAST 

5.18 �e rate of crime against Scheduled 

Tribes was 0.5 in 2008 which remained the same 

as that in 2007. Arunachal Pradesh (5.2) 

reported the highest rate of crime against 

Scheduled Tribes in the country during the year 

2008. 

Measures taken for combating crime 

against SC/ST. 

5.19 �e Protection of Civil Right Act, 1955 

(PCR Act) and the SCs/STs (Prevention of 

Atrocities) Act, 1989 (POA Act) are two 

important Acts being administered by Ministry 

of Social Justice and Empowerment for 

61

safeguarding the interests of SCs/STs. �ese 

enactments have extended positive 

discrimination in favour of these weaker 

sections of the society in the field of criminal 

justice as they prescribe penalties that are more 

stringent than corresponding offences under the 

IPC. Government keeps a constant watch on the 

enforcement of the PCR Act and the POA Act 

and rules there-under, and keeps advising State 

Governments/UT Administrations to given 

special focus on the following:- 

• Police to be more sympathetic to SCs/STs, 

and other weaker sections of the society, in 

their approach while dealing with the cases 

of crime against them; 

• Circulations among field officers detailed 

guidelines indicating the scope and 

responsibility of the police personnel 

investigating the offences; 

• Recruitment of sufficient number of persons 

belonging to SCs/STs as police personnel; 

• Programmes for creating awareness among 

vulnerable sections of the society and legal 

recourse open to them; 

• Evaluation of the working of the Special 

Courts, identification of atrocity prone areas 

for prevention of crime, measures to be 

taken for economic and social rehabilitation 

of victims of atrocities, the scale of relief to 

be revised to the families of SC/ST person 

killed in a case of atrocity etc. 

5.20 In compliance, several State 

Governments have taken, inter-alia, the 

following steps for combating crimes against the 

SCs and STs: 

(i) Special Cells have been established; 

(ii) Atrocity prone/sensitive areas have been 

identified; 

(iii) Special Courts and Exclusive Special 

Courts have been designated for the 

purpose of providing speedy trial of 

offences under the Act; 

(iv) Nodal Officers have been nominated for 

coordinating the functioning of the 

62 

******* 

District Magistrates and Superintendents 

of Police or other authorized officers; and 

(v) State level Vigilance and Monitoring 

Committee under the Chairmanship of the 

Chief Minister and District level Vigilance 

and Monitoring Committees have been set 

up. 

Violent Crimes against Body 

5.21 Violent crimes against body comprising 

murder, attempt to commit murder, culpable 

homicide not amounting to murder, kidnapping 

and abduction, hurt and death due to negligence 

in the year 2007 stood at 4,50,781 accounting for 

22.7 percent of total IPC crimes during the year. 

Crimes against body showed an increase of 4.7 

percent during 2007 over 2006. 

Violent Crime against Property 

5.22 A total of 4,03,181 violent crimes against 

property comprising dacoity, preparation and 

assembly for dacoity, robbery, burglary and the� 

were recorded during the year 2007 as compared 

to 3,92,352 crimes during 2006, showing an 

increase of 2.8 percent. �e share of these crimes 

to total IPC crimes at the national level was 20.3 

percent during the year. 

Violent Crimes against Public Order 

5.23 A total of 68,939 violent crimes against 

public order comprising riots and arson were 

reported during the year 2007 as compared to 

65,121 crimes in 2006, showing an increase of 

5.9 percent. 

Crimes under Special and Local Laws 

(SLL) 

5.24 A total of 37,43,734 crimes under 

various Special and Local Laws were reported 

during the year 2007 as against 32,24,167 crimes 

during 2006, showing an increase of 16.1 

percent in 2007. 

Chapter-V

HUMAN RIGHTS AND NATIONAL 

INTEGRATION 

6.1 �e Constitution of India has provisions 

and guarantees for safeguarding almost the 

entire gamut of civil and political rights. 

Directive Principles of State Policy further 

require the States to ensure the promotion and 

protection of social, cultural and economic 

rights, particularly of the weaker sections of the 

society, so as to bring about a just and equitable 

social order, leading to an overall improvement 

in the quality of life for all sections of the society. 

�e civil and criminal laws of our country have 

also in-built mechanism to safeguard the rights 

of the individuals and provide special protection 

to the most vulnerable sections of the society. 

6.2 In this backdrop the Government of 

India have set up a forum for redressal of human 

rights violations by constituting the National 

Human Rights Commission (NHRC) and 

provided for the setting up of State Human 

Rights commissions (SHRC) under the 

Protection of Human Rights Act, 1993. 

NATIONAL HUMAN RIGHTS 

COMMISSION (NHRC) 

6.3 �e National Human Rights 

Commission was set up under the Protection of 

Human Rights Act, 1993. It is headed by a 

former Chief Justice of Supreme Court. One of 

the primary functions of NHRC is to receive 

complaints and initiate investigations into 

violations of Human Rights by public servants 

by acts of commission/omission and through 

negligence on their part, to prevent violation of 

human rights when brought to its notice within 

one year of the commission of such violation. 

During the year 2009-10 (upto December 31, 

Chapter-VI 

2009), 63,542 cases were registered for 

consideration and the Commission disposed of 

63,087 cases including cases brought forward 

from the previous years. �e Commission also 

transferred 4,323 cases to the State Human 

Rights Commissions for disposal as per the 

Protection of Human Rights Act, 1993 [as 

amended by the Protection of Human Rights 

(Amendment) Act, 2006]. During the said 

period, the Commission recommended 

payment of interim relief in 266 cases 

amounting to Rs.4,57,53,000. While in most of 

these cases, decisions were taken based on 

reports received from authorities, in 109 cases 

investigation teams were sent by the 

Commission on spot enquiry. Out of which only 

1 case pertains to custodial death. Investigation 

has been completed in 40 spot enquiries. 69 spot 

enquiries are pending completion. 

Custodial Deaths 

CHAPTER 

VI 

6.4 From April 01, 2009 to December 31, 

2009, 1,324 cases of custodial deaths (ie.1,097 

cases of judicial custodial deaths, 130 cases of 

death in Children’s Home/Beggars’ Home and 

95 cases of deaths in police custody, Nil cases of 

death in the custody of Defence Personnel, and 

2 cases of death in the custody of Para Military 

Force) were reported to the Commission by the 

State Governments. During the period, the 

Commission recommended interim relief of 

Rs.1,89,90,000 in 155 cases of custodial deaths. 

Human Rights Awareness, Education 

and Training 

6.5 �e Commission has selected 28 

63

districts in the country, one in each state, for 

direct interaction with their field level 

functionaries with a view to spread human 

rights awareness at cutting edge level and also to 

facilitate better assessment of enforcement of 

various measures related to human rights. In 

this efforts special attention is being paid to (i) 

food security, (ii) right to education (iii) right to 

health, hygiene and sanitation, (iv) custodial 

justice (v) human rights issues of scheduled 

castes (SCs) and scheduled tribes (STs), (vi) 

right to culture and protection of community 

assets, and (vii) right to life, living conditions 

and nature of responsibility of Government and 

Panchayats (unit of local self-government). It 

gives an opportunity to the Commission to have 

a first hand idea of situation on the ground level 

and will also help it in planning its future 

strategies for better protection and promotion 

of human rights. 

6.6 �e Commission has so far conducted 

programme in the twelve districts. During the 

year 2009-10 (till December, 2009), awareness 

programmes were conducted in three districts 

namely Wayanad (Kerala) from September 15- 

18, 2009; Jamui (Bihar) from November 16-17, 

2009; Hoshiarpur from November 27,28, 30 and 

December 1, 2009. Apart from the awareness 

programme at Hoshiarpur the team of NHRC 

also visited District Jail, Amritsar to review the 

functioning of Jail. 

6.7 In its pursuit of improvement in the 

training procedure, a review was made and it 

was observed that there was room for 

standardization in the training programmes 

being conducted /sponsored by NHRC. As 

such, to improve the quality of training and 

awareness programmes, the Secretary General 

initiated a dialogue with the Indira Gandhi 

National Open University (IGNOU) for 

conducting training programmes in distance 

learning and electronic mode with their 

collaborations. �e discussions with IGNOU 

64 

authorities also revealed that they have in-house 

capability to develop curricula and 

teaching/training material in narrative form. 

During discussions with the Vice-Chancellor, 

IGNOU, the suggestion of developing various 

courses for different target groups amongst 

public servants, like police constables, 

subordinate officers and staff in district, 

Panchayat functionaries, etc. was also 

considered and a�er deliberations at various 

levels, an MOU was signed on December 30, 

2009 between NHRC and IGNOU. �e 

modalities and contents of the curriculum are 

being finalised. To start with, courses for police 

personnel at the cutting edge level would be 

developed initially. Once these basic drills are 

completed, NHRC may soon find itself in the 

distant learning mode also, which will not only 

cover larger groups of people but also cover all 

parts of the country 

Interaction with foreign Delegates in 

the Commission 

6.8 �e National Human Rights 

Commission exchanges views on protection and 

promotion of human rights with various foreign 

delegates who visit the Commission. A 

delegation of Human Rights Commission of 

Malaysia SUHAKAM visited the Commission 

from April 27-28, 2009. A sixteen member 

delegation from Afghanistan Independent 

Human Rights Commission visited the 

Commission on May 29, 2009. �e visit was a 

part of the collaboration between NHRIs of 

South Asian countries in consonance with the 

decisions taken at the Conference on `Human 

Right Awareness and National Capacity 

Building’. A delegation from Ethiopian Human 

Rights Commission visited the Commission 

from July 3-5, 2009. A delegation of National 

Commission for Human Rights, Rwanda visited 

the Commission from July 12-19, 2009 to 

oversee the functioning of the Commission and 

for training/technical assistance in Complaint 

Chapter-VI

Handling Management System in order to 

improve their working related to complaints and 

their day-to-day work. Mr. Arthur Mattli, 

Charge d’affairs, Embassy of Switzerland visited 

the Commission on August 17, 2009 and met 

the Senior Officers of NHRC and discussed the 

issues viz. rights of the children, ratification of 

the Convention on Torture by the Government 

of India and Prisoners rights. A seven member 

delegation from the U.K. Liberal Democratic 

Party Friends of India Group visited the 

Commission on September 29, 2009. �e Board 

of Directors of Human Rights Watch, New York 

visited the Commission and had a meeting with 

the Senior Officers of the Commission on 

October 13, 2009. �e participants from Nepal 

for the `Workshop on Federal Governance in 

India’ comprising 16 member s drawn from 

political parties, civil service, civil society, the 

media and academia who were actively involved 

in the process of making Nepal constitution 

visited the Commission on November 27, 2009 

and interacted with the Acting Chairperson, 

Member and Senior Officers of the 

Commission. 

Issue of Female Foeticide 

6.9 As per the 2001 Census, India’s declining 

child sex ratio (927 girls per 1,000 boys) is a 

cause of great concern. In order to address the 

problem, the Pre-conception & Pre-0natal 

Diagnostic Techniques (Prohibition of Sex 

Selection) Act, 1994 has been passed but the law 

continues to be flouted with impunity. �e 

NHRC and the IMFPA have thus undertakes a 

collaborative research project entitled “Research 

and Review to Strengthen Pre-conception and 

Pre-natal Diagnostic Techniques (Prohibition of 

Sex Selection) Act’s Implementation Across 

Key States”. 

Training Division 

6.10 Till December, 2009, the Commission 

Chapter-VI 

approved 82 training programmes of 64 

Institutions/NGOs on various issues of human 

rights for the year 2009-10 and 47 Training 

Programmes were conducted. 

PROTECTION OF HUMAN RIGHTS 

IN J&K 

6.11 �e Government attaches highest 

importance to the subject of human rights. �e 

Government of India has repeatedly expressed 

its commitment to protection of human rights 

and prevention of human rights violations in the 

Country. �e Security Forces are under 

instructions to respect the human rights of all 

people and work steadfastly with humane face 

while performing their day-to-day operational 

duties. 

6.12 Every reported case of alleged human 

rights violations are taken serious note of, 

investigations made promptly in a transparent 

manner and taken to their logical conclusion 

and suitable punitive action is taken against 

those found guilty. Since January, 1994 till 

December, 2009, out of 1,206 complaints of 

human rights excesses received against the 

personnel of Army and Central Para Military 

Forces, 1,180 have been investigated, 1,147 of 

them found false, in 33 cases where the 

complaints were found genuine, penalties have 

been imposed on 74 personnel of the Army and 

Central Para Military Forces, while in 6 cases 

compensation has been awarded. 

COMMUNAL SITUATION IN THE 

COUNTRY 

6.13 During the year 2009, 826 communal 

incidents took place in the country in which 125 

persons lost their lives and 2,424 persons were 

injured. During the corresponding period in 

2008, there were 943 communal incidents in the 

country, including four Hindu-Muslim riots, in 

65

which 167 persons were killed and 2,354 persons 

were injured. 

Hindu-Muslim Communal Situation 

6.14 During 2009, 750 Hindu-Muslim 

communal incidents took place in the country 

(including one riot in Maharashtra) resulting in 

the death of 123 persons and injuries to 2,380 

persons. In 2008, during the corresponding 

period, 656 communal incidents were reported 

in the country, including four riots, leading to 

123 deaths and injuries to 2,272 persons. 

6.15 Majority of such communal incidents in 

2009 took place in the States of Uttar Pradesh, 

Maharashtra, Karnataka, Madhya Pradesh, 

Gujarat and Rajasthan. Major issues for 

communal incidents are carrying and 

slaughtering of cattle, routing religious 

processions through mixed localities, 

construction of religious structures on disputed 

land, playing of provocative CDs/cassettes, 

dispute over land/property, eve-teasing and 

personal enmity. 

6.16 Hindu-Muslim communal riot took 

place in 2009 in Pusad town, Yavatmal district, 

Maharashtra on April 3, 2009 following stone 

pelting from the side of a mosque on a slogan 

shouting Ram Navami procession resulting in a 

clash between two communities in which four 

persons died and 12 persons were injured. 

Hindu- Christian Communal Situation 

6.17 During 2009, 76 Hindu-Christian 

communal incidents took place in the country, 

resulting in the death of 2 persons and injuries 

to 44 persons. In 2008, during the 

corresponding period, 287 communal incidents 

were reported in the country in which 44 

persons were killed and 82 persons sustained 

injuries. �e riots in Kandhamal district of 

66 

Orissa following the killing of Swami 

Laxmanananda Saraswati in August 2008 was 

the main reason for abnormally high incidents 

in 2008. In 2009, Tamilnadu has registered the 

most number of incidents against Christians. 

Relief And Rehabilitation To �e 

Victims Of Communal Riots In Gujarat 

Of 2002 

6.18 In 2007 the Cabinet approved a proposal 

for grant of ex-gratia relief to the victims of 

Gujarat riots of 2002 on pattern of the package 

announced for the victims of anti-Sikh riots of 

1984. �e proposal includes the following: 

• Ex-gratia @ Rs. 3.5 lakh for the 1,169 

deaths which is in addition to the amount 

paid by the State Government. 

• Ex-gratia @ Rs. 1.25 lakh minus the 

amount paid by the State Government for 

the 2,548 injury cases. 

• Ex-gratia @ ten times the amount paid by 

the State Government less the amount 

already paid for damage to residential and 

uninsured industrial/commercial 

properties. 

6.19 An amount of Rs.332.99 crore has so far 

been released to Gujarat Government for 

disbursement to the victims/beneficiaries in 

death and injury cases and for damage to 

residential properties. �e State Government 

has intimated that it has disbursed the ex-gratia 

in approximately 99% cases while the 

disbursement is held up in rest of the cases due 

to factors like succession issues, present address 

not being available, court cases, etc. For payment 

of ex-gratia to the victims for damage to 

uninsured commercial/industrial properties, an 

amount of Rs. 85.75 crore would be required, 

and a demand has been raised to get budgetary 

support in the next batch of Supplementaries. 

Chapter-VI

Relief and rehabilitation to the victims 

of communal riots in Bhagalpur, Bihar 

of 1989-90. 

6.20 �e Cabinet approved in 2008 a 

proposal for grant of ex-gratia relief to the 

victims of Bhagalpur riots of 1989-90 on the 

pattern of the package announced for the 

victims of anti-Sikh riots of 1984. �e proposal 

includes the following: 

• Ex-gratia @ Rs. 3.5 lakh for the 844 deaths 

which is in addition to the amount paid by 

the State Government. 

• Ex-gratia @ Rs. 1.25 lakh minus the amount 

paid by the State Government for the 22 

injury cases. 

6.21 �e total amount of Rs.29.81 crore has 

been released to Bihar Government for 

disbursement among the victims in two 

instalments of Rs.10 crore and Rs. 9.81 crore in 

the financial year ending March 2009. �e State 

Government has been asked to furnish the 

status of disbursement. 

Enactment of Legislation Titled “�e 

Communal Violence (Prevention, 

Control and Rehabilitation of Victims) 

Bill, 2005” 

6.21 A Bill titled ‘�e Communal Violence 

(Prevention, Control and Rehabilitation of 

Victims) Bill, 2005’ was introduced in the Rajya 

Sabha on December 5, 2005 to address all 

aspects of the issue of communal violence in a 

uniform way throughout the country. �e Bill 

was referred to the Department-related 

Parliamentary Standing Committee on Home 

Affairs and the Committee submitted its Report 

on December 13, 2006 to the Parliament. �e 

Committee made certain observations/ 

recommendations, and a�er necessary inter- 

Ministerial consultations, and the Government 

Chapter-VI 

decision thereon, Notices were given in March, 

2007, December 2008 February, 2009 and again 

in December 2009 in Rajya Sabha for moving 

the official amendments and for consideration 

and passing of the Bill. However, the Bill could 

not be taken up for consideration on these 

occasions. Fresh notice for consideration and 

passing of the Bill will be given in due course. 

Monitoring of the activities of religious 

fundamental organisation 

6.22 �e activities of all religious 

fundamental organisation or group, having a 

bearing on peace, communal harmony and 

security of the country are under constant watch 

of Law Enforcement Agencies and requisite 

action is taken including imposition of ban. As 

on December 31, 2009 Students Islamic 

Movement of India (SIMI) is a banned 

association. 

Kabir Puraskar 

6.23 �e Kabir Puraskar was instituted in 

1990 to promote communal harmony by 

recognizing acts of physical/moral courage and 

humanity exhibited by members of one 

community, caste or ethnic group in saving lives 

and properties of the members of another 

community, caste or ethnic group. Such courage 

and promptitude in saving lives and properties 

of member(s) of another community, caste or 

ethnic group should also involve a danger to the 

life/body/property of the rescuer himself or 

herself and or to his or her family members. 

6.24 �is award is given in three categories- 

Grade I, Grade-II and Grade-III. Each category 

carries a certificate with suitable citation and 

cash amount as follows:- 

(i) Grade-I Rs.2,00,000 

(ii) Grade-II Rs.1,00,000 

(iii) Grade-III Rs. 50,000 

67

6.25 Presentation ceremony of Kabir 

Puraskar for the years 2007 and 2008 was held 

on August 12, 2009 at Vigyan Bhawan, New 

Delhi. For the year 2007, Shri Khalifa Gufran of 

Uttar Pradesh and for the year 2008, Sh. Abdul 

Gani Abdullabhai Qureishi of Gujarat and Shri 

Ghulan Ahmed Bhat of Jammu & Kashmir were 

given Kabir Puraskar Grade-III. �e awards 

were presented by the Hon’ble President of India 

and the function was attended by the Vice 

President, the Prime Minister and other 

dignitaries. 

National Communal Harmony Awards 

6.26 National Communal Harmony Awards 

are presented in ‘individual’ and ‘organisation’ 

categories for outstanding contribution in the 

field of communal harmony and national 

integration. �e selection is made by a jury 

68 

chaired by the Vice President of India. In 

addition to a citation, the Award consists of an 

amount of Rs. 2 lakh in the individual and Rs. 5 

lakh in the organization category. �e national 

Communal Harmony Award is announced on 

the Republic day. For the year 2009, Dr. Mohd. 

Hanif Khan Shastri, Delhi (under individual 

category) and Central for Human Rights and 

Social Welfare, Jaipur, Rajasthan (under 

organization category) have been selected for 

the award. 

National Foundation for Communal 

Harmony (NFCH) 

6.27 �e National Foundation for Communal 

harmony (NFCH), an autonomous body under 

the administrative control of this Ministry, 

promotes communal harmony , fraternity and 

national integration. Since its inception, it has 

Chapter-VI

extended financial assistance of Rs.32.49 crore 

for rehabilitation of 10,073 children up-to 

December 31, 2009 who are victims of 

communal caste, ethnic or terrorist violence. 

National Integration Council 

6.28 �e process of reconstituting the 

National Integration Council is underway. 

Sankalp Divas And Qaumi Ekta Week 

6.29 Instructions were issued for observance of 

Sankalp Divas on October 31, 2009 and Qaumi 

Ekta week during November 19 - 25, 2009. 

Chapter-VI 

LIBERHAN AYODHYA 

COMMISSION OF INQUIRY (LACI) 

6.30 �e Liberhan Ayodhya Commission of 

Inquiry (LACI) was set up on December 16, 

1992 to inquire, inter-alia, into the sequence of 

events leading to the demolition of Ram Janam 

Bhoomi-Babri Masjid structure at Ayodhya on 

December 6, 1992. �e Commission had 

submitted its report to the Central Government 

on June 30, 2009. Following the submission of 

the report the Liberhan Ayodhya Commission 

was winded up on July 31, 2009. �e report of 

the Liberhan Ayodhya Commission of Inquiry 

alongwith the Memorandum of action taken 

thereon was laid on the table of both Houses of 

Parliament on November 24, 2009. 

Union Home Minister administering oath of Qaumi Ekta to the personnel of Ministry of Home 

Affairs 

***** 

69

UNION TERRITORIES 

INTRODUCTION 

7.1 �ere are seven Union territories, 

namely: 

i. Andaman and Nicobar Islands 

ii. Chandigarh 

iii. Dadra and Nagar Haveli 

iv. Daman and Diu 

v. Lakshadweep 

vi. National Capital Territory of Delhi 

vii. Puducherry 

7.2 Out of the above seven Union territories, 

National Capital Territory of Delhi and 

Puducherry have legislatures, Council of 

Ministers and Consolidated Funds. �e rest of 

the Union territories are without legislature. 

7.3 �e total area covered by the seven 

Union territories is 10,973 sq. km. and their 

population, as per the 2001 census, is 

1,65,20,983. �e UT-wise population and area 

is at Annexure-VII. �e Plan and Non-Plan 

budget provisions and their utilization in the 

year 2008-09 and the provision for the year 

2009-10 is at Annexure-VIII. 

CONSTITUTIONAL STATUS 

7.4 �e Union territories are specified in 

Schedule I Part II of the Constitution of India. 

�ese territories are administered in accordance 

with the provisions of Article 239 to 241 of the 

Constitution of India. Under the Government 

of India (Allocation of Business) Rules 1961, 

Ministry of Home Affairs is the nodal Ministry 

CHAPTER 

VII 

for all matters of Union territories relating to 

Legislation, Finance & Budget, Services and 

appointment of Lt. Governors and 

Administrators. Every Union territory is 

administered by an Administrator appointed by 

the President under Article 239 of the 

Constitution of India. In Delhi, Puducherry and 

Andaman & Nicobar Islands, the Lt. Governors 

are designated as Administrators. �e 

Governor of Punjab is appointed as the 

Administrator of Chandigarh. In the other 

Union territories, senior IAS officers of the 

Arunachal Pradesh, Goa, Mizoram and Union 

territories (AGMUT) cadre are appointed as 

Administrators. 

ADMINISTRATIVE INTERFACE 

Home Minister’s Advisory Committees 

(HMAC) 

7.5 All the five UTs without legislature – 

Andaman and Nicobar Islands, Chandigarh, 

Daman and Diu, Dadra and Nagar Haveli, and 

Lakshadweep - have the forum of Home 

Minister’s Advisory Committee, on which, 

besides the Administrator and Member of 

Parliament from the respective Union Territory, 

members from the local elected bodies e.g. 

District Panchayats and Municipal 

Council/Committees are nominated as 

members. Meetings of the HMAC are chaired 

by the Union Home Minister, or, in his absence, 

by the Minister of State in the Ministry. �e 

Committee discusses the general issues relating 

to social and economic development of the 

Union territories. 

70 Chapter-VII

MEETING THE CHALLENGES 

NCT OF DELHI 

7.6 Delhi, being both a city-State and the 

national capital, attends to people from all parts 

of the country and from all walks of life, who 

come to work and make Delhi their home. �e 

Government of NCT of Delhi seeks to fulfill 

their aspirations through dedicated response 

and efforts. It has taken several initiatives to 

accelerate the development process, some of 

which are highlighted below: 

• Government of NCT (GNCT) of Delhi is 

implementing various projects related to 

the forthcoming Commonwealth Games 

2010. �e projects a�er completion will 

result in better intra city connectivity, hassle 

free traffic movement, widening and upgradation 

of roads, upgraded public 

amenities and modern medical facilities 

during the Commonwealth Games period. 

�e cost of providing these infrastructural 

facilities is more than Rs.16,000 crore and 

they are being implemented with a strict 

time schedule to ensure completion it 

before the Games. 

• GNCT of Delhi is also constructing 

Tyagraja Stadium, Chhatrasal Stadium and 

Ludlow Castle School as a Training Venue 

for the Commonwealth Games. NDMC is 

renovating Talkatora Stadium. A new 

Sports Facility Block with underground 

parking facility is being set up as per 

international standards. A state of the art 

sports facility block with underground 

parking facilities is under construction at 

Shivaji Stadium. Connaught Place 

redevelopment work will also be completed 

before the start of the games. 

• GNCT of Delhi has set up “Samajik Suvidha 

Sangam”, a Society to facilitate convergence 

of various schemes run by nine 

departments to provide welfare 

entitlements to vulnerable sections. Gender 

Chapter-VII 

Resource centres have been placed under 

the supervision and administrative control 

of Samajik Suvidha Sangam and are 

accountable to the District Resource 

Centres. 

• In order to bring transparency, reliability 

and responsiveness, the GNCT of Delhi has 

requested the Public Affairs Foundation, 

Bangalore to carry out the 2nd Social Audit 

to revisit the benchmarks and track the 

progress made. �e Social Audit is focused 

on services related to Govt. Hospitals, Govt. 

Schools, Transport Department, Food & 

Civil Supplies, Sub-Registrar Offices, 

Offices of SDMs, and Provision of Water 

Supply through water tankers to poor 

localities by DJB. 

• In the Health sector, the GNCT of Delhi has 

constructed buildings for 8 dispensaries, 

two in Dwarka, one each in Janakpuri, Tikri 

Kalan, Kondli, Hiran Kudna, Bank Enclave 

and Basti Vikas Kendra, Prem Nagar in 

2009-10. One PUHC has been opened in 

Sangam Vihar in South District. 

Construction of seven more hospitals are in 

the pipeline. Four more hospitals are 

proposed to be taken up on PPP mode. 

Mobile Health Clinics are likely to be 

increased to 90 from 75 with the help of 

NGOs. Work for setting up 2 new Medical 

Colleges under Delhi Govt. is being taken 

up. 

• Construction work of Chaudhary Braham 

Prakash Ayurvedic Charak Sansthan at 

Khera Dabur in Najafgarh Block is in full 

swing and hospital facilities are likely to 

start functioning this year. Seven new 

AYUSH dispensaries have already been 

started. �ree more shall be opened by 

March, 2010. A publicity campaign titled 

“Homeopathy for Healthy Mother and 

Happy Child” was launched in September, 

2009. A website 

www.homeo.delhigovt.nic.in on homeo 

services has also been introduced. 

71

• Project for augmentation of ambulance 

fleet will be implemented on Public Private 

Partnership basis with Fortis Emergency 

Services Ltd. A 24x7 state of the art 

emergency response centre will start with 

75 Ambulances in January, 2010. �e 

Ambulance Service to BPL, Pregnant 

Mothers, Accidents, Multi-Casualty 

incidents, disasters and transfers between 

Govt. Hospitals will be free of charge. 

Citizens can call ‘102’ for Ambulance 

Service. �e Government is also 

developing three green field hospitals under 

PPP, one each in South, West & North 

Delhi. �e Health Department has also 

initiated PPP projects for providing 

Advanced Radiology Diagnostic Services 

and Dialysis Services for all hospitals on 

hub and spoke model. Two Super Specialty 

Hospitals with 1000 beds shall soon be 

opened and managed in PPP mode. 

• �e Government has launched a Quality 

Assurance Programme in technical 

consultation with GTZ(German Technical 

Group) for twenty hospitals of Delhi 

Government. 

• Under Delhi State Health Mission, 

MAMTA and ASHA schemes have been 

launched. 2260 ASHA’s have been selected 

and operationalized across the State. 

MAMTA scheme will be further 

strengthened by increasing the scope of the 

scheme to cover more beneficiaries and 

caesarian deliveries. 

• In the Transport sector, approximately 120 

kms of Metro line will be added before the 

Commonwealth Games with increased 

connectivity to the neighbouring States 

under Metro Rail Transport System phase 

II. 81.21% of the total work on the phase- 

II of MRTS has been completed up to 

November, 2009. 

• DTC has already purchased 919 new Low 

Floor Buses (AC/Non AC) and 4106 new 

buses shall be purchased well before CWG- 

72 

2010. �us, the total fleet will be 5025 

before CWG-2010. 

• �e Government has also decided to 

corporatize the private stage carriage (blue 

line) buses. �e whole process of phasing 

out of blue line buses shall be completed in 

the next 2 to 3 years. 

• All the 535 pollution checking centres of 

Delhi have been connected to the central 

server and pollution checking of vehicles is 

being conducted online. 

• �e GNCT of Delhi in consultation with 

the industry and concerned Government 

Departments/agencies, has finalized a new 

dra� industrial policy which envisages 

development of knowledge- based, hi-tech, 

sophisticated, service sector and IT and 

ITES types of industries in Delhi. 

• According to the Doing Business in India- 

2009 study by World Bank, Delhi ranks 6th 

among 17 cities surveyed. In fact, the 

survey ranks Delhi at the top for the 

parameter “Starting Business” indicating 

that companies wanting to set up business 

in Delhi require least number of days and 

procedures to do so. �e Delhi Cabinet has 

approved a proposal for setting up of 

Business Facilitation Council in the 

Industries Department to facilitate 

entrepreneurs in obtaining clearances from 

various departments/ agencies for setting 

up enterprises in Delhi. 

• �e Government of Delhi has notified its 

SEZ Policy to facilitate setting up of SEZ in 

Hi-tech areas such as IT and ITES 

industries in the NCT of Delhi. Two 

proposals from DSIIDC for setting up of 

SEZs in Gems & Jewellery and Information 

Technology have been referred to the 

Ministry of Commerce & Industry, GOI for 

approval. 

• �e Government has decided to maintain 

industrial areas/estates which are with 

Industries Department and DSIIDC, on 

Public Private Partnership (PPP) basis. 

Chapter-VII

Process for selection of Private partner for 

the identified project has already been 

initiated. 

• �e Government of Delhi, in consultation 

with Central Government, has decided to 

rehabilitate MRTS Project affected 

industrial units by making them allotment 

of alternate industrial plots in approved 

industrial areas at pre-determined rates. 

• To minimize the level of pollution in Delhi, 

10 Common Effluent Treatment Plants 

(CETPs) have been constructed. Of these, 

9 CETPs have been handed over for 

operation & maintenance to the respective 

CETP Societies. �e remaining 1 CETP 

shall also be handed over to the concerned 

Society in due course. 

• To meet water requirements fully, DJB is 

investing in construction of Renuka dam 

and getting the parallel lined canal from 

Munak to Haiderpur constructed. Based on 

the 80 MGD water savings from the canal, 

new WTPs at Dwaraka, Okhla and Bawana 

will be commissioned. 

• To meet Delhi’s demand for power, various 

power projects are taken up. Major projects 

are (i) 1500 MW coal based power plant in 

Distt. Jhajjar, Haryana by Aravali Power 

Company Pvt. Ltd for sharing of power 

equally by Delhi and Haryana (ii) A 1500 

MW Gas based Power Project at Bawana, in 

North-West Delhi. A 750 MW Gas based 

Power Project has been proposed for setting 

up at Bamnauli, in South-West Delhi. Land 

has been acquired. 

• �e Department of Forests & Wildlife, 

Govt. of NCT of Delhi along with 20 

Greening Agencies have set a plantation 

target of more than 12.07 lakhs saplings in 

Delhi in the current year. All 

Departments/Agencies have started 

plantation to achieve the set target. During 

the year 2009-10 under the Delhi Greening 

Action Plan, the area brought under the 

plantation is about 75.94 Ha. 

Chapter-VII 

• In the Education sector, GNCT of Delhi 

have introduced Nursery classes in 172 

Sarvodaya Vidyalayas in 2009-10. 34 

middle schools have been upgraded to 

secondary/senior secondary schools. 

Further, 25 secondary schools have been 

upgraded to senior secondary schools. New 

streams have been introduced in 17 schools 

(science stream in five schools, commerce 

stream in eleven schools and arts stream in 

one school). One new school has been 

opened at Mandoli Extn. (Distt. North- 

East) in 2009-10. 

• From 2009-10, uniform subsidy shall be 

provided to students of nursery classes also. 

Mid Day Meal scheme has been extended 

to upper primary classes of Government 

and aided schools from 2009-10. 

• GNCT of Delhi also undertook several 

projects for Information Dissemination, 

Capacity building and for e-Governance 

Initiatives during the year 2009. �e 

schemes are (i) Delhi Online(Jeevan 

Project) which provide the Government 

services like billings of MTNL, BSES, NDPL 

and DJB and others under one roof to the 

citizens (ii) Delhi State Wide Area 

Networking – which connects Delhi 

Secretariat with all major departments (iii) 

Aap ki Sunwai – which is a call center to 

work as Grievance Management 

System(GMS) wherein citizens can call up 

one single number 155345 and register the 

grievance with regard to any Delhi 

Government 

Department/Agency/Autonomous Body on 

24x7 basis (iv) Content Management 

System – which gives information regarding 

various services provided by the 

departments at the centralized website apart 

from having the uniform look and feel of all 

the websites (v) E-Procurement Project 

which is aimed to bring transparency and 

efficiency in the procurement process (vi) 

Secured Communication Network for 

73

74 

Delhi(TETRA) for official communication 

amongst various departments of Delhi 

Government and (vii) Delhi State Spatial 

Data Infrastructure Project (DSSDI) – 

which is the first of its kind in the country 

that provides a unique urban management 

system. 

PUDUCHERRY 

7.7 The Union territory of Puducherry has 

a Legislative Assembly and Consolidated Fund 

of its own. It comprises of four regions, namely, 

Puducherry, Karaikal, Mahe and Yanam lying 

geographically separated from one another. 

The `Government of Puducherry has taken 

several development and post-tsunami 

rehabilitation initiatives, some of which are 

highlighted below : 

• �e Empowered Group of Ministers, Govt. 

of India had approved Rs.663.73 crore to 

the Union Territory of Puducherry for a 

period of 4 years from 2005-06 to 2008-09 

under the Tsunami Rehabilitation 

Programme viz. (i) Rs.185.10 crore under 

Externally Aided Programme and (ii) 

Rs.478.63 crore under Additional Central 

Assistance including Rajiv Gandhi 

Rehabilitation Package. Subject to approval 

of EGOM, the Planning Commission, New 

Delhi have allocated additional funds of 

Rs.108 crore under Additional Central 

Assistance. Out of Rs.574.01 crore 

released, under TRP, Rs.550.52 crore have 

been spent as on September 2009. 

• For construction of houses in all the 

tsunami affected villages, private lands to an 

extent of 105.62.46 ha i.e. 36.69.82 ha. in 

Puducherry region and 68.92.64 ha. in 

Karaikal region respectively have been 

acquired . As against the target of 7,567 

houses to be constructed, 4,586 houses have 

been completed till November 30, 2009 and 

the rest are in various stages of completion. 

• Connectivity of coastal roads to a length of 

65.22 kms and internal roads to a length of 

40.50 kms in the resettlement colonies have 

been completed. Two bridges and eight bed 

dams have been constructed. Construction 

of one 4-lane bridge is under progress. 

Coastal protection wall covering 17 kms. 

and 31 community assets like schools, 

health centre, etc. have been constructed. 

Bio-fencing of 29 kms. has been completed. 

• Various orientations programmes, trainings 

and workshops were organized under the 

UNDP sponsored Disaster Risk 

Management programme initiated in the 

UT w.e.f. November 20, 2007 till June 30, 

2009. 

• In respect of replacement of fishing cra�s 

and tackles, 365 mechanised boats, 93 FRP 

boats, 806 FRP cattamaram, 1147 wooden 

cattamaram with OBM and 5,483 

cattamaram without OBM have been 

repaired and restored to tsunami affected 

fishermen availing the financial assistance 

from Government. Fisheries Livelihood 

restoration works are undertaken by Project 

Implementation Agencey (PIA), 

Puducherry. 

• Government of Puducherry has established 

Agricultural Technology Management 

Agencies (ATMA) in Puducherry and 

Karaikal Districts separately in order to 

ensure convergence of activities of 

agriculture and allied sectors. �e Strategic 

Research and Extension Plans (SREPs) and 

the State Extension Work Plan (SEWP) 

have been prepared. Capacity building to 

extension functionaries for effective 

dissemination of latest technologies to the 

farmers has been taken up. Conduct of onfarm 

trials and method demonstrations has 

been done, which includes the development 

of technical skills of the farmers and 

improvising the indigenous practices. Out 

Chapter-VII

of Rs.36.75 lakh released, an amount of 

Rs.23,73,500 has been spent under the 

scheme so far. 

• Selection of consultant to identify the 

investors for the project “Special Tourism 

Zone at Manapet” is in process. �e project 

“Eco beach at Karaikal” has been completed 

and inaugurated. Riverside and beach 

development work at Mahe and Water front 

development at Yanam will be completed by 

March 2010. 

• Land to an extent of 19.92 Ha has been 

acquired at a cost of Rs.18.67 crore and 

handed over to Airports Authority of India 

during July 2007 for the first Phase of 

development. Airports Authority of India 

have completed the work of the extension 

of the runway, except a small area where the 

broken sewage pipe has stopped the 

completion. �e work of repairing broken 

sewage pipe will be completed by June 2010 

and the Airport will be operationalised for 

commercial flights therea�er. In respect of 

Phase-II development which is for 

extending the runway by an additional 

1,100 metres to facilitate operating larger jet 

Aircra�s, action has been initiated to 

acquire another 85 Ha of adjacent land in 

the State of Tamil Nadu. 

• Under the Jawaharlal Nehru National 

Urban Renewal Mission, 8 projects worth 

Rs.461.3965 crore have been approved for 

the Union territory of Puducherry, 4 each 

by the Ministry of Urban Development and 

the Ministry of Housing and Urban Poverty 

Alleviation. 80 per cent of the project cost 

is borne by the Government of India and 20 

% is borne by the Union Territory of 

Puducherry. 

ANDAMAN & NICOBAR ISLANDS 

7.8 �e Union territory of Andaman & 

Nicobar Islands consists of nearly 307 islands, 

265 rocks and islets out of which only 38 islands 

Chapter-VII 

are inhabited. �e devastation caused by the 

tsunami of December, 2004 severely tested the 

administrative capacity of the Union Territory 

of Andaman & Nicobar Islands. �e UT 

Administration has taken several development 

and post-tsunami rehabilitation initiatives, 

some of which are highlighted below : 

• 9,797 permanent shelters are being 

constructed at 70 different locations by 

CPWD/APWD/ NGOs in A&N Islands. 

9484 houses have been completed out of 

which 7799 houses have been allotted to the 

beneficiaries till January, 2010. In addition, 

203 units of common facilities like 

community hall, birth house, death house, 

recreation hall etc have been completed out 

of a total of 247 units to be constructed at 

permanent housing sites in 10 islands. 

• Shipping is the lifeline for the islands to 

provide connectivity to the people for inter 

island movement. 3 new passenger ships 

have been commissioned and 2 new 

passenger ferries have been put into service. 

In addition, 10 pontoons have been 

provided at various jetties in the islands. 

• Administration has taken steps to facilitate 

development of Port Blair as an 

International Airport. 2.25 hectares of 

Coast Guard land is being transferred to 

AAI for development of a new Terminal 

Building for International Airport. Air 

cargo complex has been transferred to AAI 

and will be commissioned by June, 2010. 

• UT Administration has signed a MOU with 

NTPC in November 2009 to prepare DPR 

for setting up 5 MW solar photo voltaic 

power plant in South Andaman and 1 MW 

solar photo voltaic power plan in Middle 

Andaman. 

• UT Administration has developed a 

Training and Residential Complex for the 

IRBn at a cost of Rs.43 crore, with water 

supply for the complex from rainwater 

storage and self operated filtration plant. 

75

�e complex has been put to use from 

October 1. 2009. 

• �e UT Administration has launched Car 

Nicobar Coconut Mission with an aim to 

bring a paradigm shi� in the very process 

of coconut production and its commercial 

use thereby improving the economic status 

of the Nicobari people. �e mission aims to 

achieve increase in productivity from 

existing 20 nuts to 60 nuts per tree per year, 

besides providing additional income 

through intercropping of fruits and 

vegetables and opening up avenues for 

units to produce value added coconut 

products under the brand name 

NICONUTS. 

• Integrated Housing and Slum 

Development Project under JNNURM for 

planned development of 18 identified slum 

pockets has been launched on October 2, 

2009. Project is to be completed in 18 

months at a cost of Rs.9.88 crore. 

• �e inhabited islands isolated by deep sea 

have been provided telemedicine 

connectivity between the PHCs, CHCs, and 

District Hospitals as well between the 

District Hospitals in the islands with super 

specialty hospitals in the mainland. 

LAKSHADWEEP 

7.9 Lakshadweep Islands is a group of 36 

islands out of which only 10 are inhabited. The 

entire indigenous population has been 

classified as Scheduled Tribe and is Muslim by 

religion. The main occupation of the people is 

fishing, coconut cultivation and coir-twisting. 

Tourism is an emerging industry. The UT 

Administration has taken several development 

initiatives, some of which are highlighted 

below : 

• �e administration has been making 

efforts to augment/replace the existing old 

ships to provide better shipping services. 

76 

In addition to the 700 passenger all 

weather ship, M.V. Kavaratti inducted in 

2008, two 250 passenger all weather ships 

are at various stages of completion and are 

expected to be delivered by December, 

2009 and May, 2010. Construction of 200 

passenger landing barges is at different 

stages. With these vessels becoming 

operational, the present uncertainty and 

difficulties in embarkation and 

disembarkation, using smaller cra�s, could 

be overcome and the people will have 

facility of safe landing from the bigger 

ships anchored in the open sea. 

• Shipping Corporation of India has been 

requested to float and finalise tenders for 

acquisition of two more Landing Barges, as 

approved by the Government of India. 

Construction of ‘eastern side jetties’ at 

Agatti, Amini and Kavaratti are at different 

stages of completion. �e eastern side jetty 

at Minicoy although completed in October, 

2008, has not become functional as severe 

surging and current during monsoon 

season is hampering safe berthing of ships 

in the jetty. A committee constituted by the 

Ministry of Shipping visited the islands 

from 23rd to 25th June, 2009 and inspected 

all the four jetties and made many 

corrective suggestions. 

• �e Second Helicopter has been charted 

from Pawan Hans Helicopters Limited for 

meeting the law and order situations and 

inter-island service during monsoon and 

the service commenced on 10th January, 

2009. �e Kingfisher Airlines is operating 

an ATR flight and Indian Airlines is 

operating a Dornier flight in Kochi-Agatti 

sector. 

• Since no surface water is available in 

Lakshadweep and underground water is 

highly saline, drinking water is a perpetual 

problem in Lakshadweep. With a view to 

solve this problem, the Low �ermal 

Temperature Desalination Plant 

Chapter-VII

functioning successfully at Kavaratti has to 

be replicated in other islands. Planning 

Commission has given in-principle 

approval for establishment of 1 lakh litre 

capacity LTTD Plants in phases. �e first 

phase work of installation of plants in 

Minicoy, Agatti and Andrott are expected 

to be completed by March, 2010. 

CHANDIGARH 

7.10 Chandigarh city has the unique 

distinction of being a Union Territory and the 

Capital City of two states - Punjab and Haryana. 

Spread over an area of 114 square Km., it 

comprises of the city of Chandigarh and 13 

villages and is located between the States of 

Punjab and Haryana. �e UT Administration 

has taken several development initiatives, some 

of which are highlighted below : 

• A project for upgradation of water supply 

infrastructure with remote computerized 

surveillance system for proper monitoring 

and automation has been partially 

implemented and is at advanced stage of 

completion. �e system will provide benefits 

by way of saving in manpower, energy and 

reduction in water losses. 

• �e Sewage Treatment Plant has been 

upgraded from 30 MGD to 45 MGD at 

Diggian with a cost of Rs.28 crore. 

• Manimajra town has been connected with 

the canal water supply system. 

• �e building of Judicial Academy to impart 

training to Judicial Officers has been 

constructed in Sector 43 at the cost of 

Rs.62.82 crore with a covered area of 2.44 

lakh square feet. 

• A Vocational-cum-Production Centre has 

been constructed in Sector 46-D. 

• Block’D’ of Govt. Medical College & 

Hospital, Sector-32, Chandigarh has been 

completed with an estimated cost of Rs.6.11 

crore 

Chapter-VII 

• A new lake has been constructed in Sector- 

42 with an estimated cost of Rs.3.12 crore. 

• �e construction of 6/4 lane dual carriage 

way linking NH 21 from Halo Majra side to 

Panchkula has been completed with an 

estimated cost of Rs.9.96 crore. 

• A 66 KV Sub-Station has been set up in 

Sector-56 at an approximate cost of Rs.14 

crore. 

• 60 CCTV cameras are being installed at 

various locations in the city for round the 

clock surveillance by Police. 

• A Trauma Unit having 22 nos. of beds with 

Emergency Operation �eatres has been 

added to the Govt. Multi Specialty Hospital, 

Sector-16, Chandigarh. 

• A device for Bio-Medical Waste 

Management has been installed with the 

approval of Pollution Control Board by the 

Health Department. 

• 100 modern low floor buses purchased 

under JNNURM will be inducted in the fleet 

of Chandigarh Transport Undertaking 

shortly. Speed governors have been installed 

in all the city buses. �e Global Positioning 

System is being installed in the city buses. 

DAMAN & DIU 

7.11 �e Union territory of Daman & Diu 

comprises of two land blocks of Daman and Diu, 

each forming a separate district, as well as a 

community development block. Daman District 

is located on the southern border of Gujarat 

state and Diu District is an island off the coast 

of Junagarh and is about 763 km. from Daman. 

�e UT Administration has taken several 

development initiatives, some of which are 

highlighted below : 

• �e UT Administration has received 

additional allocation of 58 MW Power from 

Kawas & Gandhar Gas Power Plants of 

NTPC and 70 MW from NSPCL Power 

Plant, Bhilai, improving the power situation 

77

in the UT. In addition, various activities for 

establishment of new Sub-Stations, 

strengthening of transmission network, 

renovation of existing power distribution 

systems, providing of improved metering 

systems etc have also been taken up by the 

UT Administration. 

• �e Government of India approved the 

construction of a new bridge across the river 

Damanganga in the city of Daman at a cost 

of Rs.38.84 crore. �e bridge has been 

opened to the public in February 2009. 

• A modern and fully equipped Gynecology 

and Pediatric Ward is going to be 

constructed in the Govt. Hospital, Marwad 

by March, 2010. �is is going to increase the 

institutional deliveries and ensure better 

child healthcare in Daman. 

• Renovation of Government Hospital, 

Marwad has been completed and dedicated 

to the public on 25.01.2010. 

• �e UT Administration has upgraded 5 

Secondary Schools as Model Schools to 

provide quality education to the students in 

the Government set up. �e Model Schools 

will be equipped with computers, electronic 

boards and modern Audio-Visual facilities. 

• A multifuncational state of art Auditorium 

has been constructed in Government 

College, Daman. 

• In order to increase enrolment of girl 

78 

Smt. Sonia Gandhi, Chairperson, UPA, 

inaugurating the new bridge over 

Damanganga bridge 

Union Minister of State for Home 

inaugurating the Auditorium 

students and to reduce the drop out rate 

among SC/ST girl students studying in 

Secondary Schools, 250 SC and ST girls of 

Standard VIII has been provided with 

bicycles. 

• A state of art swimming pool has been 

constructed at Sports Complex, Moti 

Daman and dedicated to the public. A 

jogger’s park is being developed in Moti 

Daman which is going to be completed and 

dedicated to the public on December 22, 

2009. A Jogger’s/Walking Track having a 

length of 750 mtrs. has also been developed 

in the Government College. 

• A new building for Veterinary Dispensary 

has been constructed at Kathiria, Nani 

Daman at an amount of Rs.20 lakh. A new 

Scheme “Poultry Demonstration Farm” has 

been started at Kachigam, Daman. 

• Fisheries Department is taking action for 

online registration of all fishing vessels in 

the UT and will be completed before March 

31, 2010. Further, for issuing Biometric 

identity cards to all fishermen in Daman and 

Diu, survey of all fishermen has been 

completed. ID cards will be issued by the UT 

Administration as soon as the agency is 

finalised by the Ministry of Agriculture. 

• UT Administration has completed Safety 

Audit of all the bridges in Daman & Diu. 

• Construction of Coastal Highway, i.e. new 

bye-pass road from Patalia upto Bhenslore 

at Nani daman at a cost of Rs.20 crore is 

Chapter-VII

under progress and will be completed by 

May, 2010. 

• Widening, improvement and resurfacing of 

roads from Moti Daman football ground 

upto Dholar junction at Moti Daman at a 

cost of Rs.125 lakh, from Ambawadi – 

Patlara upto Bhamti at a cost of Rs.370 lakh, 

from Somnath Temple to Zari Causeway at 

Nani Daman at a cost of Rs.600 lakh and 

from Bamanpuja utpo Dholar at Moti 

Daman at a cost of Rs.200 lakh are in 

progress and will be completed by March 

31, 2010. 

• Construction of Synthetic floor basketball 

court at Zari High School, Moti Daman at a 

cost of Rs.15 lakh has been completed and 

dedicated to the public on 25.01.2010. 

• Asphalting and Electrification of new 

fourlane road Kachigam Char Rasta to 

Gujarat Border at Vapi at a cost of Rs.100 

lakh is in progress and will be completed by 

December 31, 2009. 

• Electrification of new fourlane road from 

Kalaria upto hotel Surichi at Nani Daman at 

a cost of Rs.75 lakh will be completed by 

January 31, 2010. 

• Up gradation of three schools in Daman 

District i.e. Govt. High School, Zari Govt. 

High School, Moti Daman & Govt. High 

School Bhimpore into model schools at the 

cost of Rs. 83 lakh is in progress and the 

work will be completed by May, 2010. 

• �e Scheme of Coastal Security is being 

implemented under the supervision of 

Ministry of Home Affairs. Under this 

scheme one 12 tonne boat has been 

commissioned for patrolling at Diu. �e 

New coastal Police Station was inaugurated 

by Hon’ble Minister of State Shri 

Mullappally Ramachandran, at Daman 

recently. 

• �e Ministry has conveyed the sanction for 

creation of 60 posts of different categories 

for Coastal Security Scheme. Out of these 

posts, 56 posts of different categories have 

Chapter-VII 

Union Minister of State for Home 

inaugurating Coastal Police Station at 

Daman 

already been filled by this Administration. 

• Physical survey of all the fishermen in 

Daman and Diu has been conducted. �e 

UT Administration is fully geared up for 

registration of all the fishing boats and issue 

of MNIC to all fishermen. Coastal Level 

Vigilance Committee have been constituted 

under the Chairmanship of Chief of Police 

alongwith three members of each Coastal 

Village in the District of Daman together 

and share intelligence so that the Police can 

take urgent action, wherever and whenever 

required. 

• RFQ in respect of the PPP Project of 

Tourism Infrastructure Development at Diu 

has been issued. It is expected that the 

bidding formalities for the same will be 

completed during the current financial year. 

DADRA & NAGAR HAVELI 

7.12 �e Union territory of Dadra & Nagar 

Haveli comprises of one District and one Taluka 

with 72 villages and two towns, namely Silvassa 

and Amli. �e UT Administration has taken 

several development initiatives, some of which 

are highlighted below : 

• Medical and Public Health Department is 

running the School Health Programme 

wherein a team of Paediatrician, 

79

Ophthalmologist, Dermatologist, ENT 

Surgeon, Dental Surgeons and Medical 

Officers along with the paramedical staff 

carry out a detailed examination of the 

child. Every child of Dadra & Nagar Haveli 

has been provided with an I-Card cum 

health Card. All schools will be covered and 

medical check up of students will be 

conducted during 2009-10. 33,235 students 

have been checked up till November, 2009. 

• �e Administration has started 24 X 7 

services in all the PHCs in the territory. It 

has also constructed 22 labor rooms in the 

health Sub centres and is in the process of 

constructing 16 more labor rooms by 

March 31, 2010. �is has greatly 

encouraged the institutional deliveries as 

the facility is now available near the place of 

residence of tribal women. 

• During this year TATA Memorial Hospital, 

Mumbai has selected Shri Vinoba Bhave 

Civil Hospital, Silvassa for imparting expert 

opinion in respect of Oncology patients �e 

UT Administration started Telemedicine 

wing in the Shri Vinoba Bhave Civil 

Hospital which is connected with ISDN and 

Broadband connection with tie up with the 

Nanavati Hospital Mumbai and TATA 

Memorial Hospital, Mumbai. 

• �e Health Department has further 

extended the telemedicine facility to CHC, 

Khanvel. �e department has also started 

Tele-Education facility through 

Telemedicine department with regular 

CMEs and CNEs. 

• Integrated Management Information 

System has been installed in the hospital 

and the details of health check up of all the 

patients’ have been computerized. A Health 

Card with a unique identification number 

is being issued to all the patients. 

• Under the scheme to transform Sindoni, 

one of the farthest and most backward 

village of Dadra and Nagar Haveli into a 

Model Village, 1.30 kms road have been 

80 

completed; Water Supply Scheme at 

Tornchimal and Sidnipada is in progress 

and will be completed by December; 2009; 

renovation of 2 primary schools have been 

completed, renovation of remaining 3 

primary schools construction of new school 

shall be completed by March, 2010; 

construction of toilets in all 475 houses have 

been completed; all roads has been 

provided with road signages, all the 

residents of Model Village has been issued 

Health Cards, construction of Community 

Centre has been completed, 

labour/maternity room has been 

constructed in the health sub centre, 

computer aided hearing centre with 15 

computer terminals has been started in one 

of the Primary Schools at Masyapada, 

Sindoni and Anganwadi Centre at Sindoni 

has been upgraded. 

• Digitization and updation of land records 

of four patelads viz. Naroli, Kilvani, Randha 

and Dadra, out of 11 patelads have already 

been completed and uploaded on the 

website of Dadra & Nagar Haveli 

Administration. It is expected that 

digitization and updation of the land 

records of the entire Patelad will be 

completed by March, 2010. 

• With a view to bring in more transparency 

in the various services being provided by 

the UT Administration, the Union 

Territory Administration has appointed 

Public Affairs Foundation, Bangalore with 

the approval of the Planning Commission 

for conducting social audit of various 

departments providing public services. �e 

whole process will be completed by March, 

2010. 

• �e UT Administration has formulated 

Mandoni and Dudhani Water Supply 

Schemes. 

• Under the Education Sector, the 

Administration has proposed construction 

of two Model Schools and the construction 

Chapter-VII

in respect of one Model School has already 

started, 50 new schools are being added this 

year in the Tele Education network; 

Upgradation of all the primary schools have 

been taken up, one primary school building 

at Galonda has been completed and another 

at Amboli is under construction, 

construction of Kasturba Gandhi Balika 

Vidhyalaya is in progress and shall be 

completed by February, 2010 , construction 

of social welfare hostels at Dudhani, 

Mandoni, Randha and Kharadpada is in 

progress. 

• �e construction work for Community 

Health Centre at village Amli has already 

started and will be completed by March 31, 

2010. Govt. of India has sanctioned Rs.20 

lakh during the current year. 

• Corporatisation of Electricity Department 

is under consideration. 

• Schemes for establishment of 220/66KV 

2x160 MVA sub-station at Khadoli, 

augmentation of 66/11 KV Kharadpada 

sub-station from 30 MVA to 60 MVA 

capacities and augmentation of 66/11 KV 

Sili/Athola sub-station from 30 MVA to 50 

MVA capacities have been technically 

cleared by CEA, New Delhi and 

expenditure sanction/revised AA/EE has 

been obtained. �e work will be completed 

by 31/3/2010. 

• Scheme of Integrated Solution for Electrical 

Network Modeling and Distribution 

Analysis So�ware with allied study of power 

sector cleared by the CEA for an amount of 

Rs.221.35 lakh. AA/ES has been accorded. 

�e work will be taken up during the 

current financial year 2009-10. 

• �e Tourism Department has already 

completed the acquisition process of land 

for development of 18 hole Golf Course to 

encourage quality tourism for high end 

tourists. Two new sites for promotion of 

rural tourism have been selected and 

proposal has been submitted to the Ministry 

Chapter-VII 

of Tourism for obtaining Central Financial 

Assistance for engagement of consultant. 

�e Tourist Trade Rules, 2009 have been 

framed under the Goa, Daman and Diu 

Tourist Trade Act and extended to the UT 

of Dadra & Nagar Haveli for effective 

regulation of Tourism Industry. 

• To provide impetus to growth of tourism in 

the U.T. a Tourism Development Council 

has been constituted under the 

chairmanship of Administrator. As a new 

initiative for river beautification and 

tourism promotion, the work of 

construction of weir at Athal on 

Damanganga River is being taken up in 

association with the Government of 

Gujarat. 

• �e Administration has formed an 

Industrial Promotion Council comprising 

of all stakeholders under the Chairmanship 

of Administrator to promote better 

coordination and solving the various 

problems of the industry. 

• A Rozgar Mela was organized on December 

2-3, 2009 taking advantage of the large 

concentration of industries in the UT with 

a view to provide 100% employment to 

local tribal population. 639 persons were 

provided instant employment during the 

Mela. 

• It has been decided to develop Khadoli as 

Model Village with 100% individual toilet 

facilities, safe drinking water and sanitation, 

all weather internal pucca roads, street 

lights, pucca houses, adequate number of 

primary education centres, Anganwadis, 

health sub-centres, community center, 

employment through vocational courses 

and 100% literacy, in a phased manner 

under PPP with M/s. Balmier Lawries & Co. 

Ltd., and Rotary Club of Silvassa. An 

M.O.U. has already been signed. All the 

projects relating to developing Khadoli as 

Model village will be completed in five years 

i.e. upto March, 2014. 

81

• Govt. of India has floated a scheme 

regarding upgradation of ITI into Centre of 

Excellence under PPP. M/s. Alok Industries 

Ltd., has been identified as industry partner 

for this purpose. 

• Under the Police Modernization Scheme, 

one police post at village Dhapsa and one 

police station at village Dadra with modern 

facilities/equipments have been completed. 

POLICE MODERNISATION 

SCHEME FOR THE UNION 

TERRITORIES 

7.13 �e Government of India has 

introduced a Police Modernisation Scheme for 

the UTs. �is was introduced on the basis of the 

recommendations of the Parliamentary 

Standing Committee for the Ministry of Home 

Affairs. �e Scheme will focus on upgradation 

of infrastructural facilities, housing, buildings 

for police stations, mobility and equipments. 

�e scheme has a total outlay of Rs.884 crore to 

be implemented over a period of five years 

starting from 2006-07. Funds amounting to 

Rs.40 crore, Rs.167.68 crore and Rs.41.43 crore 

were sanctioned to the UTs during 2006-07, 

2007-08 and 2008-09 respectively. During 2009- 

10, an amount of Rs.166.85 crore has so far been 

sanctioned to the UTs under the scheme. �e 

details of funds released to the UTs(including 

Delhi Police) during 2009-10 are at Annexure- 

IX. 

DELHI POLICE 

7.14 �e total strength of Delhi Police in 1951 

stood at about 8,000 with three Police Districts 

namely New Delhi, Central and North. In 1978, 

the Delhi Police Act was passed and the 

Commissioner of Police system was introduced 

with effect from July 1, 1978. Two more police 

districts namely East and West were created 

raising the total number of police districts to six. 

�ree more Districts namely, North-East, 

North-West, South-West, were added in 1988 

82 

increasing the number to nine. Two more 

districts namely Outer and South-East have 

been added recently on September 05, 2007 and 

October 01, 2008 respectively raising the total 

number of districts to 11. �e sanctioned 

strength of the force has gone up to 83,740 

which includes 5 I.R. Battalions. 

7.15 �e Government of India has 

sanctioned 6,478 additional posts in Delhi 

Police for creation of 9 new Sub Divisions and 

29 new Police Stations. 

7.16 During the financial year 2009-10, a 

total of 614 vehicles including 14 Vajra Anti-Riot 

Vehicle, 36 Pick-up vans, 20 cranes and 15 Bullet 

Proof Cars were sanctioned to the Delhi Police 

as new purchase and against the condemnation 

of old vehicles. 

7.17 Delhi Police has proposed to install 

CCTVs in 58 market places and 27 border check 

posts. �e approval of the Government has 

been conveyed. �e Delhi Police has installed 

the CCTV system at one market place and at 

one check post on pilot basis. 

7.18 Ministry of Home Affairs has approved 

the development of the Police Headquarters and 

a housing complex for the Delhi Police 

personnel on Public Private Partnership (PPP) 

basis. �is includes (a) Development of a 

modernized Police Headquarters (PHQ) at 

Parliament Street, New Delhi on a site 

comprising about 3 hectares of Government 

land and (b) development of Police Housing 

Complex at Dheerpur on a plot area of 60 acres, 

for Delhi Police personnel. Total 5202 flats 

including 4256 Type-II, 700 flats of Type-III and 

246 flats of Type-IV are to be constructed on the 

plot. In addition to the flats, a primary school 

and a senior secondary school, shopping 

complex, community facilities, recreational 

facilities, dispensary and transportation facilities 

are also proposed to be built on the site. 

7.19 Delhi Police lays great emphasis on fair 

Chapter-VII

ecording of complaints. Surprise checks by 

Vigilance Department are being conducted to 

oversee the free registration. �e overall 

incidence of crime during the period from 

January 1, 2009 to October 31, 2009 has 

remained under control. While heinous crime 

have shown a decline of 6.50% in comparison to 

last year, the non-heinous crime shows an 

increase of 1.28%. 

7.20 As majority of the robberies and 

snatchings were committed by motorcycleborne 

criminals, a special drive was launched w. 

e. f. February 18, 2009 to verify whether 

ownership of motorcycles, particularly in the 

underprivileged colonies, was genuine or 

otherwise. 3,74,159 Motorcycles have been 

verified so far. �is drive has yielded positive 

results. �ere has been a significant down trend 

in motorcycles used in robberies/snatchings : 

robberies by 86% and snatchings by 60%. 

7.21 Delhi Police has also taken the following 

steps to control crime and improve law and 

order in Delhi: 

• �e implementation of “Eyes and Ears” 

scheme which involves and encourages 

rehriwalas, chowkidars, patriwalas, security 

guards, parking attendants, three 

wheeler/taxi drivers, bus 

drivers/conductors, porters, shopkeepers, 

property agents, second hand car dealers, 

landlords, members of RWA/MTA, cyber 

café owners, PCO owners, guest house 

owners, any other alert citizen etc. to 

provide information regarding suspicious 

activities of individuals and crimes is being 

continued. 259 cases have so far been 

worked out due to information received 

from such sources. 

• Intensive drive verification for servants and 

tenants as well survey of Senior Citizens was 

initiated w.e.f February 1, 2009. 8,11,863 

houses were visited and 105,337 servants were 

found to be employed. Out of this, servants 

were found to be verified in only 72% cases. 

Chapter-VII 

As regards verification of tenants, 928,167 

houses were visited and only 51% of the 

tenants were found verified. 6,48,718 houses 

were also visited for survey of senior citizens 

and 627 senior citizens has been registered. A 

Security Audit of Senior Citizens has been 

launched w.e.f. July 15, 2009. 

• Various measures for safety of women 

continue to be taken up. �ese include 

operating a helpline 1091, setting up of an 

“Anti-Obscene Call Cell”, operation of a 

separate Police Station at Nanak Pura for 

cases pertaining to crime against women, 

deployment of one lady constable to every 

PCR Van patrolling prominent colleges, 

conduct of gender sensitization programmes 

for policemen to improve response towards 

women victims, implementation of 

PARIVARTAN scheme in the areas affected 

with crimes relating to women by deploying 

women beat constables, organizing 

programmes to impart training in self 

defence in schools/colleges, constitution of a 

round the clock Women Mobile Team to 

attend to urgent and distress/emergency calls 

from women. Special measures for safety of 

college students such as setting of “Security 

Review Committees” in Delhi University, 

installation of “Campus Complaint Boxes” in 

University areas , launching of a “New 

Contact Programme” have been taken by 

Delhi Police. 

• �ere is sustained focus on collection of 

criminal intelligence through the Division 

and Beat staff of Police Stations, and other 

Special Teams. 

• Checking of guest houses, hotels, Cyber 

Cafés etc. is organized on a regular basis in 

order to keep an eye for and check the 

activities of criminal elements. 

• �e crime trends are monitored/analyzed 

regularly and vulnerable areas are identified, 

timings noted and then effective remedial 

measure are taken. �ere is a special focus 

on parks, bus stands, banks and other such 

vulnerable areas. 

• Regular surveillance on the activities of 

83

desperate criminals and other active 

criminals, whether residing in the area or 

operating in the area, is being done. 

• Beat system of patrolling has been 

revamped. Regular Division and Beat 

patrolling, motorcycle patrolling and 

patrolling by PCR vans is organized under 

the close supervision of senior officers. 

• Mobile Pickets have been deployed all over 

Delhi in order to keep a watch on the 

movement of criminals. Regular checking 

of cars, scooters, motorcycles and other 

vehicles is being done wherever any 

suspicious activity is noticed. Police stations 

with high crime rate have been identified 

and extra manpower and additional 

motorcycle patrols were provided. 

• Special patrolling is organized during dark 

nights in order to prevent any criminal 

activity under the cover of darkness. 

• Community policing is being emphasized 

for better relations with the public and 

seeking the citizen’s cooperation in crime 

prevention and detection. 

7.22 Modernization of Police has always 

remained a top priority area of Delhi Police 

planning for ensuring professional and effective 

policing in the National Capital Territory of 

Delhi. �is has assumed special relevance in 

view of the forthcoming Commonwealth 

Games, 2010, for which state of the art gadgets 

are being procured. �e procurement process 

has already been set in motion. As part of this 

process, Delhi Police has inducted modern 

gadgets/equipments to upgrade overall 

functioning of the security network and latest 

weaponry. To improve coverage and reduce 

response time, additional PCR Gypsies have 

already been inducted in the PCR unit, under 

the Police Modernization Scheme. �e Cyber 

Lab of Delhi Police is also being upgraded. Delhi 

Police has undertaken the project of installation 

of CCTV systems to cover all important markets 

and other strategic areas for up-gradation of the 

overall security systems in the city and also to 

monitor the movement of traffic and law and 

84 

order situations in Delhi. A sanction to incur 

expenditure of Rs.3,88,42,761 for procurement 

of 250 motorcycles, 10 Diesel Jail Vans, 11 

Pickup Vans and 6 Mini Buses under the Police 

Modernisation Scheme was issued to Delhi 

Police under the Annual Action Plan 2009-10. 

7.23 Delhi Police has also taken up the 

following new initiatives for Traffic 

Management & Regulation : 

• A joint strategy has been formulated where 

PCR vans and traffic staff perform special 

patrolling and enforcement drive on major 

traffic corridors/road stretches in New 

Delhi, South and South West Distt. 50 

Police Control Room vans have been multitasked 

to perform traffic duties as well. 

• Plain clothed staff has been deployed in the 

blue line buses to travel from origin to 

destination and note down the traffic 

violations committed by them. �e blue line 

buses having tampered/without speed 

governor are being recommended for 

cancellation of permit. �e Delhi High 

Court has also initiated contempt of court 

proceedings in such cases. 

• Traffic policemen and local police are 

deployed at selected bus stands for instilling 

discipline amongst the bus commuters as 

well as to ensure that buses halt at the bus 

stops in the bus box. 

• Nine traffic patrols have been introduced 

24x7 to check traffic violations. �ere is 

increase in mobility and presence of traffic 

staff on roads to check the traffic violations 

particularly during night and curb road 

accidents. 

• �e Delhi Traffic Police introduced a 

scheme of Chase, Check and Challan against 

those indulging in traffic violations 

particularly over-speeding, lane jumping, 

red light jumping, riding without helmet, 

triple riding etc. 410 traffic police 

motorcycles have been deployed. 

• Special prosecution drive against jaywalking 

pedestrians at selected intersections 

Chapter-VII

has been initiated. 

• Model intersections have been identified 

where strict enforcement of traffic rules and 

regulations is carried out, regular 

announcement on road safety tips to general 

public through PA equipments and constant 

presence of traffic police personnel at these 

junctions is ensured. 

• Vigilance Unit of Delhi Police regularly 

enquires into complaints relating to 

corruption by Traffic Police officials and lays 

traps and conducts surprise checks in 

different areas frequently. 

• A Traffic Helpline in the Traffic 

Management Centre is working round the 

clock to attend to complaints on traffic jams, 

vehicles breakdowns or non-functional 

traffic signals and also invite suggestions for 

improvement in traffic situation through 

traffic helpline. 

• Regular encroachment and unauthorized 

parking removal drives 

were launched 

specifically on 47 

important traffic 

Corridors, 5 major 

Markets/ Commercial 

Complexes, 3 Railway 

Stations and 3 ISBTs. 

Other areas/corridors 

on which 

encroachments and 

unauthorized parking 

are taking place are also 

taken up for removal. 

�e inputs received 

from the citizens were 

taken into account for 

deciding areas requiring the 

immediate attention of traffic 

police. . 

• Process for implementation of Intelligent 

Transport System (ITS) under which setting 

of Urban Traffic Control system for real 

time traffic management, video surveillance, 

installation of Variable Message Signs at 

Chapter-VII 

important locations for the guidance of 

motorists and general public, installation of 

Red Speed Check Camera etc. has been 

initiated. For online monitoring of traffic 

situation, the high resolution digital IP 

Cameras shall be set up, which are remotely 

controlled, to capture the flow of traffic and 

abnormal incidents. Consultant has been 

appointed by Delhi Traffic Police to oversee 

the design and implementation of Intelligent 

Transport Systems Project in Delhi before 

Commonwealth Games, 2010. 

SECURITY OF DELHI METRO 

7.24 �e Government of India has decided 

to hand over security of Delhi Metro Rail 

Corporation (DMRC) from Delhi Police to 

Central Industrial Security Force (CISF). For 

this purpose, 1,633 posts were created in CISF 

and it took over the security of Delhi Metro on 

CISF jawans guarding the station of Delhi Metro Rail 

Corportion 

***** 

April 15, 2007. �e strength of CISF has been 

increased to 3,039 by sanctioning creation of 

1,406 additional posts. A proposal for providing 

securityrelated equipment worth Rs.31 crore 

to CISF has also been approved. 

85

86 Chapter-VII

POLICE FORCES 

INDIAN POLICE SERVICE 

8.1 �e Indian Police Service (IPS) is one of 

the three All India Services constituted under 

Article 312 of the Constitution of India. �e IPS 

officers provide senior level leadership to Police 

Forces both in the States and at the Centre. �e 

all India character of the Service gives its 

members a unique advantage of handling 

specific problems in the States within the overall 

perspective of national unity and integrity. �e 

Ministry of Home Affairs (MHA) is the cadre 

controlling authority in respect of the IPS. It is 

responsible for all policy decisions related to the 

Service, including cadre structure, recruitments, 

trainings, cadre allocations, confirmations, 

empanelment, deputations, pay & allowances, 

disciplinary matters, etc. 

8.2 �e Service is organized in 24 State 

cadres/Joint cadres. �ere is no separate cadre 

for Union Government. In every cadre a 

‘Central Deputation Reserve’ is built-in for 

sending the officers on deputations. �e 

structure of each cadre is jointly reviewed by 

Government of India and the concerned State 

Government ordinarily at intervals of every 5 

years. In the year 2009, the strength and 

composition of the cadres of Assam- Meghalaya, 

Rajasthan, Kerala, Madhya Pradesh and West 

Bengal were reviewed and finalized. Necessary 

notifications were also issued. 

8.3 �e authorized strength of the Indian 

Police Service Officers and their in-position 

status as on 1.1.2010 is tabulated below:- 

CHAPTER 

VIII 

State/Cadre Authorize Officers 

strength in-position 

Andhra Pradesh 226 185 

AGMU 196 168 

Assam-Meghalaya 172 124 

Bihar 193 153 

Chhattisgarh 81 76 

Gujarat 161 141 

Haryana 117 109 

Himachal Pradesh 75 64 

Jammu & Kashmir 135 107 

Jharkhand 110 102 

Karnataka 172 132 

Kerala 142 115 

Madhya Pradesh 291 215 

Maharashtra 236 208 

Manipur-Tripura 121 102 

Nagaland 60 37 

Orissa 159 99 

Punjab 144 112 

Rajasthan 193 154 

Sikkim 32 32 

Tamil Nadu 236 196 

Uttarakhand 60 58 

Uttar Pradesh 404 346 

West Bengal 297 226 

IPS Officers of 2009 

Batch, presently 

under Training NA 122 

in NPA. 

Total 4013 3382 

86 Chapter-VIII

8.4 �e Ministry constituted one member 

Committee in the year 2009 to study the reasons 

of short-fall in the Indian police Service and to 

recommend a recruitment plan for the period 

from 2009 to 2020 duly suggesting the measures 

required to be taken in the immediate as well as 

long term. Shri Kamal Kumar submitted his 

report on September 15, 2009. �is Ministry is 

taking necessary action on the 

recommendations of Shri Kamal Kumar. 

8.5 �e one member committee, in it report 

specifically commented upon mechanism of the 

review of the strength and composition of a 

cadre of IPS and in specific to the guidelines 

which were followed for revising the strength 

and composition of a cadre of IPS. Accordingly, 

the norms/guidelines, of cadre review have now 

been revised and based on the new 

norms/guidelines, the proposals of cadre review 

of 12 cadres(Bihar, Chhatisgarh, Gujarat, Jammu 

& Kashmir, Jharkhand, Karnataka, Maharashtra, 

Manipur-Tripura, Orissa, Punjab, Uttar Pradesh 

and Uttarakhand) have been finalized in the 

Ministry and in respect of remaining cadres, this 

Ministry has already initiated to undertake an 

exercise of mid-term cadre review on the basis 

of revised guidelines. 

8.6 �e Government of India, in 

consultation with the concerned States, decides 

on the number of vacancies to be filled in a 

particular year through regular recruitment and 

promotion. Appointments in the Indian Police 

Service of the Direct Recruits are made through 

the annual Civil Services Examinations 

conducted by the Union Public Service 

Commission (UPSC). �ere is a shortage of IPS 

officers at the level of SP in all the State cadres. 

To minimize the shortage of IPS officers at SP 

level, a decision has been taken to increase the 

batch-size of Indian Police Service from 130 to 

150 from CSE, 2009 onwards. �e SPS officers 

are inducted to the IPS by promotion on the 

Chapter-VIII 

recommendation of Selection Committee 

constituted under the chairmanship of 

Chairman/Member, UPSC and having 

representatives of Government of India and 

State Governments as members. A�er induction 

they continue working in their own States while 

the regular recruits are allocated to the different 

State cadres / joint cadres. �e extant rule 

provide for inter cadre transfers in consultation 

with the State Governments. 

8.7 Another major recommendation of the 

committee is that the UPSC should be moved 

for recruiting 70 candidates during 2010 to 2017 

through Limited Competitive Examinations to 

overcome the shortage of Direct Recruited IPS 

Officers. Accordingly, this Ministry has mooted 

a proposal to UPSC & DOP&T to introduce the 

3rd mode of recruitment to IPS. It is proposed 

to recruit 80 officers through Limited 

Competitive Examinations for a period of 7 

years, which a�er attrition will make available 

about 500 officers. 

8.8 �e regular recruits before confirmation 

in the IPS undergo 15 weeks Foundational 

Course training at the Lal Bahadur Shastri 

National Academy of Administration, Mussorie, 

44 weeks basic/professional training at Sardar 

Vallabhbhai Patel National Police Academy 

(SVP NPA), Hyderabad and 34 weeks Practical 

Training in States/Cadres they are allotted to, 

while the promoted officers undergo induction 

training of six weeks at SVP NPA, Hyderabad. 

8.9 In order to upscale the abilities of 

officers to handle the emerging challenges like 

terrorism, white collar crimes etc., a number of 

specialized trainings in fields related to policing 

are given in the police training centres of 

excellence in India and abroad. Mandatory Mid- 

Career Training Programmes (MCTP) for the 

IPS is being introduced from 2010. �ese 

trainings are being organized in selected 

87

domestic and foreign institutions of repute in 

three phases to prepare the officers for 

assumption of higher roles of DIG, IG and 

ADG/DG. SVP NPA, Hyderabad would coordinate 

for organizing MCTP for the IPS 

officers. 

8.10 �e IPS officers during their career have 

an option to serve on deputation with the Central 

Police Organizations a�er being empanelled at the 

levels of DIG, IG, ADG and DG at the Centre. 

�ese empanelments are processed by the 

Ministry of Home Affairs. �e officers 

empanelled up to the ADG level are posted in 

CPOs with the approval of the Competent 

Authority in the Ministry of Home Affairs. For 

the DG level appointments to the CPMFs, the 

panels nominating the candidates for 

consideration of Competent Authority are 

proposed by Committee on National Security and 

Central Police Personnel Welfare (CNS & CPPW). 

�is Committee was constituted as per the 

directions of the Hon’ble Supreme Court in the 

case of Shri Prakash Singh and Others Vs. Union 

of India & Others [WP(C) No.310 of 1996]. 

8.11 �e IPS officers besides the above-said 

MHA-specific deputations can serve on 

deputation within the country and abroad at the 

levels of Secretary, Additional Secretary, Joint 

Secretary and equivalent posts with the other 

Ministries of the Central Government. In order 

to be considered for these postings, the officers 

are empanelled by the DoPT through Ministry 

of Home Affairs. �e IPS officers can also serve 

as CVOs on deputation with Public Sector 

Undertakings (PSUs) under the Central Staffing 

Scheme. 

8.12 �e matters related to the IPS officer’s 

leave, provident fund, group insurance, vigilance 

status, review of performance for continuation 

in Service on attaining the age of 50/55 years, 

resignations, voluntary retirement, pension, 

grant of extension in Service, re-employment/ 

88 

commercial employment a�er retirement are 

dealt in this Ministry. �e Annual Performance 

Appraisal Reports (PAR) are also handled in this 

Ministry. Executive Record (ER) Sheets of the 

IPS officers have been computerized. �is is 

resulting in effective monitoring, timely 

processing of appointments, deputations and 

deployments of the officers. 

SARDAR VALLABHBHAI PATEL 

NATIONAL POLICE ACADEMY (SVP 

NPA), HYDERABAD 

8.13 SVP NPA is a premier police training 

institution in the country. It was established in 

1948 at Mount Abu and, a�er shi�ing to 

Hyderabad in 1975, is now functioning as a 

‘Centre of Excellence’. An Advisory Board, 

headed by the Union Home Secretary and 

comprising of senior officers of MHA, senior 

police officers and eminent persons from other 

professions as its members, periodically reviews 

the nature of courses, syllabi and training 

methodologies at the Academy. It advises the 

Academy on various measures for improving 

standards taking into account the emerging 

problems and present day requirements. 

8.14 �e Academy conducts the basic courses 

for the regular recruits and induction trainings 

for the SPS officers appointed to IPS by 

promotion. �e Academy runs special courses 

to train the trainers/instructors of police 

training institutions of the States as well as 

Central Police Forces, laying special emphasis 

on values of discipline, integrity, character, 

professional ethics in service. For the in-service 

trainings programmes modules on subjects like 

computers, insurgency, anti-terrorism, disaster 

management, field cra� and tactics, simulation 

exercise investigation, community policing have 

been included. �e Academy has started 

conducting special course on “TACTICS’. �e 

Chapter-VIII

Cabinet Secretary visited the Academy to deliver 

the 24th S.V.P. Memorial lecture on October 30, 

2009. Mr.Alain Le Roy, UN Under Secretary 

General alongwith 05 members of UN 

peacekeeping Operations visited the Academy 

on October 14, 2009. 

8.15 �e Academy also conducts courses for 

officers of Indian Administrative Service (IAS), 

Indian Revenue Service (IRS), Indian Audit and 

Accounts Service (IA&AS), Indian Forest 

Service (IFS) and also the officers of the Judicial 

Probation and Prison departments, Public 

Sector Undertakings, Banks and Insurance 

Companies, etc. Short duration specialised 

thematic courses, seminars and workshops on 

professional subjects, especially related to 

policing, have proved to be quite useful. 

8.16 In pursuance to the PM’s instruction, 

Mid-Career training programme for IPS 

Officers is being introduced from 2010 and is in 

its final leg of administrative arrangements. 

�ree Institutes, viz. Charles Sturt University, 

Australia; Cambridge University, U.K.; and 

Indian Institute of Management Ahmedabad 

have been selected for three phases. Special 

training efforts have been undertaken by Bureau 

of Police Research and Development (BPR&D) 

to train the State Police Forces to combat LWE 

extremism, terrorism, etc. Collaboration with 

the Ministry of Defence for this purpose is also 

being ventured. 

Setting up of Special Tactical Wing in 

SVP NPA, Hyderabad 

8.17 In order to upscale the capabilities of 

Police officers to meet today’s challenges and 

counter terrorism a Special Tactics Wing has 

been established in SVP NPA, Hyderabad. �is 

Ministry released Rs.2 crore for further 

Chapter-VIII 

strengthening of Special Tactics Wing in the 

Academy. �e courses provide training to 

young SsP/Dy.SsP to combat anti-naxal, antiterrorism 

and also to meet the emerging 

challenges to public order management. 

NORTH EASTERN POLICE 

ACADEMY, UMSAW, SHILLONG 

8.18 �e North Eastern Police Academy 

(NEPA) was first established as Regional Police 

Training College in 1977 at Barapani near 

Shillong, to cater to the Police Training 

requirements of the North-Eastern States. It 

was later renamed as ‘North Eastern Police 

Academy’ in 1980. A�er creation of the 

Department of DoNER, NEPA was placed 

under that Department. With effect from 1st 

April 2007, NEPA was transferred to this 

Ministry. 

8.19 NEPA conducts both induction and inservice 

courses for the Police Personnel of NE 

States at various levels. It also conducts several 

workshops /seminars, etc. on police related 

topics. 

8.20 Consequent upon the transfer of 

NEPA to this Ministry, it has been decided to 

upgrade NEPA to a State-of-the-Art institute 

catering to the training needs of NE States while 

also working as a repository of information 

related to North-East specific issues on policing 

and internal security. 

8.21 A plan with an outlay of Rs. 49.50 crore 

under the 11th Plan was approved for the 

upgradation and strengthening of NEPA. 

Consequently infrastructure is being upgraded 

by way of taking up several construction 

activities and providing necessary equipments 

there. 

89

CENTRAL POLICE FORCES 

8.22 �ere are seven Central Police Forces 

(CPFs) under the Ministry of Home Affairs, 

namely Assam Rifles (AR), Border Security 

Force (BSF), Central Industrial Security Force 

(CISF), Central Reserve Police Force (CRPF), 

Indo-Tibetan Border Police (ITBP), National 

Security Guard (NSG) and Sashastra Seema Bal 

(SSB). AR, BSF, ITBP and SSB are the border 

guarding forces while CRPF assists the States in 

matters related to law and order and is trained 

& equipped for internal security management. 

�e Rapid Action Force (RAF) and Commando 

Battalion for Resolute Action (CoBRA) are 

specialized wings of the CRPF to deal with riots 

and le� wing militancy respectively. CISF 

provides security and protection to vital 

installations, Public Sector Undertakings 

(PSUs), airports, industrial buildings, museums 

and Government buildings. NSG is a 

specialized force for counter-terrorism and antihijacking 

operations. It is also entrusted with the 

task of securing high risk VIPs. 

ASSAM RIFLES (AR) 

8.23 Known as ‘Friends of the Hill People’, 

Assam Rifles, raised initially as ‘Cachar Levy’ in 

1835, is the oldest Police Force in the country 

with headquarters at Shillong. It has 2 

Inspectorate General Headquarters, 9 Sector 

Headquarters, 46 Battalions (Bns.), 1 Training 

Centre & School, 3 Maintenance Groups, 3 

Workshops, 1 Construction & Maintenance 

Company and a few Ancillary Units. �e Force 

has dual role of maintaining internal security in 

the States in the North Eastern Region and 

guarding the Indo-Myanmar Border. �e Force 

works under the operational control of the 

Army. During the year, action to review, 

rationalize and strengthen the border guarding 

arrangements on the Indo-Myanmar border has 

been initiated. �e official web-site of the 

Assam Rifles is assamrifles.com. 

90 

BORDER SECURITY FORCE 

8.24 Border Security Force (BSF) was raised 

in 1965, with strength of 25 Battalions (Bns.) 

and 3 Companies (Coys.) to do away with 

multiplicity of State forces guarding the Indian 

borders with the neighboring countries. Over 

the years, the Force has grown in size and as on 

date, it has 159 Bns. with 7 Coys. each, 5 major 

training institutions, 09 subsidiary training 

centers and 04 minor training institutions. �e 

Force headquarter is in Delhi. Its field 

formations include 2 Special Directorates 

General, i.e. Spl. DG (East) and Spl. DG (West), 

10 Frontiers and 39 Sector Headquarters, Water 

Wing and Air Wing. Its operational 

responsibility is spread over 6,385.36 km. of 

International Border with Pakistan and 

Bangladesh. BSF is also deployed on Line of 

Control (LOC) in J&K under operational 

control of the Army. 

8.25 �e Government have sanctioned the 

raising of 29 more Bns. of the BSF with 07 Coys 

pattern over a period of 5 years starting from 

2009-10. At present 03 Sectors and 01 Frontier 

are under raising during 2009-10 for further 

strengthening the deployment on the Indo- 

Bangladesh border and also to ensure regular 

training, and rest and recuperation of the 

personnel. �ree more Frontier Headquarters 

and 07 more Sector Headquarters are also to be 

created for operational command and control 

of the additional battalions. �e total strength 

of the Force is 2,19,560 as on January 1, 2010. 

Total 1,165 women are working in BSF in 

different groups. In its fight against militancy 

from January 01, 2009 to December 31, 2009, 

BSF killed 07 militants, apprehended 24 

militants and got surrender of 37 militants, 

apart from effecting seizure of 141 arms, 2,852 

rounds of assorted ammunition and 18 IEDs. In 

Chapter-VIII

Union Home Minister inspection the passing our parade of Mahila Constables of BSF 

its sustained efforts to prevent trans-border 

crimes, BSF seized contraband goods worth 

Rs.233.63 crore, apprehended 4,322 

intruders/extruders and killed 89 along the 

International Border. In this period 09 BSF 

personnel laid down their lives and 28 got 

injured in operations. �e official web-site of 

the BSF is bsf.nic.in. 

CENTRAL INDUSTRIAL SECURITY 

FORCE (CISF) 

8.26 Raised in the year 1969, CISF is 

providing security cover to 285 units including 

57 domestic and international airports and fire 

protection cover to 80 Industrial Undertakings. 

In a span of four decades, the Force has grown 

several fold and crossed 1,20,000 personnel as 

on January 22, 2010 with a provision for review 

in 2011. With globalization and liberalization of 

the economy, CISF is no longer a PSU-centric 

organization. Instead, it has become a premier 

multi-skilled security agency of the country, 

mandated to provide security to major critical 

infrastructure installations of the country in 

Chapter-VIII 

diverse regions including terrorist and naxal 

affected areas. CISF is currently providing 

security cover to 289 units which includes 

Atomic Power Plants, Space Installations, 

Defence Production Units, Mines, Oil Fields 

and Refineries, Major Sea Ports, Heavy 

Engineering Steel Plants, Fertilizer units, 

Airports, Hydro electric/thermal power plants, 

sensitive Government buildings and even 

heritage monuments (including the Taj Mahal 

and Red Fort). Among the important 

responsibilities recently entrusted to the CISF 

are the Delhi Metro Rail Corporation, VIP 

Security, Disaster Management and 

establishment of a Formed Police Unit (FPU) of 

the UN at Haiti. CISF is also one of the largest 

Fire Protection Service providers in the country. 

It provides fire protection cover to 80 Industrial 

Undertakings. �e Fire Wing is equipped with 

the latest firefighting equipment and in the 

current year has saved property worth Rs.14.09 

crore from fire. 

8.27 �e specialized task of airport security 

was assigned to CISF in the wake of hijacking of 

Indian Airlines plane to Kandahar. �e Force 

91

has so far taken over security of all major 

airports in the country, which includes 

international airports of Mumbai, Delhi, 

Chennai and Kolkata. Besides, it has taken over 

security of 50 Government buildings, which 

includes North Block, part of South Block and 

CGO Complex at Delhi. 

CISF provides technical 

consultancy services 

relating to security and 

fire protection to 

industries in Public and 

private sectors. �e CISF 

Act was amended to 

enable the Force to 

provide security, on 

payment basis, to 

private/joint venture 

industrial undertakings, 

which are vital for the 

security and economy of 

the country. A�er the 

Mumbai terrorist attack 

in November 2008, the 

mandate of the force has 

92 

Union Home Minister inspection the Guard of Honour during his visit at CISF HQ 

been broadened to provide direct security cover 

to private sector also. More than 102 private 

sector installations have already requested for 

CISF protection and Infosys Technologies 

Limited – a multinational information 

technology services company’s headquarter in 

CISF jawans providing security cover to HQ of Infosys Technology 

Limited 

Chapter-VIII

Bangalore, became the first Private sector 

company to get the CISF security cover on 

August 1, 2009. CISF is a cost Re-imbursement 

Force i.e. it is not a burden on the National 

Exchequer. CISF in the month of October, 2009 

has started a passenger friendly utility on its 

official website www.cisf.gov.in for the Lost and 

Found articles at all Airports where CISF has 

been deployed. 

CENTRAL RESERVE POLICE FORCE 

(CRPF) 

8.28 Initially raised as the Crown 

Representative Police on July 27, 1939 at 

Neemuch, Madhya Pradesh, the Force was 

rechristened as Central Reserve Police Force 

(CRPF) after Independence. Since then, the 

Force has achieved remarkable growth in 

strength and capabilities. It has an approved 

strength of 206 Bns. [183 Executive Bns. (2 

Bns. under raising), 2 Disaster Management 

Bns., 3 Mahila Bns. (01 Bn. under raising), 10 

RAF Bns., 5 Signal Bns., 6 CoBRA Bns. (4 Bns. 

under raising) and 1 Special Duty Group, 37 

Group Centres, 14 Training Institutions (1 

CIAT school under raising), four 100 bedded 

Hospitals, seventeen 50 bedded Composite 

Hospitals, 7 Arms Workshops and 3 Central 

Weapon Stores (01 under raising)]. In addition 

the Force also has Command/Supervisory 

formations viz 3 Special DG Zones, 1 ADG 

Zone, 17 IG Sectors and 47 DIG Ranges, 

besides Force HQrs/Directorate General. In 

addition to above, recently, in September 2009, 

the Government have sanctioned 38 Bns. 

including 2 Mahila Bns., 7 GCs/R HQrs, 2 

SHQrs, 1 CIAT School and 1 CWS alongwith 

dedicated manpower for Intelligence cell, 

vigilance cell, security platoon, Dog handlers, 

pioneer unit, CRPF Academy and addl post for 

signal Bns. to be raised in a period of 10 years 

starting from 2009-10. It has become the 

Chapter-VIII 

largest Central Para Military Force (CPMF). 

The Force is at present handling a wide range 

of duties covering law and order and counter 

insurgency, anti-militancy and anti-terrorism 

operations. The Force plays a key role in 

assisting States in maintaining public order 

and countering subversive activities of militant 

groups. It plays an important role in peaceful 

conduct of election in States/at the Centre. The 

Force also has ladies contingents organized 

into three Mahila Bns. (one under raising). 

8.29 �e CRPF personnel are on continuous 

vigil in various sensitive areas. �ey are also 

performing guarding duties of the vital 

installations and buildings of religious 

importance. �e Force plays an important role 

in the arrangements for the annual Amaranth 

Yatra in Jammu and Kashmir. 

8.30 Under a well-planned computerization 

policy for automation of the functionalities of 

the Force, CRPF has established an Intranet 

named “SELO” connecting 114 offices, 

including 5 Training Laboratories, situated at 65 

physical locations across the country. �e Wide 

Area Network (WAN) connectivity between 

different locations is achieved by hiring 64KBPs 

Leased Lines which is likely to be converted into 

2 Mbps. Proposal for Computerization of 

Intranet SELO as Phase-2 of all remaining static 

establishments i.e. RAF Units/Signal Units, 

Training/Other Institutions, Composite 

Hospitals, CWS and all Executive Battalions are 

under process. �e official web-site of the CRPF 

is crpf.nic.in. 

Rapid Action Force (RAF) 

8.31 In 1992, 10 Bns. of CRPF were reorganized 

and converted into 10 Bns. of 4 Coys. 

each of RAF. �e personnel in RAF are trained 

and equipped to be an effective strike force in 

93

communal riots or similar situations. �ese Bns. 

are located at 10 communally sensitive locations 

across the country to facilitate quick response in 

case of such incidents. 

Commando Battalions for Resolute 

Action (CoBRA) 

8.32 In 2008 the Government approved the 

raising of 10 Bns. of a specialized Force named 

CoBRA in the CRPF over a period of three 

years, including two in 2008-09 and four each in 

2009-10 and 2010-11. �e CoBRA Bns. will be 

trained and equipped for commando and 

guerilla/jungle warfare type of short and 

intelligence based quick operations, and are 

proposed to be located mainly in area affected 

by Le� Wing Extremism. 02 Bns of CoBRA 

having 18 teams each have already been 

operationalised in Jagdalpur (Chhattisgarh) and 

Koraput (Orissa) Another 4 Bns. are 

undergoing training and likely to be 

operationalised during the year 2009-10. Like 

RAF, these Bns. will be organized on unattached 

pattern under the supervision of an Inspector 

General. To facilitate the Force to take spot 

decisions, an officer of the rank of Assistant 

Commandant has been provided at Team level 

and an officer of the rank of Deputy 

Commandant has been provided at the Coy 

level. To provide training to the personnel of the 

CoBRA Bns. as well as commando Coys. of State 

Governments, the existing four Jungle/Guerilla 

Warfare Schools at Silchar (Assam), Hazaribagh 

(Jharkhand), Sapri (Himachal Pradesh) and 

Gwaldham (Uttarakhand) are also being 

upgraded. 

INDO-TIBETAN BORDER POLICE 

FORCE (ITBP) 

8.33 ITBP was raised with 4 Service Bns. in 

the wake of India-China conflict in 1962. At 

present, it has 45 Service Bns. assisted by 4 

94 

Specialized Bns. It is deployed from the northwestern 

extremity of the Indo-China Border up 

to the tri-junction of India, China and Myanmar 

covering 3,488 km. of mountainous terrains. 

�is force is deployed at altitudes ranging from 

9,000 �. to 18,600 �. �e deployment of ITBP 

involves Border Out Posts (BOPs) in the most 

inhospitable terrain. Nearly two thirds of the 

BOPs are not connected by road and many of 

them are air-maintained. ITBP also provides 

security to VVIPs, VIPs and protects vital 

installations, which include the Rastrapati 

Bhawan, the Vice-President’s House, Parliament 

House and Raj Bhawan in Sikkim and 

Arunachal Pradesh. Having played a decisive 

role in combating militancy in Punjab, J&K and 

the North-East, it is now being inducted in 

Chhatisgarh for anti-Naxal operations. ITBP 

has been providing security cover to the Yatries 

of Kailash Mansarover Yatra since 1981. ITBP 

has 4 Frontiers headed by IsG, 13 sector 

headquarters headed by DIsG besides 3 training 

centres, including mountaineering and skiing 

institute at Auli. 

8.34 In view of the continuous deployment of 

ITBP personnel in high altitude areas, the 

Government of India sanctioned 02 Zones, 06 

Sector HQrs and 20 new Bns. to be raised in 

three financial years (2006-07 to 2008-09) for 

enabling rotation of troops from high altitude to 

plain areas and exposure of ITBP personnel to 

live action in internal security duties. Out of 

these, 02 Frontier Hqrs, 06 Sector Hqrs and 13 

Bns. were raised till 2007-08 and are functioning 

at different locations. �e remaining 07 Bns. 

have been raised during 2008-09 and the 

personnel are undergoing training. �e four 

Mahila coys. recently inducted in the Force, are 

now completing their training. �e Mahila 

component will strengthen the VVIP and VIP 

security functions and help in providing security 

to traders in Nathu La (Sikkim) and in escorting 

Kailash Mansarovar yatries. It has been decided 

Chapter-VIII

to form a Mahila Bn. of 4 Mahila GD Coys. 

8.35 ITBP has been designated as the First 

Responder in the Himalayas for Disaster 

Management operations. A national level 

training institute in this regard has been 

established at the Basic Training Centre, Bhanu. 

�e ITBP Academy at Mussoorie has been 

declared as a Centre of Excellence and the ITBP 

Mountaineering & Skiing Institute at Auli is one 

of the premier institutes for providing training 

in winter warfare, ice cra� and Antarctica 

bound expeditions. Recently, out of its available 

resources, ITBP has established a Counter 

Insurgency and Jungle Warfare School (CIJW) 

in Uttarakhand. It has trained 3 coys. which are 

being inducted in anti-Naxal operations. ITBP 

Teams have carried out major relief and rescue 

operations during earthquakes, landslides and 

floods. A High Altitude Medical Training 

School (HAMTS), has been established at Leh. 

For the welfare of women and children, Family 

welfare centre have been established which cater 

for the development of women with a view to 

augmenting their family income through 

Chapter-VIII 

Union Home Minister inspection ITBP Raising Day Parade-2009 

handicra�, food processing, cookery, backery, 

etc. Also a Gender Budgeting Cell has been 

established at the Directorate General which has 

implemented various schemes for benefiting the 

women employees of the Force. 

8.36 ITBP has also contributed significantly 

in the UN peace-keeping efforts in strife-torn 

countries like Angola, Namibia, Bosnia and 

Kosovo etc. Presently, a formed Police unit has 

been sent to the Democratic Republic of Congo, 

for peace-keeping, under the aegis of the United 

Nations. A contingent of well trained 

commandos has been providing security to the 

Indian Embassy and its four Consulates in 

Afghanistan. �e official web-site of the ITBP 

is itbpolice.nic.in. 

NATIONAL SECURITY GUARD 

(NSG) 

8.37 National Security Guard was set up in 

1984 as a Federal Contingency Deployment 

Force for combating terrorist activities with a 

95

view to protect the States against internal 

disturbances and for matters connected 

therewith. It is a task-oriented Force and has 

two complementary elements in the form of the 

Special Action Group (SAG), comprising Army 

personnel, and the Special Rangers Group 

(SRG), comprising personnel drawn from the 

Central Police/State Police Forces. NSG 

Commandos are trained in high-risk tasks like 

counter-hijacking and counter-terrorist 

operations. �ey are also assigned the task of 

providing mobile security protection to 

designated high risk VIPs. 

8.38 NSG has conducted a number of 

important operations in the past including the 

operation at Akshardham Temple, Ahmedabad 

and at Hotel Taj, Hotel Oberai-Trident and 

Nariman House in Mumbai during the terrorist 

attack from November 26-29, 2008. NSG has 

been deployed to provide security cover during 

important events like Republic Day, Parliament 

Sessions, Independence Day and visits of 

VVIPs and during national important 

seminars, conferences, etc. NSG personnel 

have rendered assistance on several occasions 

in bomb disposal, which saved many innocent 

lives. The NSG personnel also perform duties 

as Sky Marshals as well. 45 Women/Mahila 

personnel have been inducted in NSG as 

commandos/medical staff etc. In accordance 

with the decision of the Government of India, 

NSG commandos are also performing duties as 

Sky Marshals to cover designated domestic and 

international flights. In addition to its 

operational tasks, the Force provides training 

on special commando action, bomb disposal 

(BD) techniques and VIP security to personnel 

of the Armed Forces, CPFs/State Police and 

security force personnel of friendly 

neighboring countries. In Delhi, NSG 

commandos are kept on alert at fixed locations 

to meet any contingency. These commandos 

are also deployed for special security coverage 

on occasions of national importance like 

96 

Republic Day and Independence Day 

celebrations and also during the visit of foreign 

dignitaries and Heads of State/Government. 

With the threat of terrorism remaining 

unchanged throughout the world, NSG 

continues to remain on high alert to ward off 

terrorist and hijack situations anywhere in the 

country. NSG sky marshals continue to be 

deployed on board Indian registered carriers 

on designated domestic routes and 

international flights. 

8.39 Notifications were issued on January 23, 

2009 under the Aircra� Act, 1934, empowering 

certain officers of Central Government not 

below the rank of Joint Secretary of the Ministry 

of Civil Aviation or Ministry of Home Affairs, 

and the Director General NSG or any other 

member of NSG not below the rank of IG, to 

requisition aircra� to enable quick movement of 

NSG Teams. Towards this end, voluntary 

agreements have also been entered into between 

NSG and scheduled airlines operators registered 

under DGCA on February 11, 2009. �e official 

web-site of the NSG is nsg.gov.in. 

NSG Regional Hubs 

8.40 In the wake of the terrorist attack in 

Mumbai in November 2008, the Government 

has announced the setting up of NSG Regional 

Hubs in various parts of the country with a view 

to cut delay in deployment of NSG in a crisis 

situation. Four Regional Hubs of National 

Security Guards with a total strength of 1,086 

personnel i.e. 241 personnel for each Hub and 

122 personnel for Administrative support have 

been set up by the Government at Chennai, 

Hyderabad, Kolkata and Mumbai. �ese Hubs 

have been made operational on June 30/July 1, 

2009. NSG and State Police Forces would 

maintain a close liaison. In case of any crisis 

situation, NSG can be deployed immediately on 

the request of concerned State Government. A 

Quick Reaction Team of NSG has also been set 

Chapter-VIII

up at IGI Airport, Delhi for quick deployment 

in case of an emergent situation. Action is being 

taken to acquire the land required for setting up 

of Regional Centre at Hyderabad and Kolkata 

on the lines of existing NSG Centre at Manesar. 

8.41. NSG maintains the National Bomb Data 

Centre (NBDC) at its main Centre at Manesar, 

Gurgaon, which is one of the six such centres in 

the world. �is centre conducts Post-Blast 

Studies in various parts of the country, mostly 

on the request from the State authorities. It also 

maintains a data bank on explosives and 

incidents of explosions, for use by the Defence 

and Police Forces. �e centre regularly interacts 

with other Bomb Data Centres of the world. 

�e NBDC organizes an international seminar 

every year and publishes a professional journal 

“Bombshell” on explosion-related subjects. 

SASHASTRA SEEMA BAL (SSB) 

8.42 �e Special Service Bureau (SSB) was 

set up in early 1963 in the wake of India-China 

conflict of 1962 to build up the morale and 

Chapter-VIII 

Union Home Minister inaugurating NSG Regional Hub at Chennai 

capability in the border population against 

threats of subversion, infiltration and sabotage 

from across the border. It became a border 

guarding force in 2001 under the Ministry of 

Home Affairs and was rechristened ‘Sashastra 

Seema Bal’ with an amended charter. It has 

been given the border guarding responsibilities 

along the Indo-Nepal and Indo-Bhutan 

Borders. 

8.43 �e Force has 41 Bns. on 7 coys pattern 

and 25 areas headed by Area Organizers with 3 

Frontier and 8 Sector HQrs. SSB is now 

functioning in 7 Border States covering a stretch 

of 1,751 km. of the International Border in 20 

districts along Indo-Nepal Border and about 

120 km. along the Indo-Bhutan border. SSB 

Bns. have also been deployed for election duties 

and on internal security duties in naxal affected 

areas. During the period from April 01, 2009 to 

December 31, 2009, SSB has seized Contrabands 

of Rs.12.86 crore, Nepali Currency Rs.60.29 

lakh, Small Arms 59 Nos., Cartridges 294 

97

ounds and Magazine 02 Nos. 

8.44 SSB has a strong Civic Action 

Programme under which the Force provides 

medical aid and medicines, implements 

veterinary aid programmes, organizes social 

awareness campaigns, vocational training, youth 

awareness activities and community 

infrastructure development. During the year 

2009-10, 04 Samajik Chetna Abhiyan including 

20 Multi Dimensional Mini Campaigns were 

organized in 36 villages. During these 

campaigns, 92,188 patients were treated under 

Medical Civic Action (MCA), 95,970 Nos. of 

animals were treated under Veterinary Civic 

Action (VCA). 31 cultural shows, 31 exhibition 

shows, 08 Rallies, 16 Games & Sports 

competition, 05 celebration of important days, 

16 public meetings and study tours, 16 

Motivational talks on various topics covering 

Nationalism, Patriotism, National Integration, 

Communal Harmony, Drug abuse etc were 

held/delivered in which 26,800 villagers 

participated/benefited. �e official web-site of 

the SSB is ssb.nic.in. 

REVISED RECRUITMENT SCHEME OF 

CONSTABLES IN CENTRAL POLICE 

FORCES 

8.45 �e recruitment scheme of constables in 

CPFs has been revised in order to make the 

recruitment process fair, efficient, effective, 

transparent, to reduce the scope of subjectivity 

and to maximize the use of technology in the 

recruitment process. �e salient features of the 

revised recruitment schemes of recruitment of 

Constables in CPMFs are as under:- 

i. A website will be opened along with the 

help line and complaint line giving therein 

landline telephone numbers, mobile 

telephone numbers and SMS base 

98 

assistance. 

ii. Application Form should be designed 

centrally in OMR sheet so that it can be 

scrutinized promptly through computer. 

iii. PET will now be only qualifying in nature 

and it will not carry any mark. 

iv. �e written test will consist of only OMR 

based objective type multiple choice. 

v. Question papers may be in different series, 

which will have the questions in different 

orders. 

vi. �e question papers should be set centrally. 

vii. Interview may be discontinued. 

viii.No officer against whom Departmental 

Proceedings for major penalty is pending 

should be associated with the recruitment 

process. Similarly, an officer against whom 

charges of bungling in previous 

recruitment have been proved should not 

be associated with the recruitment process 

for next five years. 

ix. No officer belonging to the state in which 

the recruitment is being done should be a 

member of any recruitment board for that 

state. 

x. �e recruitment process should be 

preferably video graphed. 

xi. �e biometric methods should be used at 

all stages of the recruitment (In the absence 

of computer based biometric equipments, 

thumb impression digital photograph, and 

any specific identifying mark in the body 

may be used) 

8.46 With a view to providing more job 

opportunities to the youth of Border States and 

militancy-affected areas, allocation of vacancies 

is now made in the following manner: 

• 60% of vacancies are allotted amongst 

States/UTs on the basis of population ratio. 

• 20% of vacancies in the Border Guarding 

Chapter-VIII

Forces (BGFs) viz. AR, BSF, ITBP and SSB 

are allotted to the border districts, which fall 

within the responsibility of the Force. 

• 20% of vacancies in BGFs are allotted to 

areas affected by militancy i.e. J&K, North- 

Eastern States, and naxal-affected areas. 

Government from time to time notifies the 

districts/areas affected by militancy. 

• In Forces other than BGFs, 40% vacancies 

are allotted to militancy-affected areas i.e. 

J&K, North-Eastern States and naxal 

affected areas, as notified from time to time. 

Air Support to CPFs 

8.47 The Air Wing of the Ministry of Home 

Affairs came into existence on May 1, 1969 to 

provide air support to CPFs for casualty 

evacuations, air maintenance of BOPs located 

at high altitude and inaccessible areas, 

conveyance of contingents for operational 

purposes and air courier service of CPFs 

personnel. It consists of two wings i.e. fixed 

wing and Rotary wing. Both these wings have 

been expanded in the last few years and further 

expansion is now underway. 

8.48 Action for procurement of 3 fixed 

wing aircraft through the Ministry of Defence 

was initiated during the year. In addition, firm 

order for procurement of 8 ALH/Dhruv 

helicopters has been placed with Hindustan 

Aeronautics Ltd. (HAL. Out of eight 

helicopters, 3 ALH/Dhruv helicopters have 

been inducted in the fleet and made 

operational at Ranchi and Raipur. Remaining 

five ALH/Dhurv helicopters are likely to be 

inducted in fleet of BSF by March 31, 2010. 

MODERNIZATION OF CPFS 

8.49 In order to meet the challenges posed 

by militancy, insurgency and terrorist 

Chapter-VIII 

activities in various parts of the country, the 

Government had approved a 5 year plan 

(2002-07) for modernization of 6 CPFs viz. 

Assam Rifles, BSF, CRPF, CISF, ITBP and 

NSG with an outlay of Rs.3,740.71 crore. 

The period of implementation of the Scheme 

was later extended by 3 years i.e. up to 2009- 

10. NSG has incurred expenditure to the 

tune of Rs.405.51 lakh for procurement of 

items under modernization plan and 

procurement to the tune of Rs.713.38 lakh 

are in pipeline. 

8.50 �e Government had separately 

approved a modernization plan for the SSB 

involving an expenditure of Rs.444.33 crore 

over a period of 3 years starting from 2005-06. 

Against it, expenditure to the tune of Rs.281.31 

crore has been utilized. �is plan was due to 

end in March 2008. However, this period has 

been extended till March 31, 2010 and will now 

co-terminate with the scheme pertaining to 

other CPMFs. 

8.51 �e provisions made under the Scheme 

for modernization of the CPFs are in addition 

to the normal provisions being made for 

weaponry, equipment, communications, 

mobility, clothing, tentage, etc. in the normal 

budget. 

Expenditure on CPFs 

8.52 In keeping with increasingly important 

and high risk roles being performed by the CPFs 

in maintaining internal security and guarding of 

the borders of the country, there has been 

corresponding increase in budget provisions as 

may be seen from figures of actual expenditure 

for the last 10 financial years in the following 

table: 

99

Actual Expenditure on CPFs during the period from 2000-2001 to 2009-10 

(Rupees in crore) 

YEAR AR BSF CISF CRPF ITBP NSG SSB TOTAL 

2000-2001 635.32 2157.78 802.30 1653.25 416.06 90.34 322.28 6077.33 

2001-2002 776.25 2399.02 860.55 1894.42 417.08 82.79 327.03 6757.14 

2002-2003 711.20 2668.41 936.65 961.13 470.25 95.90 325.77 6169.31 

2003-2004 929.15 2970.24 982.19 2087.78 468.32 113.81 315.92 7867.41 

2004-2005 1005.64 2635.76 1061.24 2516.96 552.72 128.00 381.84 8282.16 

2005-2006 1314.17 3560.45 1134.07 3228.03 576.25 140.28 581.97 10535.22 

2006-2007 1478.29 3398.85 1225.59 3642.40 707.99 151.19 779.92 11384.23 

2007-2008 1541.81 3879.00 1376.23 3911.69 1000.73 163.90 943.70 12817.06 

2008-2009 2016.27 5398.50 2169.28 5557.82 1433.24 210.52 1241.63 18027.26 

2009-2010 1599.02 4472.66 1978.88 5262.33 1134.05 231.70 801.31 15479.95 

Training of Police Personnel 

8.53 �e Government of India attaches great 

importance to police training. Apart from the 

SVP NPA, Hyderabad, there are number of 

training institutes of the CPFs, designated as 

Centres of Excellence, which impart training in 

specialized skills, not only to the personnel of 

the CPFs, but also to personnel from the State 

Police Forces. 

8.54 �e police personnel of 

States/UTs/CPOs are also sent abroad for 

training to acquaint themselves with modern 

techniques of crime prevention, detection, 

investigation, anti-terrorism combats, etc. 

�ese courses have been organized in countries 

like Japan, Singapore, USA, Italy, etc. With the 

help of the officers receiving training abroad, 

courses are being replicated in India to have a 

multiplier effect. 

Counter Insurgency and Anti 

Terrorism (CIAT) Schools 

8.55 With a view to provide training to 

police personnel on tackling the menace of le� 

wing extremism /terrorism, the Government 

has decided to set up Counter Insurgency and 

Anti Terrorism (CIAT) temporary schools, to 

begin with, in the States of Assam, Bihar, 

Jharkhand, Chattisgarh and Orissa. Twenty 

such schools (four CIAT schools in each of the 

five States) would be set up under a centrally 

sponsored scheme during the 11th Five Year 

Plan with an outlay of Rs. 52.40 crore. An 

amount of Rs. 22.50 crore (Rs. 4.5 crore to each 

of the five States) released so far for 

establishment of 15 CIAT schools. �e first 

batch of 105 Orissa police personnel are getting 

training in one such CIAT school in Orissa . 

Central Academy for Police Training 

8.56 It has been decided to establish a 

Central Academy for Police training(CAPT) 

at Bhopal as a Centre of Excellence for 

training of Police trainers, across the country, 

as also to provide training for direct recruit 

deputy Superintendents of Police and inservice 

and specialized training to State Police 

officers. An outlay of Rs. 47.14 crore has been 

approved for setting up of the Academy(first 

100 Chapter-VIII

phase), 400 acres of land has been obtained 

free of cost for the CAPT from the State 

Government of Madhya Pradesh, and work 

on setting up of the academy will commence 

during the current year. 

Central Detective Training 

Schools(CDTS). 

8.57 Presently three Central Detective training 

Schools (CDTS) are functioning under the aegis 

of BPR&D in Chandigarh, Hyderabad and 

Kolkata. It has been decided to establish two 

more CDTSs during the 11th Plan and these are 

tentatively proposed to be established at 

Ahmedabad, Gujarat and Lucknow, Uttar 

Pradesh. Action is underway for 

identification/procurement of land and work on 

the above CDTSs is expected to commence 

during the current year. 

OTHER MATTERS RELATING TO 

CPFs 

CPMF Housing Project on PPP Basis 

8.58 To address the issue of housing shortage 

in Para Military Forces, a Mega Housing Project 

has been launched for creation of 1 lakh houses 

across the country of CPMFs personnel under 

‘PPP’ scheme. �e project is also being given 

technical and consultancy support from Asian 

Development Bank and Ministry of Finance. 

For the project, Transaction Advisor has been 

appointed for inviting competitive bids through 

a transparent process under the PPP model 

which is expected to improve the housing 

satisfaction level in the forces to the authorized 

level of 25%. �e project will be completed in 

time bound manner and is aimed to accelerate 

the existing pace of construction of houses for 

Chapter-VIII 

force personnel. 

Pension and allowances 

8.59 Following the introduction of the New 

Pension Scheme with effect from 2004, a variety 

of benefits, particularly those relating to 

extraordinary pension, etc., in the event of death 

and disability in action, etc., had become 

unavailable to the personnel of the CPFs. �e 

matter was placed before the GoM and a�er 

detailed deliberation by this Ministry, 

DOP&PW has restored the additional relief on 

death/disability to the government servant 

covered under New Pension Scheme. A 

decision has also been taken to provide Risk and 

Hardship Allowances to personnel of the CPFs 

deployed in the border areas, and in internal 

security duties in different theatres, in line with 

allowances admissible to army personnel 

deployed on similar duties. 

Welfare and Rehabilitation Board 

(WARB) 

8.60 �e CPFs personnel are rendering 

valuable service in maintenance of internal 

security and guarding of international borders. 

Sometimes, while being a part of anti 

terrorist/naxal combats or some other internal 

security operations they either lose their limbs 

or perform supreme sacrifice of their lives. 

Considering these hard realities, CPFs have 

raised their own contributory welfare schemes. 

Under these Schemes, Welfare Fund, Relief 

Fund, Insurance Fund and Education Fund 

have been created. In addition to that the 

Government sanctions substantial funds for the 

welfare of Force personnel and grants ex-gratia 

and family pension to the next of kin (NoK). A 

Welfare and Rehabilitation Board (WARB) has 

also been established to provide an 

institutionalized mechanism to look into the 

101

welfare and rehabilitation requirements of CPFs 

personnel. �e task of the WARB initially is to 

lend an immediate helping hand to the 

dependents of the personnel dying in harness 

and those disabled by extending help to resolve 

personal problems relating to children’s 

education, land/property’s issues, serious 

medical problems, etc. An amount of Rs.700 

lakh has been released to all CPMFs as Special 

Welfare Grant for the welfare of Jawans. 

Central Police Forces Canteen System 

(CPFCS) 

8.61 A Central Police Forces Canteen System 

(CPFCS) has been launched by the Government 

based on market model and envisages own 

regional depot in remote areas, to provide a 

wide range of consumer goods to personnel of 

the forces including ex-personnel and their 

families at convenient locations on least 

possible rates without compromising on quality. 

As on date, 131 Master Canteen and 694 unit 

canteen are functioning. Efforts are being made 

to persuade the States to grant VAT exemption 

to the CPFCs as has been done for the Army 

Canteens and at present six States- Meghalaya, 

Chhattisgarh, West Bengal, Jharkhand, Bihar 

and Manipur have granted VAT exemption to 

CPC. 

Prime Minister’s Scholarship Scheme 

8.62 �e CPMF personnel while performing 

their extremely tough and peculiar duties stay 

away from their families for years and are not in 

a position to fulfill their family commitments. 

�eir children get deprived of requisite paternal 

support. Considering this, Prime Minister’s 

Merit Scholarship Scheme has been introduced 

to encourage higher technical and professional 

education for the wards and widows of inservice 

and ex-CPMF personnel. Under this 

102 

Scheme, the scholarships for pursuing 

education in the field of Medicine, Engineering, 

Information Technology, etc. are being 

awarded. An amount of Rs.70.56 lakh has been 

sent to WARB for distribution of scholarship to 

435 (177 girls and 258 boys) candidates. 

8.63 In another scheme the wards of CPMF 

personnel are nominated for admissions to the 

medical/dental colleges in the State against the 

seats allocated for the purpose to this Ministry 

by the Ministry of Health and Family Welfare. 

Prevention of HIV/AIDS 

8.64 CPMF personnel are generally 

performing their duties in a difficult 

environment. While guarding the borders, they 

have to be posted at the highest altitudes and 

have to face hostile conditions while combating 

naxals and terrorists. To meet all these 

challenges, the CPMF personnel have to be 

highly mentally alert and physically fit. In order 

to ensure the fitness of physical and mental 

health of the CPMF personnel and for 

prevention of stress, the Government of India 

has organized courses of Vyakti Vikas Kendra, 

Art of Living and Yoga camps. For prevention 

of epidemic like HIV AIDS amongst the Force 

personnel, several educational and awareness 

generating steps have been taken. �e State 

police are also being involved in 

implementation of strategy for containing the 

disease within the uniformed services. �e State 

nodal officers for the purpose have been 

appointed and in order to sensitize them 

towards AIDS control with the support of 

NGOs and the State authorities, four regional 

level conferences have been organized. 

Women in Police Services 

8.65 A number of steps like re-orienting the 

Chapter-VIII

training programmes to include topics like 

gender sensitization, combat training; reorientation 

of syllabi; assigning operational 

duties to more and more women are being 

taken to bring the woman police officers into the 

mainstream of policing. In order to check crime 

against women, a conscious decision has been 

taken to increase the representation of women 

both in States Police Forces as well as in CPFs. 

States have also been requested to take steps 

such as increased maternity leave, to facilitate 

environment more compatible to women police 

personnel. 

8.66 At present total 3,290 women in various 

groups are working in CRPF. Similarly BSF has 

recruited 642 female constables (GD) and 03 

Sub-Inspectors (GD) during the said period. 

Total 45 women employees including 18 

commandos are serving in the NSG. Total 1,164 

women employees are serving in BSF. 

Deployment of Central Police Forces 

(CPFs) 

8.67 CPMFs are made available in aid of the 

State Governments and Union territories to 

maintain public order. �ese Forces have been 

playing a key role in the overall management of 

the internal security situation in the country. 

�ey have also assisted in smooth conduct of 

free, fair and peaceful Assembly Elections as 

well as Bye-Elections in the country. 

8.68 During the year 2009-10, the CPMFs 

continued to assist the States of J&K, North 

Eastern States and Naxal affected States in 

combating terrorism and militancy. A large 

number of CPMFs were mobilized and 

deployed for General Elections 2009 in the 

Country as well as Assembly Elections in 

Arunachal Pradesh, Haryana, Maharashtra and 

Jharkhand. During the year CPMFs were also 

Chapter-VIII 

mobilized and deployed for Election duties in 

various States in the country for Bye-Elections. 

CPMFs/RAF were also deployed in the States 

for maintaining peace and communal harmony, 

especially in the States of Assam, Orissa and 

West Bengal during communal disturbances in 

these States during the year. During the year, 

CPMFs have also been mobilized and deployed 

for Anti Naxal Operations in LWE states. 

Raising of India Reserve Battalions 

(IRBs) in States 

8.69 With a view to strengthening the 

capabilities of the States, and reducing their 

dependence upon CPFs to deal with various 

types of Law and Order and internal security 

situations, a Scheme of raising India Reserve 

Battalions in the States was introduced in the 

early 1970s. �e Scheme provides for assistance 

to the States by way of raising cost, including 

one year’s salary, and some element of 

Infrastructure/Capital Cost. �e objective, 

apart from creating a well trained armed Police 

force in the States, is also that, in the event of 

requirements elsewhere, IRBs could be deployed 

outside the State also. Considering the response 

of the States in terms of actual raising of 

sanctioned battalions, the level of financial 

assistance has been progressively stepped up. 

Presently, 75% of the standard Raising cost of 

Rs.17 crore and assistance for Infrastructure and 

Capital costs with a ceiling of Rs.15 crore is 

being provided to the State Governments for 

raising IRBs. So far, 145 IRBs have been 

sanctioned, including 60 in the last 5 years, and 

105 battalions have been raised. �e progress 

of raising is being closely monitored. 

8.70 �e Government has also approved the 

provision of additional assistance @ Rs.3 crore 

per Coy for raising 2 Coys in each IRB sanctioned 

(and yet to be raised) a�er 2007-08 as 

103

Commando Coys. �is is aimed to enable the 

States to raise forces equipped with specialized 

skills and equipment to deal with various types of 

challenges posed by extremists and terrorists, etc. 

Global Peace-keeping 

8.71 �is Ministry is also cooperating 

internationally by contributing in the UN efforts 

for global peacekeeping. Officers at various 

levels are sent on secondment whenever asked 

by the UN and regular deployments of Formed 

Police Units too are made on request. During 

the period from April, 2009 to December 31, 

2009, total 64 Indian CIVPOL (Civilian Police) 

officers from different States, UTs, CPOs and 

CPFs have been deployed with UN 

Peacekeeping Missions in Sudan, Timor, Haiti, 

Cyprus and Liberia. �e following Formed 

FFPU on UN Peacekeeping Mission in Liberia 

Police Units (FPUs) are presently deployed with 

UN Peace Keeping Missions:- 

• One each from BSF & ITBP at Congo 

• Two FPUs from CRPF (01 Male and 01 

Female) at Liberia 

• One FPU from CISF at Haiti 

• Now GOI has agreed for the deployment of 

two additional FPUs one each from BSF and 

Assam Rifles with UN Mission in Haiti. Both 

FPUs will be deployed shortly. 

Awards and Medals 

8.72 During the year 2009-2010 in recognition 

to the Service rendered by the police personnel 

and to boost the morale of the Forces following 

Gallantry/Service Medals were awarded: 

104 Chapter-VIII

Sl. Name of President’s Police President’s Police Medal 

No. State/UT Police Medal for Medal for Police Medal for 

Organisation/ Gallantry Gallantry for Distinguished meritorious 

/ Ministry service service 

(PPMG) (PMG) (PPMDS) (PMMS) 

1. Andhra Pradesh - 22 04 38 

2. Arunachal Pradesh - - - 03 

3. Assam - 05 01 08 

4. Bihar - 07 04 27 

5. Chhattisgarh - 05 03 14 

6. Delhi - 26 05 26 

7. Goa - - 02 01 

8. Gujarat - 01 02 23 

9. Haryana - 03 15 

10. Jharkhand - 17 01 10 

11. Himachal Pradesh - - 02 06 

12. Jammu &Kashmir 02 31 02 25 

13. Karnataka - - 05 29 

14. Kerala - - 02 19 

15. Madhya Pradesh - 12 05 32 

16. Maharashtra 01 01 05 65 

17. Manipur 74 01 03 

18. Meghalaya - 08 01 03 

19. Mizoram - - 01 04 

20. Nagaland - - 01 03 

21. Orissa 03 16 

22. Punjab 04 29 

23. Rajasthan 04 30 

24. Sikkim - - - 02 

25. Tamilnadu - - 04 26 

26. Tripura - 03 02 06 

27. Uttar Pradesh 19 06 68 

28. Uttarakhand - 02 07 

29. West Bengal - - 04 32 

30. UTs 

Chapter-VIII 

105

Sl. Name of President’s Police President’s Police Medal 

No. State/UT Police Medal for Medal for Police Medal for 

Organisation/ Gallantry Gallantry for Distinguished meritorious 

/ Ministry service service 

(PPMG) (PMG) (PPMDS) (PMMS) 

a) A & N Islands - 01 02 

b) Chandigarh - - 02 02 

c) Lakshadweep - - - 02 

d) Puducherry - - 03 

31. CPO’s 

a) ASSAM RIFLES - 08 - 26 

b) BSF 06 10 08 84 

c) CISF 06 16 04 36 

d) CRPF 01 43 10 99 

e) ITBP 01 - 05 16 

f) SSB - - 02 20 

h CBI - - 08 30 

I NSG 01 10 

32 Cabinet Sectt. 

a) SPG - - 01 12 

33 M/o Home Affairs. - - 15 40 

a) N.E.PA. - - 01 02 

b) BPR&D - - 02 04 

c) D.C.P.W. - - - 03 

d) N.C.R.B. - - 02 02 

e) N.H.R.C. - 01 

f) SVPNPA -- - - 06 

34 M/o Civil Aviation - - 01 

35 M/o Railways 01 02 03 29 

36 M/o External Affairs - - - 01 

37 National Investigation - - 01 01 

Agency(NIA) 

38 M/o Parliamentary Affairs - - - 01 

39 M/o Urban Development - - - 01 

Total 18 310 145 1004 

* �e above figures pertain to Independence Day 2009 and Republic Day 2010. However, the 

same are yet to be published by way of Gazette Notification. 

******** 

106 Chapter-VIII

OTHER POLICE 

ORGANISATIONS AND 

INSTITUTIONS 

BUREAU OF POLICE RESEARCH 

AND DEVELOPMENT (BPR&D) 

9.1 BPR&D was set up in 1970 to identify 

the needs and problems of police in the country, 

undertake appropriate research project and 

studies and to suggest modalities to overcome 

the same. It was also mandated to keep abreast 

of latest developments in the fields of science 

and technology, both in India and abroad, with 

a view to promote the use of appropriate 

technology in police work. Over the years, this 

organization has been entrusted with the 

responsibility of monitoring the training needs 

and quality of training in States and Central 

Government, assisting States in modernization 

of police forces and correctional administration. 

9.2 In order to strengthen the functioning of 

BPR&D to enable it to discharge its 

responsibilities as per their charter, a 

restructuring exercise has been undertaken. �is 

exercise includes augmentation of manpower, 

provision of a separate building, enhancement 

of its budget for various activities, etc. 

Additional activities are also entrusted to 

BPR&D to meet modern day challenges. 

BPR&D has also been brought, for the first time, 

under the Plan with an outlay of Rs.150 crore for 

the 11th Five Year Plan. �ere are five 

components for strengthening of BPR&D 

namely: 

• Setting up of a Central Academy for Police 

Training (CAPT) at Bhopal for providing 

training to the Police Trainers across the 

country and to the direct recruit Dy. SPs of 

all States and in-service and specialized 

Chapter-IX 

CHAPTER 

IX 

training to Dy. SP of the States. �e total 

outlay for the Academy is Rs.47.14 crore in 

the 11th Five Year Plan. 

• Setting up of BPR&D and National Police 

Mission Headquarters. 

• Setting up of two Central Detective 

Training Schools(CDTS) 

• �e third scheme is for Training 

Intervention to identify the gaps between 

needs & potentials of policing vis-a-vis the 

actual position and make appropriate 

training interventions for bridging the gaps 

so that the police personnel are able to 

discharge their duties more effectively. 

• �e fourth scheme is for Research & 

Development Scheme with an outlay of 

Rs.10 crore provides for projects to be 

undertaken for Research & Development in 

the area of Police and Correctional 

Administration. 

9.3 BPR&D prepared a Country Paper and 

presented it in 29th Asian and Pacific 

Conference of Correctional Administrators held 

at Perth, Australia from November 15-20, 2009. 

Research studies completed during the year are 

as under: 

• Rising Crimes against elderly people & 

responsibilities of Police in metros 

• Indian Copyright Act-1957- State of 

Disposal of Copyright cases in Uttar 

Pradesh 

• Model Police Manual, volume-I, II & III. 

• Project Report on induction of Women in 

the Central Police forces- their impact on 

the Forces and the early retirement scheme. 

• Project Report on International Study on 

107

108 

Crimes against Women and death of 

Women in custody. 

Augmentation of the strength of 

BPR&D 

9.4 BPR&D has launched the first phase of 

restructuring towards rendering multifaceted 

services to the society through the betterment of 

activities of police fraternity. A true picture of 

their responsibilities may better be realized in 

the context of meeting the training and 

modernisation requirement of 28 States, 640 

police districts, 13,000 police stations and 2.2. 

million policemen spread across more than 50 

organisations. To achieve this goal, 72 posts 

have been created in BPR&D which includes 7 

DIGs, 7 Pr. Scientific Officers, 6 SPs/Assistant 

Directors and 4 Sr. Scientific Officers. 

Counter Insurgency and Anti 

Terrorism (CIAT) Schools 

9.5 With a view to provide training to police 

personnel on tackling the menace of le� wing 

extremism /terrorism, the Govt. has decided to 

set up four Counter Insurgency and Anti 

Terrorism (CIAT) temporary schools, in each 

of the five States of Assam, Bihar, Jharkhand, 

Chattisgarh and Orissa. Twenty such schools 

would be set up under a centrally sponsored 

scheme during the 11th Five Year Plan with an 

outlay of Rs.52.40 crore. 

NATIONAL CRIME RECORDS 

BUREAU 

AN ISO 9001: 2000 Organisation 

9.6 National Crime Records Bureau was set 

up in 1986 to function as a clearing house of 

information on crime and criminals including 

those operating at national and international 

levels so as to assist the investigators and others 

by linking crime to the perpetrators, collection 

and processing of crime statistics and finger 

prints, coordinate, guide and assist the State 

Crime Record Bureaux and provide training to 

police officers. NCRB endeavours to empower 

Indian Police with Information Technology and 

Criminal Intelligence to enable them to 

effectively and efficiently enforce the law & 

improve public service delivery. �is is 

achieved through coordination with Police 

forces at national & international levels, 

upgradation of crime analysis technology and 

developing IT capability and IT enabled 

solutions. 

NATIONAL PROJECTS 

Colour Portrait Building System 

(CPBS) 

9.7 Windows based Black & White Portrait 

Building System was made available up to 

District level in all States/ UTs for preparing 

portraits of suspected criminals on the basis of 

information provided by eyewitnesses. It was 

felt that colour portraits should be prepared for 

better recognition. A project to develop so�ware 

for drawing colour portraits was awarded to 

Dharmsinh Desai Institute of Technology (now 

Dharmsinh Desai University), Nadiad, Gujarat. 

�e system is likely to become functional by this 

year. 

Counterfeit Currency Information 

Management System (CCIMS) 

9.8 Counterfeit Currency Information 

Management System (CCIMS) maintains data 

relating to Fake Indian Currency Notes (FICN) 

on parameters like Denomination, Series and 

Number. 

9.9 �is information is furnished to the CBI 

(Nodal Agency for FICN), Central Economic 

Intelligence Bureau (CEIB), etc. A database of 

Chapter-IX

5,07,432 (Seized) and 2,89,105 (Recovered) 

records is available at NCRB as on October 29, 

2009. 

PUBLIC SERVICE DELIVERY 

SYSTEM 

9.10 NCRB has also developed the following 

systems with a view to provide public services 

relating to the stolen and recovered properties, 

missing, kidnapped and arrested persons, etc. 

on the basis of available crime data from the 

States:- 

(i) Motor Vehicle Coordination 

System (MVCS) 

Motor Vehicle Coordination System 

(MVCS) is designed for coordination of stolen 

and recovered motor vehicles It provides the 

status of a used vehicle before entering into any 

transaction whether it is stolen or otherwise. 33 

Counters across the country including one at 

NCRB, New Delhi provides this information to 

various users. A database of 6,85,724 

Stolen/Recovered vehicles exists. 

Web-based on-line MVCS so�ware is 

under development and will be available to 

States/UTs by the end of the year 2009-10 . 

(ii) Talash Information System 

Talash System has also been designed 

with a database of 3,41,282 records at present 

for matching of missing, kidnapped, wanted, 

traced, arrested, unidentified persons and dead 

bodies, which is mainly used by police. �e data 

has also been uploaded on NCRB website. 

(iii) Fire Arms Coordination System 

�e system provides for coordination of 

stolen and recovered Fire Arms and is used 

Chapter-IX 

mainly by law enforcement agencies. A total 

of 94,585 firearms have been reported 

Stolen/Recovered by the States/UTs Police. 

Training 

9.11 NCRB is running a number of 

specialized courses on Information Technology 

and Fingerprint Science for Indian and Foreign 

Police officers. NCRB also assists the State 

Police Computer Training Centres (PCTCs) in 

an effort to prepare an enabling I.T. 

environment and computer trained personnel 

right down to Police Station level. Number of 

Courses run and persons trained at NCRB and 

State PCTCs during 2009 (April, 2009 to 

October, 2009) is as under : 

AT NCRB ATPCTCs Total 

No. of Progra- 8 7 15 

mes conducted 

No. of Officers 159 214 373 

Attended 

9.12 NCRB also conducts two prestigious 

training programmes for police officers from 

foreign countries namely, ‘Information 

Technology in Law Enforcement’ and 

‘Advanced Finger-Print Science and 

Computers’ under the ‘Indian Technical and 

Economic Cooperation (ITEC) and ‘Special 

Commonwealth African Assistance Plan’ 

(SCAAP) schemes of Ministry of External 

Affairs as well as Technical Cooperation scheme 

of ‘Colombo Plan’ (TCS) every year . NCRB has 

trained 551 foreign police officers from 70 

countries since the inception of foreign training 

programmes in the year 1990. 

CENTRAL FINGER PRINT BUREAU 

(CFPB) 

9.13 �e CFPB is an apex body in the country 

which co-ordinates, guides, monitors and 

provides technical support to the State Finger 

109

Print Bureaux, as well as investigating agencies 

and international organizations in matters 

relating to the Finger Print Science. �e Bureau 

provides expert opinion on references received 

from various agencies. �e CFPB conducted an 

All India Conference of Directors of Finger 

Print Bureaux on October 5-6 2009 at Jaipur, 

Rajasthan. �e Bureau conducts the All India 

Board Examination for Finger Print Experts 

annually. �is year this was held during 

November 21-23, 2009. 

9.14 CFPB has done pioneering work in 

automation of finger prints at national level 

using "Automated Fingerprint Identification 

System" (AFIS). It is a computerized system of 

matching fingerprints on the basis of ridgecharacteristics. 

�e current version of AFIS at 

CFPB is FACTS Version 5.0. �e AFIS database 

of CFPB contains 6,91,631 records as on date. 

9.15 �e Bureau conducts one Advanced 

Course in Finger Print Science for Foreign 

Police officers, and one Training of Trainers 

course for Finger Print Experts at New Delhi. 

�e Bureau also conducts a Proficiency Course 

in Finger Print Science at its Kolkata Unit. �is 

course was of one-year duration earlier, now, it 

is conducted over 6 months. �e Bureau brings 

out an annual publication entitled `Finger Print 

in India', which is an in-depth study on the 

performance and activities of State Finger Print 

Bureaux, CFPB, and other allied matters related 

to Finger Print Science. 

DIRECTORATE OF FORENSIC 

SCIENCE (DFS) 

9.16 Directorate of Forensic Science headed 

by the Director-cum-Chief Forensic Scientist 

under the Ministry of Home Affairs came into 

existence with effect from January 01, 2003. 

�ree Central Forensic Science Laboratories at 

Kolkata, Hyderabad, Chandigarh and three 

Laboratories of Government Examiner of 

110 

Questioned Documents, Kolkata, Hyderabad 

and Shimla are functioning under the 

Directorate. 

Statistics on Crime Case Analysis 

9.17 �e three Central Forensic Science 

Laboratories had examined 1,716 cases, 

containing 9,351 exhibits, and 3 Government 

Examiner of Questioned Documents examined 

1,254 cases, containing 1,67,036 exhibits 

including 148 cases of Computer Forensics with 

32 Tera Bytes, during the period under review. 

Training courses conducted by DFS 

laboratories 

9.18 47 specialized training courses, in the 

area of White Collar Crimes, DNA 

Fingerprinting techniques, Forensic Explosives, 

Crime Scene Management, R & D Management, 

Questioned Documents, Forensic Auditing, 

Credit Card Frauds, Forensic Toxicology, NAA 

techniques, Detection of metallic poisons in 

food articles, handling of NBC agents, Ballistics 

GSR Analysis, Fire Arms Experts Training 

Programme, Audio Video Examination, Crime 

against Women and Computer Forensics, have 

been conducted so far, which were attended by 

about 622 Forensic Scientists, Police Officers, 

officers from other Law Enforcement agencies. 

Formulation of the R&D schemes of 

XITH five year plan 

9.19 �e outlay under XI plan is Rupees 300 

crore for two ambitious major plan projects viz 

(i) composite schemes on Modernisation of 

Forensic Science applications for DFS and its 

outlying Units and (ii) Composite Centrally 

Sponsored Plan Scheme of ‘Creation of Regional 

Forensic Science Laboratories and District 

Mobile Forensic Units. 

9.20 �e first scheme has an outlay of Rupees 

200 crore which have 26 Plan Schemes covering 

Chapter-IX

Research and Development Schemes, 

Developmental schemes, and opening of three 

new hi-tech Central Forensic science 

Laboratories and three Government Examiner 

of Questioned Documents. Under the second 

scheme an outlay of Rs. 100 crore is earmarked 

for modernization of forensic facilities at States 

level and during this plan period 6 new Regional 

Forensic Science Laboratories and 52 District 

Mobile Forensic Units will be created at 

State/UT level. �e work relating to the R&D 

Schemes are under progress. 

Accreditation of Forensic Services 

9.21 Under the Quality Control/ Quality 

Assurance Programme, all the laboratories viz 

CFSLs and GEQDs under the Directorate of 

Forensic Science are duly accredited through 

National Accreditation Board for Testing and 

Calibration Laboratories (NABL). 

Extra-mural Research and 

Development Schemes 

9.22 �e Plan scheme has been approved by 

the Ministry of Home Affairs and Planning 

Commission with an outlay of Rs.5 crore to 

promote Forensic science in Academic and 

Research Institutions and other R&D 

laboratories. A high powered project evaluation 

committee constituted by this Directorate has 

evaluated and approved 7 schemes. 

20th All India Forensic Science 

Conference 

9.23 �e 20th All India Forensic Science 

Conference was organized by the Directorate of 

Forensic Science, New Delhi at Jaipur, Rajasthan 

in collaboration with the Government of 

Rajasthan during 15-17 November 2009. �e 

theme of the Conference was “Crime Scene to 

Court Room”. �e Conference was inaugurated 

by Union Home Minister and presided over by 

the Chief Minister of Rajasthan. During the 

Conference, the Excellence Awards for the years 

2008 and Meritorious Awards for the year 2009 

were conferred in the Valedictory function. 

Inauguration of souvenir of 20th All India Forensic Science Conference 2009 at Jaipur by Union 

Home Minister 

Chapter-IX 

111

About 300 delegates from India and abroad 

including police officers and Judges have 

participated in the Conference. During the 

technical sessions 175 scientific papers were 

presented by the Forensic Scientists. 

Junior Research Fellow Scheme 

9.24 40 bright students are undergoing Ph.D 

programmes in six forensic science laboratories 

under Directorate of Forensic Science. 

Modernization of State Forensic 

Science Laboratories 

9.25 �e Directorate has given assistance in 

upgradation of forensic science practices in the 

country and undertook technical evaluation for 

all the scientific equipments and other items 

required for State Forensic Science Laboratories 

under the Police Modernization Plan for the 

year 2009-10. 

Acquisition of Land in Kolkata for 

creation of ultra modern laboratory 

9.26 A piece of land measuring six acres in 

New Town, Kolkata at a total cost of Rs.9.46 

crore has been acquired from the Government 

of West Bengal. A proposal for construction of 

a State-of-Art High-Tech Laboratory at the cost 

of Rs. 25 crore under the current five year plan, 

has already been approved. 

LNJN NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF 

CRIMINOLOGY AND FORENSIC 

SCIENCE 

9.27 �e National Institute of Criminology 

and Forensic Science (NICFS), a pioneering 

Institution for advancement of Criminology and 

Forensic Science through training and research 

was set up in 1972. It is renamed as “Loknayak 

Jayaprakash Narayan National Institute of 

112 

Criminology and Forensic Science”. It is a 

premier institution for training of senior 

functionaries of the Criminal Justice system in 

the twin fields of Criminology and Forensic 

Science, as well as for research related to these 

fields. 

Teaching programmes 

9.28 �e Institute offers M.A./M.Sc. 

programmes in Criminology and Forensic 

Science. �ese courses started with effect from 

academic session 2004-05 under the affiliation 

from Guru Gobind Singh Indraprastha 

University, Delhi. 

9.29 During the year, 452 officers participated 

in 18 different training courses organised by the 

Institute. �e Institute has also imparted 

training to the foreign nationals of Mauritius, 

Afghanistan, Sudan, Sri Lanka, Nepal, Bhutan, 

Fiji, Phillippines, Maldives, etc. from 1972 to till 

date. �e Institute in collaboration with CBI 

organised a 2 days National seminar on “fighting 

crimes related to corruption which was attended 

by over 125 delegates from all over India. 

9.30 Four projects started during the previous 

5 years and one new project has been taken up 

in 11 th five year plan. �e projects are: 

• Studies on identification and 

characterization of drug, fibres, paint and 

poisons etc. - database generation with the 

help of UMA-600 Microscope attached with 

FTIR. 

• Creation of Computer Forensic Division 

using DRAC 2000 and Mini DRAC. 

• Creation of Forensic Serology and DNA 

division” in the Institute. 

• Upgradation and Modernisation of Library. 

• Analysis of various poisons in biological 

fluids/tissues- up gradation of Forensic 

Toxicology Division”.(new project). 

Chapter-IX

CENTRAL FORENSIC SCIENCE 

LABORATORY (CFSL), CBI 

9.31 CFSL, CBI, New Delhi is a scientific 

department under the administrative control of 

CBI and overall control of the Ministry of Home 

Affairs. CFSL undertakes the scientific analysis 

of crime exhibits referred by CBI, Delhi Police, 

Judiciary and Vigilance Departments of 

Ministries & Undertakings & State/Central 

Govt. Departments. �e experts of CFSL 

examine the exhibits forwarded by the 

Investigating Agencies and render expert 

opinion and substantiate their opinions in the 

Court of Law through court testimony and 

evidence. Services of the scientific experts of this 

Laboratory are also utilized at the scene of crime 

throughout India by CBI for detection of 

physical clues. Scientists/experts also impart 

training to the CBI Investigating Officers and to 

other trainees of Forensic Science. �e 

laboratory also undertakes R & D work related 

to art & skill developments in forensic science. 

9.32 �e Laboratory has a sanctioned 

strength of 119 Scientific Staff and was allocated 

Rs.7.17 crore for the year 2009-2010 (R.E.) 

9.33 �e Laboratory scientists gave expert 

testimony in 275 Courts in Delhi and other 

parts of India and examined 66 scenes of crimes 

at Delhi and outside for scientific investigation 

of crimes. During the year 2008 in addition to 

these, regular support service in forensic science 

was provided to Delhi Police, CBI and Judicial 

Courts. Forensic assistance was also provided 

to Directorate of Revenue Intelligence, Banks, 

Cabinet Secretariat Board and other public 

undertakings. 

9.34 During the year 2009 CFSL, CBI, New 

Delhi carried out scientific examination of 

approximately 3,50,000 crime exhibits referred 

in 1,512 fresh cases and 433 cases were pending 

on December 31, 2009. 

Chapter-IX 

9.35 Central Forensic Science Laboratory, 

CBI, New Delhi is committed to quality work 

for all its functional disciplines. �e CFSL (CBI), 

New Delhi has been accredited by National 

Accreditation Board for Test & Calibration 

Laboratories (NABL) under Department of 

Science & Technology, Govt. of India, New 

Delhi as per Quality System conforming to ISO 

IEC 17025 and National Accreditation Board 

for Test & Calibration Laboratories (NABL) 

113. �e Laboratory has prepared 

Comprehensive Quality Manual and Working 

Procedures Manuals for analytical and scientific 

test to be carried out in respect of varieties of 

crime exhibits referred to each of its Division. 

During the year congruency checks were made 

in 1,328 cases(approximately).�e Quality 

Manual was revised as per the requirement of 

NABL. �e new standard proforma i.e. ISO IEC 

17025 – 2005 has been introduced in the 

laboratory. �e instruments used for analysis 

work of the crime exhibits have been calibrated 

through a NABL accredited agencies. Internal 

auditing was carried out by nominated internal 

auditors in all the divisions of CFSL to check the 

quality system, laboratory management as well 

as the documentation processes. 

FUTURE GROWTH 

9.36 �e laboratory is concentrating on 

updating the technology and infrastructure by 

new state-of- the- art technology. �e 

procurement of new technology for the division 

namely (1) Brain Finger printing (2) Toxicology 

(3) Analog/Digital Audio/Video analysis is in 

process. Initiatives have been taken for Quality 

management system, Technical upgradations, 

calibration systems, etc. 

9.37 A proposal under 11th Five Year Plan 

has been mooted in respect of CFSL (CBI) to 

establish Scientific Aids Units (SAUs) in two 

metropolitan cities i.e. Kolkata and Mumbai 

and to strengthen the existing SAU at Chennai. 

113

Similarly a supplementary plan proposal under 

11th Five Year Plan has been mooted to redesign 

the whole laboratory to meet the future 

challenges. �e modernization programme of 

CFSL is in progress. 

DIRECTORATE OF 

COORDINATION, POLICE 

WIRELESS (DCPW) 

9.38 �e Directorate of Coordination Police 

Wireless is a nodal agency for coordinating 

various police communication services in the 

country. DCPW not only acted as a technical 

adviser to Ministry of Home Affairs and 

State/Central Police Organizations in all Police 

Communication related matters but also 

operates Inter State Police Wireless Network 

with its offices at all State and UT capitals. Apart 

from providing the Police Wireless services for 

Inter State and Inter Organizational 

requirement, a satellite based all India Police 

Telecommunications network namely POLNET 

has been established which is being funded 

partly by MPF Scheme. �e POLNET provides 

connectivity to all District, State Hqrs and the 

National Capital. 

9.39 �is organization also shoulders the 

responsibility for modernizing the police 

telecommunications, training the police radio 

frequency distribution, formulating technical 

specifications for communication equipment, 

testing/evaluating instruments for induction etc. 

Directorate of Coordination Police Wireless is 

the Central Distributing Authority appointed by 

Ministry of Home Affairs for the purpose of 

Cipher Documents/Devices being used by State 

Police Radio Organizations & Inter State Police. 

Total strength of DCPW is 1,129 including 82 

Gazetted Officers. 

114 

Communication and Maintenance 

9.40 �e Communication wing of DCPW is 

responsible for maintaining network of Inter 

State Police wireless stations. Maintenance 

section provides the necessary maintenance 

cover to all equipments including modern and 

sophisticated VSAT Equipments installed at 

headquarters and 31 Inter-State Police Wireless 

Stations located across the country. �e 

communication facilities of Inter-State Police 

Wireless Stations network are also utilized for 

handling emergency messages during natural 

calamities like floods, earthquakes, disasters etc. 

Communication facilities are also extended to 

other organizations like Tata Institute of 

Fundamental Research, Union Public Service 

Commission, Food Corporation of India, 

Census Department, flood control agencies etc. 

to cater to their exigencies as per their demands. 

Cipher Wing 

9.41 �e Cipher wing of Directorate of 

Coordination Police Wireless provides cipher 

cover to classified messages of Ministry of Home 

Affairs and other Departments. Effective liaison 

and association was established with Joint 

Cipher Bureau, under the Ministry of Defence 

for updating of Cryptographic systems being 

used in State Police Radio Organization and 

Inter State Police Wireless Stations. Evaluation 

of new Cryptosystems to be inducted in 

Directorate of Coordination Police Wireless & 

State Police Crypto network is undertaken in 

collaboration with SAG (Ministry of Defence). 

HRD was also achieved by conducting 43 

Cipher Oriented Courses training 610 persons 

at Cipher Wing. �e Control Cryptocentre has 

been connected with POLNET VSATs for 

speedy clearance of cipher traffic. SECFAX 

Cipher System has also been inducted into 

Directorate of Coordination Police Wireless for 

transmitting secure fax messages over channels. 

Chapter-IX

A practical session in progress at the Central Police Radio Training Institute, New Delhi 

Training and Human Resource 

Development 

9.42 �e Central Police Radio Training 

Institutes (CRPTIs) at New Delhi and 

Ghaziabad (Uttar Pradesh) are the two training 

Instutitue of the DCPW wherein various 

training programmes are conducted for Police 

personnel of various ranks on 

telecommunication. A special arrangement of 

four batches has been arranged at CRPTIs for 

maintenance of POLNET Course to meet the 

urgent requirement of technical manpower for 

POLNET. Training Institute has been geared 

up to cater to train a targeted strength of 520 

Police personnel through 37 special courses. 

�e Institute also extends its training facilities 

for the Police Personnel of the neighboring 

countries i.e. Nepal, Bhutan, Mauritius, 

Maldives, Afghanistan, etc. 

Chapter-IX 

Central Workshop 

9.43 �e Central Workshop is entrusted with 

the responsibility of evaluation of High 

Frequency/Very High Frequency Radio 

communication sets along with their accessories 

for rate contract for DGS&D. �e Workshop 

Section has successfully met the requirements 

of various State UTs and Central Police 

Organization’s by testing the Radio sets 

required for election and other emergencies. 

Procurement of Equipment 

9.44 DCPW also deal with procurement of 

different type of equipments and accessories for 

States/CPOs requirements during election & 

natural calamities etc. During the year 2008-09, 

5,000 Wireless Equipments and accessories have 

been procured through DGS&D rate contract. 

�e said equipment were issued to the 

States/CPOs during General Lok Sabha 

115

Election, April, 2009 to maintain Law and Order 

in their States, which is a special achievement 

during the year. Despite the insufficient quantity 

of wireless equipments, DCPW has fulfilled the 

demand raised by the States/CPOs with the 

existing stock by rotating sets from one State to 

other State. 

NARCOTICS CONTROL BUREAU 

9.45 �e Narcotics Control Bureau (NCB) is 

the national nodal agency created under the 

Narcotics Drugs and Psychotropic Substances 

Act, 1985 for combating illicit trafficking in 

narcotic drugs and psychotropic substances. 

NCB is also responsible for coordination with 

various Ministries, other offices & State/Central 

Enforcement Agencies. �e NCB is also 

responsible for implementation of the 

international obligations under various UN 

Conventions 1961, 1971, 1988 (to which India 

is a signatory) against illicit trafficking of 

narcotics drugs and psychotropic substances. It 

also provides assistance to concerned authorities 

in various countries to facilitate universal action 

for prevention and suppression of illicit 

trafficking in narcotics drugs and psychotropic 

substances. 

9.46 NCB has eleven Zonal Units at Delhi, 

Mumbai, Chennai, Kolkata, Lucknow, Jodhpur, 

Chandigarh, Jammu , Ahmedabad, Guwahati & 

Indore , one Regional Unit at Imphal and ten 

Intelligence Cells at �iruvananthpuram, 

Hyderabad, Goa, Mandsaur, Muzaffarpur, 

Amritsar, Ajmer, Ranchi, International Coordination 

Cell & Precursor Cell at NCB Hqrs. 

Enforcement Efforts 

9.47 Seizures of various drugs made by 

various agencies in the country and the NCB 

during the period 2009-10 (April to December, 

2009) are mentioned in the table below :- 

Name of Drug Drugs seized Drug seized by % of drugs seized by NCB 

all over NCB (in Kg.) as compared to all 

India (in kg) India seizures 

Narcotic Drugs 

Heroin 561 103 18% 

Opium 1102 133 12% 

Morphine 25 01 4% 

Ganja 135,922 1869 1% 

Hashish 2321 113 5% 

Cocaine 11 01 9% 

Methaqualone 33 33 100% 

Amphetamines 11 11 100% 

Psychotropic Substance 

Psychotropic Substance 185471 Tablets 157911 85% tablets +100% 

+17.264 Kg tablets 

+17.264 Kg +17.264 Kg 

Ephedrine 

Precursor Chemicals 

606 123 20% 

Acetic Anhydride 

(in ltrs.) 

478 340 71% 

116 Chapter-IX

9.48 Some of the major seizures made by 

NCB during 2009-10 ( April to December, 

2009) are given below : 

(i) On April 6, 2009 officers of NCB Kolkata 

intercepted a vehicle at Bongaon, 24 

Parganas (N), West Bengal and seized 

8.175 kg of heroin. One person was 

arrested. 

(ii) On April 10, 2009, officers of the NCB 

Mumbai searched a godown at Mumbai 

and seized 40 kg of pseudo ephedrine. 

Four persons were arrested. 

(iii) On April 14, 2009, officers of the NCB 

Delhi searched residential premises at 

Delhi and seized 7 kg of heroin. Eight 

persons (five Nigerian nationals, two 

Mozambique nationals and one �ailand 

national) were arrested. 

(iv) On June 8, 2009, officers of the NCB 

Mumbai seized 2.8 kg of Heroin from a 

parcel booked in courier services at 

Mumbai. �e destination of the seized 

drug was South Africa. 

(v) On July 7, 2009, officers of the NCB 

Kolkata searched residential premises/ 

farm house at Kolkata and seized 39.750 

kg of acetic anhydride and 3.83 kg of 

heroin. �ree persons were arrested. 

(vi) On July 8, 2009 officers of NCB Delhi 

apprehended one Nigerian national at IGI 

Airport, New Delhi and seized 1.86 kg of 

heroin from his possession. He was 

arrested. 

vii) On July 18, 2009, officers of the NCB 

Lucknow/Kolkata searched a residential 

premise at Asansol, West Bengal and 

seized 100 kg of acetic anhydride and 8.5. 

kg of heroin. One person was arrested. 

(viii) On July 23, 2009, officers of the NCB 

Chapter-IX 

Chennai apprehended one person at 

Chennai Railway Station and seized 2.15 

kg of Heroin from his possession. He was 

arrested. �e destination of the seized 

drug was Sri Lanka. 

(ix) On August 18, 2009, officers of the NCB 

Mumbai apprehended one person at 

Mumbai and seized 2 kg of heroin from 

his possession. He was arrested. �e 

destination of the seized drug was 

Nairobi, Kenya. 

(x) On September 15, 2009, officers of the 

NCB Mumbai , seized 32,700 tablets of 

psychotropic substance (10,000 tablets of 

Zolab (Zolpidem), 20,000 tablets of 

Phentermine, 900 tablets of Diazepam 

and 1800 tablets of Oxycodone) from a 

parcel booked in courier services at 

Mumbai. 

(xi) During the month of October, 2009 

officers of the NCB, Lucknow arrested two 

persons and seized 120 liters of acetic 

anhydride from their possession. 

(xii) On November 26, 2009, officers of NCB, 

Mumbai raided the factory premises of 

Drug Manufacturing Company at Nasik 

and seized 82.55 kg of ephedrine 

(precursor used for manufacture of 

Mandrax). �ree persons were arrested. 

(xiii) On December 27-28, 2009, officers of 

NCB, Ahmedabad intercepted a truck a 

Sabarkantha District, Gujarat and seized 

89.447 kg of Charas. Two persons were 

arrested. 

Destruction of Illicit Cultivation of 

Poppy and Cannabis 

9.49 During the period May 11-15, 2009, 

NCB Jammu along with State Excise 

Department, Crime Branch of J&K Police 

117

detected and destroyed illicit opium poppy 

cultivation in 2,210 Kanals (276 acres) in the 

districts of Pulwama, Anantnag and Budgam 

of Jammu & Kashmir. 

9.50 Besides, NCB coordinated the 

destruction of illicit poppy cultivation in the 

states of J&K, HP, Arunachal Pradesh, Bihar, 

Jharkhand and West Bengal. As a result, illicit 

cultivation in 5,238.87 acres area was destroyed 

by the States and Central Government 

Agencies. 

Satellite Imagery for Detection Of 

Illicit Cultivation Of Opium/Poppy : 

9.51 It was decided in the Meeting of 

Economic Intelligence Council held on 

September 7, 2009 under the Chairmanship of 

Revenue Secretary that Central Economic 

Intelligence Bureau (CEIB) will take up project 

of Satellite Imagery for destruction of illicit 

poppy crop in ten States, namely Jharkhand, 

Bihar, Himachal Pradesh, Jammu & Kashmir, 

Uttarakhand, Manipur, Arunachal Pradesh, 

Orissa, Karnataka and West Bengal. A meeting 

of the Nodal Officers of these 10 States was held 

in NCB Hqrs on September 8, 2009 . NCB 

formulated and circulated an Action Plan for the 

identification and destruction of illicit poppy 

cultivation in consultation with Central Bureau 

of Narcotics (CBN) and the nodal officers of the 

10 affected States. 

Conviction 

9.52 On the basis of complaints filed before 

the designated Court by NCB, 41 persons were 

convicted during the period from April 1- 

December 31, 2009 . 

118 

Drug Disposal 

9.53 Heroin 261.21 kg, Opium 426.573 kg, 

Ganja 5,152.39 kg, Morphine 1.06 kg and 

Hashish 126.99 kg were disposed of during April 

1- December 31, 2009, 

Assistance to States 

9.54 �e NCB being the national nodal 

agency for drug law enforcement supports the 

State Governments by providing Central 

Assistance to procure necessary infrastructure 

and equipments to improve their enforcement 

capabilities in combating drug trafficking. 

During the year 2009-10, Central grant of 

Rs.1.42 lakh has been sanctioned to 12 States 

Drug Law Enforcement Agencies of Madhya 

Pradesh, Nagaland, Jammu & Kashmir, 

Rajasthan, Andhra Pradesh, Himachal Pradesh, 

Jharkhand, Goa, Punjab, Gujarat and Manipur. 

�e Scheme was initially sanctioned for a period 

of 5 years i.e. till March 31, 2009. �e 

Government of India has decided to extend this 

Scheme for a further period of 5 years i.e. from 

2009-10 to 2013-14 with an estimated budget of 

Rs.15 crore. �e existing guidelines on 

“Assistance to States” have been revised by 

extending the Scheme to Union Territories also 

and nomenclature of the Scheme has been 

changed as “ Assistance to States and UTs”. 

Training 

9.55 �e NCB provides financial assistance to 

various training Academies and Drug Law 

Enforcement Agencies for organizing training 

courses on Drug Law Enforcement. 70 such 

courses were organized in the States of Jammu 

& Kashmir, Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan, 

Gujarat, Assam, & Tamil Nadu during the year 

Chapter-IX

2009-10(from April 1 - December 31, 2009) 

wherein approximately 2,333 personnel of State 

Police & Central Excise were trained. 

International 

Obligations/Cooperation 

9.56 NCB is mandated to extend all possible 

assistance to the concerned authorities in 

foreign countries and international organization 

for the prevention and suppression of illicit 

traffic in narcotics drugs and psychotropic 

substances. To further bilateral cooperation, 

NCB/Govt of India has entered into bilateral 

agreements on Narcotics related matters with 22 

Chapter-IX 

***** 

countries and has signed MOUs with 4 

countries. India has also established Joint 

Working Groups on Counter Terrorism with 27 

countries, wherein bilateral drug issues having 

bearing on terrorism are discussed. 

9.57 To meet the international obligations 

under the Single Convention on Narcotics 

Drugs, 1961 and Convention on Psychotropic 

Substances of 1971 & 1988 UN Convention 

against illicit traffic in Narcotic Drugs and 

Psychotropic Substances, NCB submits various 

reports to International Narcotics Control Board 

(INCB) Vienna on quarterly, half-yearly and 

yearly basis. 

119

DISASTER MANAGEMENT 

10.1 Due to its geo-climatic conditions, India 

has been vulnerable to various natural disasters. 

About 58.6% of its landmass is prone to 

earthquakes; over 40 million hectares (12% of 

land) is prone to floods; of 7,516 kilometer (km.) 

of coast line close to 5,700 km. is prone to 

cyclones and 68% of the cultivable area is 

vulnerable to drought. �e Tsunami disaster, 

which struck five coastal States/Union 

Territories (UTs) in India in December 2004, has 

further highlighted the vulnerability of coastal 

areas. Fire incidents, industrial accidents and 

other manmade disasters involving chemical, 

biological and radioactive materials are 

additional hazards, which have underscored the 

need for strengthening mitigation, preparedness 

and response measures. 

Role of Central and State Governments 

10.2 �e basic responsibility for undertaking 

rescue, relief and rehabilitation measures in the 

event of a disaster rests with the concerned State 

Government. �e Central Government 

supplements the efforts of the State 

Governments by providing logistic and financial 

support in case of severe natural calamities. �e 

logistic support includes deployment of aircra�s 

and boats, specialist teams of Armed Forces, 

Central Para-military Forces and personnel of 

National Disaster Response Force (NDRF), 

arrangements for relief materials & essential 

commodities including medical stores, 

restoration of critical infrastructure facilities 

including communication network and such 

other assistance as may be required by the 

affected States to meet the situation effectively. 

Change of approach 

CHAPTER 

X 

10.3 �e Government has brought about a 

change in the approach to disaster management. 

�e change is from a relief-centric approach to 

a holistic and integrated approach covering the 

entire cycle of disaster management 

encompassing prevention, mitigation, 

preparedness, response, relief, reconstruction 

and rehabilitation. �e approach proceeds from 

the conviction that development cannot be 

sustainable unless disaster mitigation is built in 

the developmental processes. 

Disaster Management Act, 2005 

10.4 �e Government have enacted and 

notified the Disaster Management Act, 2005 on 

December 26, 2005 to provide for the effective 

management of disasters and for matters 

connected therewith or incidental thereto. It 

provides institutional mechanisms for drawing 

up and monitoring the implementation of the 

disaster management plans, ensuring measures 

by various wings of the Government for 

prevention and mitigation of the effects of 

disasters and prompt response to any disaster 

situation. �e Act also provides for setting up of 

National Disaster Management Authority 

(NDMA) under the Chairmanship of the Prime 

Minister, State Disaster Management 

Authorities (SDMAs) under the Chairmanship 

of the Chief Ministers and District Disaster 

Management Authorities (DDMAs) under the 

Chairmanship of Collectors/District 

Magistrates/Deputy Commissioners. �e Act 

further provides for constitution of National 

Executive Committee (NEC), headed by the 

120 Chapter-X

Home Secretary, National Institute of Disaster 

Management (NIDM) and National Disaster 

Response Force (NDRF). It also provides for the 

concerned Ministries and Departments to draw 

up their own Plans in accordance with the 

National Plan. 

10.5 In addition, the Act contains provisions 

for constitution of National Disaster Response 

Fund and National Disaster Mitigation Fund 

and similar Funds at the State and District levels. 

�e Act also provides for specific role for local 

bodies in disaster management. Relevant 

provisions of the Act concerning the State 

Governments have already been brought into 

force w.e.f. August 1, 2007. 

Constitution of State Disaster 

Management Authorities (SDMAs) 

and District Disaster Management 

Authorities (DDMAs) 

10.6 �e DM Act, 2005 provides for 

constitution of SDMAs and DDMAs in all the 

States and UTs. As per the information received 

from the States/UTs, Andhra Pradesh, 

Andaman & Nicobar Islands, Arunachal 

Pradesh, Assam, Bihar, Chhattisgarh, Dadra and 

Nagar Haveli, Delhi, Goa, Haryana, Himachal 

Pradesh, Jammu & Kashmir, Karnataka, Kerala, 

Lakshadweep, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, 

Meghalaya, Mizoram, Nagaland, Puducherry, 

Punjab, Rajasthan, Sikkim, Tamil Nadu, Tripura, 

Uttar Pradesh, Uttarakhand and West Bengal 

have constituted SDMAs as per the provisions 

of the Act. Gujarat State has already constituted 

SDMA as per their Gujarat State Disaster 

Management Act. DDMAs have also been 

constituted in the States of Andhra Pradesh, 

Andaman & Nicobar Islands, Assam, Bihar, 

Chandigarh, Chhattisgarh, Dadra and Nagar 

Haveli, Delhi, Goa, Haryana, Himachal Pradesh, 

Jammu & Kashmir, Karnataka, Kerala, 

Lakshadweep, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, 

Meghalaya, Mizoram, Nagaland, Punjab, 

Chapter-X 

Puducherry, Rajasthan, Sikkim, Tripura, Uttar 

Pradesh, Uttarakhand and West Bengal. �e Act 

also envisages establishment of State Executive 

Committees to be headed by Chief Secretary of 

the State/ UT. Accordingly, 28 State 

Governments/UT Administrations have taken 

action in this regard. 

10.7 �e Rules relating to NDMA, NEC, 

NIDM, laying of Annual Report of NDMA in 

the Parliament and Notice of Alleged Offence 

have also been notified by the Government of 

India. �e Recruitment Rules for various 

Group-‘A’ and Group-‘C’ posts of National 

Disaster Management Authority have been 

framed, notified and also laid before both the 

Houses of Parliament. �e Annual Report of 

NDMA for the year 2007-08 has been laid before 

both the Houses of Parliament. 

National Policy on Disaster 

Management (NPDM) 

10.8 �e National Policy on Disaster 

Management (NPDM) has been prepared in 

tune with and in pursuance of Disaster 

Management Act, 2005 with a vision to build a 

safe and disaster resilient India by developing a 

holistic, proactive, multi-disaster oriented and 

technology driven strategy through a culture of 

prevention, mitigation, preparedness and 

response. �e Policy covers all aspects of 

disaster management including covering 

institutional, legal and financial arrangements; 

disaster prevention, mitigation and 

preparedness, techno-legal regime; response, 

relief and rehabilitation; reconstruction and 

recovery; capacity development; knowledge 

management and research and development. It 

focuses on the areas where action is needed and 

the institutional mechanism through which 

such action can be channelized. 

10.9 �e NPDM addresses the concerns of all 

the sections of the society including differently 

121

abled persons, women, children and other 

disadvantaged groups. In terms of grant of relief 

and formulating measures for rehabilitation of 

the affected persons due to disasters, the issue of 

equity/inclusiveness has been accorded due 

consideration. 

10.10 �e NPDM aims to bring in 

transparency and accountability in all aspects of 

disaster management through involvement of 

community, community based organizations, 

Panchayati Raj Institutions (PRIs), local bodies 

and civil society. 

10.11 �e National Policy on Disaster 

Management has been approved by the 

Government on October 22, 2009 and 

circulated. 

National Disaster Management 

Authority (NDMA) 

10.12 �e NDMA was initially constituted on 

May 30, 2005 under the Chairmanship of the 

Prime Minister by an executive order. Following 

enactment of the Disaster Management Act 

2005, the NDMA has been constituted in 

accordance with the provisions of the Act on 

September 27, 2006 with nine members, one of 

whom has been designated as the Vice 

Chairperson. 

10.13 At national level, the NDMA has the 

responsibility, inter alia, of laying down policies 

on disaster management and guidelines to be 

followed by different Ministries or Departments 

of the Government of India for the purpose of 

integrating the measures for prevention of 

disaster or mitigation of its effects in their 

development plans and projects. It has also to lay 

down guidelines to be followed by the State 

Authorities in drawing up State Plans and take 

such measures for the prevention of disasters or 

mitigation or preparedness and capacity 

building for dealing with the threatening 

122 

disaster situation or disaster as it may consider 

necessary. 

Financial Mechanism 

10.14 �e Scheme of financing the relief 

expenditure is based on the recommendations 

of the successive Finance Commissions. �e 

present scheme, which is in operation from 

2005-06 to 2009-10, is based on the 

recommendations of the Twel�h Finance 

Commission (TFC). �e Twel�h Finance 

Commission has recommended continuation of 

the Schemes of Calamity Relief Fund (CRF) and 

National Calamity Contingency Fund (NCCF). 

�e TFC has recommended that avalanches, 

cyclone, cloud burst, drought, earthquake, fire, 

flood, hailstorm, landslides and pest attacks are 

to be considered as natural calamities for 

providing assistance from CRF/NCCF. 

Calamity Relief Fund (CRF)/National 

Calamity Contingency Fund (NCCF) 

10.15 To ensure ready availability of funds with 

the States, a CRF has been constituted for each 

State with an allocated amount, based on the 

recommendations of the TFC. �e CRF is 

contributed by the Government of India and the 

State Government in the ratio of 3:1. �e 

Central share is released in two equal 

installments: first in the month of June and 

second in the month of December. Under the 

Scheme of CRF/NCCF, the State Level 

Committee headed by the Chief Secretary is 

fully authorized to decide on all matters relating 

to the financing of the relief expenditure from 

the CRF, in accordance with the items and 

norms approved by the Government of India. 

10.16 In the event of a calamity of a severe 

nature, in which the requirement of funds for 

relief operations is beyond the funds available in 

the State’s CRF account, additional Central 

assistance is provided from NCCF, a�er 

Chapter-X

following the laid down procedure. As per this 

procedure, the State Government is required to 

submit a memorandum indicating the sectorwise 

damage and requirement of funds. On 

receipt of memorandum, an Inter-Ministerial 

Central Team is constituted and deputed for an 

on the spot assessment of damage and 

requirement of funds for relief operations, as 

per the exiting items and norms of CRF/ NCCF. 

�e report of the Central Team is considered by 

the Inter-Ministerial Group (IMG) headed by 

the Home Secretary. �erea�er, the High Level 

Committee, comprising of the Finance Minister, 

the Agriculture Minister, the Home Minister 

and the Deputy Chairman, Planning 

Commission considers the request of the State 

Government in the light of the report of the 

Central Team, recommendations of the IMG 

thereon, norms of assistance and balance 

available in the State’s CRF and approves the 

quantum of assistance to be released from 

NCCF. 

10.17 As per the recommendations of the 12th 

Finance Commission, cumulative total 

allocation of Rs.21,333.33 crore has been made 

to all the States for the period from 2005-2010. 

For the year 2009-10, the allocation in CRF is 

Rs.4,604.32 crore out of which 75% amounting 

to Rs.3,453.23 crore is share of Government of 

India and 25% amounting to Rs.1,339.94 crore 

is share of State Governments. During the year 

2009-10, an amount of Rs. 2,065.25 crore 

(including Rs.485.27 crore arrears of previous 

year) has been released as 1st installment of 

Central share of CRF to 28 States. In addition, 

the 2nd installment of Central share of CRF for 

the year 2009-10, amounting to Rs. 1,569.99 

crore has been released, to the 24 States. 

Beside, financial assistance of Rs.2,994.039 

crore has also been provided to various States 

from NCCF during 2009-10. �is includes an 

‘on account’ release of NCCF to the State of Goa 

(Rs.4.04 crore), Andhra Pradesh (Rs.500 crore), 

and Karnataka (Rs.500 crore). A statement 

Chapter-X 

showing State-wise releases of funds from 

CRF/NCCF during 2009-10 is at Annexure-X. 

Strengthening the monitoring 

mechanism for CRF/NCCF 

10.18 �e Ministry of Home Affairs had 

constituted an Inter Ministerial Committee on 

implementation of Schemes of CRF/NCCF. �e 

Committee a�er considering the views from 

various States/UTs and detailed discussions 

among the Members and representatives of 

some State Governments formulated and 

finalized the format/guidelines relating to (i) 

monitoring of relief expenditure (ii) preparation 

of Annual Report on management of natural 

calamities by the States/UTs (iii) preparation of 

Memoranda by the affected States/UTs seeking 

additional financial assistance in the wake of a 

calamity of a severe natural and (iv) preparation 

of report by the Central Team deputed to the 

affected States/UTs for assessment of the 

situation caused by natural calamities and 

requirement of funds. �ese guidelines/formats 

have been compiled in the form of a manual, 

which has been circulated to all the States on 

May 28, 2008 and has also been uploaded on the 

website “ndmindia.nic.in”. 

10.19 In order to have improvement in the 

existing mechanism of monitoring the relief 

expenditure, a web-based computerized 

tracking system has also been developed. �e 

system will facilitate the concerned State 

Government to feed necessary information in 

the prescribed format. �is system, apart from 

strengthening monitoring of financial/ physical 

achievements will also assist in generation of 

various query based reports. 

10.20 A practical training to the officers of the 

all states on the operation of web based 

computerized monitoring system for the Relief 

expenditure was organized in association with 

the NIC by this Ministry. 

123

Financing Mechanism as per DM Act- 

2005 

Constitution of National Disaster Response 

Fund and National Disaster Mitigation Fund 

10.21 Sections 46 and 47 of the Disaster 

Management Act, 2005 provide for constitution 

of National Disaster Response Fund (NDRF) 

and National Disaster Mitigation Fund (NDMF) 

by the Central Government. While NDRF shall 

be applied by the NEC towards meeting the 

expenditure for emergency response, relief and 

rehabilitation, NDMF shall be applied by 

NDMA for projects exclusively for the purpose 

of mitigation. 

10.22 A proposal for constitution of NDRF 

with an initial corpus of Rs.100 crore has been 

approved by the Government. �e existing 

scheme NCCF will remain in parallel operation 

with this Fund till the duration of the Award of 

the 12th Finance Commission i.e. up to March 

31, 2010. �erea�er, NCCF is expected to merge 

with the NDRF with the concurrence of the 13th 

Finance Commission for which a suitable 

reference has been included in the Terms of 

124 

Reference of the Commission. 

10.23 �e modality for constitution of NDMF 

was considered. As the huge funds are required 

for mitigation activities, a reference has been 

made to the 13th Finance Commission in this 

regard. �e Ministry of Finance has advised that 

the financing arrangements relating to National 

Disaster Response Fund (NDRF) and National 

Disaster Mitigation Fund (NDMF) may not be 

considered for the present and the final decision 

may be taken on the final recommendations of 

the 13th Finance Commission, which has been 

requested in the Terms of Refernece to 

specifically recommend a�er reviewing the 

finance arrangements for disaster management. 

As such further action will be taken on the basis 

of the recommendations of the 13th Finance 

Commission. 

Monsoon Behaviour in 2009 

10.24 �e southwest monsoon rainfall figures 

for the period June 1 to September 30, 2009 for 

the country as a whole and the four broad 

homogeneous regions are as follows: 

Region Forecast Actual 

All India 93% of LPA + 4% 77% of LPA 

Northwest India (Jammu & Kashmir, 81% of LPA + 8% 64% of LPA 

Himachal Pradesh, Punjab, Rajasthan, 

Haryana, Chandigarh, Delhi, Uttaranchal 

and Uttar Pradesh) 

Northeast India (Arunachal Pradesh, 92% of LPA + 8% 73% of LPA 

Meghalaya, Assam, Nagaland, Manipur, 

Mizoram, Tripura, Sikkim, West Bengal, 

Bihar and Jharkhand) 

Central India (Gujarat, Madhya Pradesh, 99% of LPA + 8% 80% of LPA 

Chattisgarh, Maharashtra, Goa and Orissa) 

South Peninsula (Andhra Pradesh, 93% of LPA + 8% 96% of LPA 

Karnataka, Tamil Nadu, Kerala, 

Lakshadweep and Andaman and Nicobar 

Islands) 

Chapter-X

10.25 �e cumulative seasonal rainfall for the 

country as a whole was near normal. Rainfall 

for the season (June 1 to September 30, 2009) 

was 77% of LPA. Out of 36, 10 meteorological 

subdivisions recorded normal rainfall (+19% to 

– 19%). 03 subdivisions viz. Saurashtra & 

Kutch, North Interior Karnataka and South 

Interior Karnataka recorded excess (+20% or 

more) rainfall and 23 meteorological 

subdivisions recorded deficient rainfall (-20% to 

-59%). Out of 526 meteorological districts for 

which data are available, 215 districts (41%) of 

the meteorological districts received 

excess/normal rainfall and the remaining 311 

districts (59%) received deficient/scanty rainfall 

during the season. 

Natural calamities in 2009 

10.26 During the Southwest Monsoon and 

post monsoon 2009, in total 20 States and 01 UT 

have reported damage due to cyclonic 

storms/heavy rains/floods rain oriented 

calamities etc. in varying degrees. �ese are (i) 

Andhra Pradesh, (ii) Assam, (iii) Bihar, (iv) 

Chhattisgarh, (v) Goa, (vi) Gujarat, (vii) 

Haryana (viii) Himachal Pradesh (ix) 

Karnataka, (x) Kerala, (xi) Madhya Pradesh, 

(xii) Maharashtra, (xiii) Orissa, (xiv) Punjab, 

(xv) Rajasthan, (xvi) Sikkim (xvii) Tamil Nadu, 

(xviii) Uttar Pradesh, (xix) Uttarakhand, (xx) 

West Bengal and (xxi) Puducherry. 

Extent of damage in the country 

(provisional) 

No. of human lives lost 1676 

No. of cattle perished 128452 

Houses damaged 1359726 

Cropped area affected 47.134 

Lakh Hectares 

10.27 State-wise details of extent of damage 

due to heavy rains/flash floods/floods/land 

slides during the year 2009 is at Annexure-XI. 

Chapter-X 

Monitoring of the situation by the 

Ministry of Home Affairs 

10.28 �e National Crisis Management 

Committee (NCMC), under chairmanship of 

Cabinet Secretary and the National Executive 

Committee (NEC), headed by the Union Home 

Secretary, monitored the progress of relief 

operations particularly in West Bengal. 

10.29 �e Control Room of the Ministry, 

which functions on 24x7 basis, apart from 

coordinating assistance from GOI, issued 

advisories to the State Governments to take 

necessary preparatory measures and prepared 

daily situation reports which were forwarded to 

all concerned and also uploaded on the website 

“ndmindia.nic.in” on a daily basis. Senior 

officers of this Ministry remained in constant 

touch with the Chief Secretaries and Relief 

Commissioners of the affected States. Being the 

nodal Ministry, Ministry of Home Affairs 

monitored the flood situation continuously 

through close interaction with India 

Meteorological Department (IMD), Central 

Water Commission (CWC), Control Rooms of 

States and districts and other concerned line 

Ministries. 

Logistic Support provided by 

Government of India 

10.30 �e concerned State Governments, as 

the first responders, reacted promptly to the 

flood situation and undertook immediate rescue 

and relief operations. �ese included evacuation 

and shi�ing of the people to safer places, setting 

up of relief camps, providing gratuitous relief, 

distribution of essential commodities, provision 

of safe drinking water, health and hygiene 

measures, etc. �is effort was suitably 

reinforced, with swi� alacrity, by the 

Government of India, which rendered the 

necessary financial and logistic support to the 

affected State Governments to enable them to 

125

deal effectively with the flood situation. 

10.31 �e Ministry of Home Affairs 

coordinated with the Ministries/ Departments/ 

Agencies rendering Emergency Support 

Functions to ensure convergence of efforts to 

deal effectively with the situation caused by the 

floods during the South-West monsoon. �e 

Government of India supplemented the efforts 

of the State Governments by providing logistic 

support which inter alia included Deployment 

of Air Force helicopters, Aircra�s, Army Boats, 

Army Columns, Naval personnel and National 

Disaster Response Force (NDRF) personnel. 

�e Regional Directors of Ministry of Health & 

Family Welfare coordinated the efforts of State 

Health Authorities in preventing outbreak of 

epidemics and maintaining public health and 

hygiene. Similarly the availability of stocks of 

essential commodities and petroleum products 

in the affected areas were also monitored by the 

respective Central Ministries. �e concerned 

Ministries also took necessary steps to repair the 

damaged infrastructure of an immediate nature. 

10.32 �e NDRF Bns actively engaged 

themselves in cyclone/cyclonic storms/Flood/ 

landslides etc., Rescue and Relief operations in 

Andhra Pradesh, Assam, Bihar, Karnataka and 

Orissa. �e swi� and highly skilled flood rescue 

operations of NDRF Bns saved about 21,801 

NDRF Personnel shi�ing School Children during Cyclone 

Aila, May 2009 

126 

NDRF Team clearing debris a�er Landslides in Darjeeling 

in May 2009 

NDRF Team rescuing people during Floods in Karnataka 

in October 2009 

NDRF Personnel in action during Floods in Bihar in August 

2009 

Chapter-X

human lives in these states. Relief supply 

including medical aid, medicines and drinking 

water were also distributed by NDRF Bns 

among the stranded flood victims in these states. 

In addition to search & rescue NDRF was 

deployed on Amarnath Yatra route, on the 

Kailash Manasarovar Yatra route and election 

duties during the year 2009 to assist the civil 

authorities in various States. 

National Institute of Disaster 

Management (NIDM) 

10.33 �e NIDM came into existence in 

October, 2003 and was inaugurated by the 

Union Home Minister on August 11, 2004. �e 

Institute has achieved the status of a statutory 

organization under the DM Act, 2005. �e 

NIDM has been entrusted with the 

responsibility to develop training modules; 

undertake research and documentation in 

disaster management; organize training 

programmes; undertake and organize study 

courses, conferences, lectures and seminars to 

promote and institutionalize disaster 

management; and undertake and provide for 

publication of journals, research papers and 

books. 

10.34 NIDM has the mandate to 'provide 

assistance in national level policy formulation' 

and 'state level policies, strategies and 

frameworks'. In furtherance of this 

responsibility, NIDM has been organizing 

various policy workshops and conferences and 

giving inputs on policy formulation. NIDM was 

involved in the development of the National 

Policy on Disaster Management; it is in the 

process of preparing the National Human 

Resource Development and Capacity Building 

Plan on Disaster Management. NIDM has 

assisted the Planning Commission in 

formulating the chapters on disaster 

management, the Administrative Reforms 

Commission for its recommendations on Crisis 

Chapter-X 

Management and the �irteenth Finance 

Commission with a study on Financing Disaster 

Management. 

National Capacity Building 

Programmes for Engineers and 

Architects 

10.35 NIDM is responsible for implementing 

two National Programmes for Capacity 

Building of Engineers and Architects in 

Earthquake Risk Mitigation (NPCBEERM and 

NPCBAERM).�e programmes target training 

of 10,000 practicing engineers and 10,000 

practicing architects in structural safety, by 

March, 2010. Beyond that, to reach out to lakhs 

of professionals, the institute is developing webbased 

programmes that would cut down 

face-to-face interaction of the practicing 

engineers/architects enabling flexi-time and 

flexi-space learning. �e programmes are being 

conducted in collaboration with IITs and other 

institutions of national repute and more than 

200 engineering and architectural colleges 

throughout the country. 

SAARC Disaster Management Centre 

10.36 NIDM hosts the SAARC Disaster 

Management Centre that works for capacity 

building in the 8 member countries of SAARC, 

namely Afghanistan, Bangladesh, Bhutan, India, 

Maldives, Nepal, Pakistan and Sri Lanka. �e 

Executive Director of the NIDM is also the 

Director of the SAARC Centre. 

Second India Disaster Management 

Congress 

10.37 �e NIDM organised the Second India 

Disaster Management Congress (IDMC 2) from 

November 4-6, 2009 at Vigyan Bhavan, New 

Delhi. It provided a platform for interaction 

amongst scientists, researchers and practitioners 

127

from various disciplines and sectors. �e 

Congress was inaugurated by Gen. N. C. Vij 

(retd.), Vice Chairperson of National Disaster 

Management Authority. �e Congress had 

twelve different �ematic Clusters and twenty 

six �ematic Sessions, where over 300 papers 

were presented. Hon’ble Shri APJ Abdul Kalam, 

former President of India graced the occasion 

and delivered the Valedictory address. 

MITIGATION MEASURES 

National Emergent Reserve 

10.38 In disasters of severe nature, the 

requirements far outmatch the resources and 

capabilities of the States. Moreover, the local 

administration is also adversely affected and 

therefore, assistance from the Central 

Government is required. Effective response 

requires both a trained force for timely search 

and rescue operations and also the wherewithal 

required to supplement the efforts of State 

Governments for providing immediate relief 

and rehabilitation to the survivors of disaster in 

the first phase. 

10.39 Government of India has sanctioned a 

Scheme for creation of National Emergent 

Reserve (NER) by procuring emergent material 

and pre-positioning the essential items required 

for providing immediate emergency relief to 

128 

victims of major natural or man made disasters 

for about 75,000 people in plain area and for 

about 25,000 people in high altitude at a cost of 

Rs.24.60 crore. �ese emergent reserves are to 

be primarily utilized to render relief in the 

a�ermath of severe disasters i.e. those disasters 

whose magnitude and spread cause destruction 

beyond the immediate coping capabilities of the 

States. Availability of ready stocks of relief stores, 

which can be delivered expeditiously in bulk, is 

critical to the timely and effective response to 

disasters. Such stocks are similarly maintained 

by all international agencies that are called upon 

to provide immediate relief. 

Disaster Risk Reduction Programme 

(DRRP) 2009-2012 

10.40 Disaster Risk Management Programme 

(DRMP) 2002-2009 which was under 

implementation in 176 most hazard prone 

districts in 17 States with assistance from United 

Nations Development Programme (UNDP), 

United States Agency for International 

Development (USAID), European Union and 

some other international agencies was 

concluded on June 30, 2009. �e Programme 

aimed at putting in place sustainable initiatives 

with the involvement of local self-government 

institutions and communities. �e States were 

assisted to draw up State, District, Block level, 

and Village level disaster management Plans in 

conjunction with Panchayati Raj Institutions 

(PRIs). Disaster Management Teams consisting 

of village volunteers were trained in 

preparedness and response functions such as 

search and rescue, first-aid, relief coordination, 

shelter management plans etc. �e State and 

District level multi-hazard resistant Emergency 

Operation Centres (EOCs) were also set up 

under this programme including provision of 

equipment for EOCs. 

10.41 In order to sustain benefits reaped 

during the implementation of the DRM 

Chapter-X

programme, it has been decided to implement 

GOI-UNDP Disaster Risk Reduction (DRR) 

Programme during 2009-2012 with an external 

assistance of US $20 million of which US $ 10 

million will be contributed by UNDP and 

another US $ 10 million will be mobilized by 

them from other external donors in 

consultation with Department of Economic 

Affairs and Ministry of Home Affairs. �e 

DRRP (2009-2012) consists of two separate outputs 

viz. (a) Institutional Strengthening and 

Capacity Building for Disaster Risk Reduction; 

and (b) Urban disaster Risk Reduction. While 

Project (a) will be implemented by National 

Disaster Management Authority, project (b) will 

be implemented by Disaster Management 

Division in this Ministry under the overall 

supervision of Programme Management Board 

headed by Secretary (Border Management). �e 

modalities of implementation of these two 

projects are being finalized. 

Mitigation Projects 

10.42 Preparation of National level Mitigation 

Projects related to Cyclones, Earthquakes, 

Information and Communication Network, 

Landslides, School Safety and Floods etc. are 

under finalization. �e methodology for 

implementation of the mitigation projects has 

involved the conceptualization and fixing of the 

contours of the projects and architecture of 

design by NDMA in consultation with the nodal 

Ministries and concerned Government 

agencies. Detailed Project Reports (DPRs) are 

being formulated through multi-disciplinary 

teams describing all support systems like 

financial, technical and managerial resources 

and techno-legal regimes required. �e 

execution of the projects will be entrusted to 

various nodal agencies responsible for specific 

disasters and/or thematic interventions. 

Periodic monitoring will be carried out through 

a multi-sectoral group consisting of 

representatives of the Central Ministries, State 

Chapter-X 

Governments and technical experts in the 

NDMA. 

National Cyclone Risk Mitigation 

Project (NCRMP) 

10.43 It is a World Bank assisted project and 

during the first phase of this project Andhra 

Pradesh and Orissa are joining. �e other Sates 

will join as and when they are reqady for 

implementation. �e Phase-I is estimated at a 

total size of Rs.1,496.71 crore – US $ 308.60 

million (with international Development 

Association (IDA) credit of Rs.1,198.44 crore – 

US $ 247.10). 

Mainstreaming of DM concerns into 

Developmental Projects 

10.44 At the initiative of NDMA, the Ministry 

of Finance, Government of India has revised the 

format for both Plan and Non-Plan project 

proposals for consideration of Expenditure 

Finance Committee (EFC) and Committee on 

Non-Plan Expenditure (CNE) to include 

disaster prevention and mitigation measures 

that would need to be addressed while framing 

the project proposals. �e additional 

information to be incorporated in a project 

proposal interalia, include compliance with the 

guidelines issued by the NDMA , risk analysis, 

structural & non-structural mitigation 

measures, compliance with National Building 

Code 2005 and inclusion of cost for disaster 

mitigation etc. All the project authorities have 

been advised to attach a self certification 

regarding the correctness of the responses to 

these issues. 

10.45 NDMA has recommended to the State 

Governments to implement similar kind of 

Disaster Management audit for 

projects/programmes under their purview. �e 

stage is thus set, with the enabling environment 

in place, for the State Governments to join the 

129

national campaign towards holistic and 

coordinated management of disasters. 

Annual Conference of Relief 

Commissioners/ Secretaries, 

Department of Disaster Management 

of States/ UTs held on April 22, 2009 

10.46 Annual Conference of Relief 

Commissioners/ Secretaries, Department of 

Disaster Management of States/ UTs was held 

on April 22, 2009 in New Delhi to review the 

status of preparedness for the South-west 

Monsoon, 2009 and to discuss other disaster 

management related issues. �e representatives 

of various Central Ministries/ Organizations 

rendering Emergency Support Functions also 

participated besides representatives of Central 

Para-Military Forces. 

10.47 During the conference the emphasis was 

laid on the crucial roles of States/ UTs and 

Central Government during natural calamities 

and also for need of close coordination with 

IMD, CWC, Armed Forces and other 

concerned agencies of the State & Central 

Government. 

10.48 India Metrological Department (IMD) 

and Central Water Commission (CWC), which 

are the national agencies for forecasting and 

dissemination of information on rainfall and 

Floods elaborated their plans for strengthening 

and modernization of their network in the 

country 

GoI-USAID assisted Disaster 

Management Support (DMS) Project 

10.49 �e bilateral agreement on the Disaster 

Management Support (DMS) Project signed 

between the Government of India and the 

United States Agency for International 

Development (USAID) in September, 2003 with 

130 

the objective to reduce vulnerability to disasters; 

build capacity of key Indian institutions is under 

implementation. However a final agreement 

was signed on April 4, 2007. �e scope of the 

Project broadly includes three activities viz. 

Incident Command System (ICS), procurement 

of Equipment and Capacity building. �e 

Project period is upto March 31, 2010. 

10.50 Under the activity of ICS, the key 

progress include undertaking training for ICS; 

Study Tours to US and Australia; further ICS in 

six pilot districts through the LAB to LAND 

concept and demonstrate use through 

simulations in Gujarat, Andhra Pradesh and 

Assam; and developed a dra� 

institutionalization plan. 

10.51 �e entire equipment for advance search 

& rescue have been procured and supplied to 

the designated institute i.e. National Industrial 

Security Academy Hyderabad. �e process of 

procurement of remaining equipment for 

Emergency Operation Centres in Ministry of 

Home Affairs, LBSNAA and NIDM are in the 

final stages. 

10.52 Under the activities of Capacity building 

of Indian disaster institutions, 472 officers of 

LBSNAA, NDMA, NIDM, NDRF, NCDC and 

District officials of four districts have 

been trained in ICS. Further, under Faculty 

Development Initiatives component, 49 

Faculties from RTI’s and ATI’s have been 

trained on ICS through TOT programme. 

10.53 �e major activities undertaken outside 

the Bilateral Agreement, broadly include, 

forecasting and early warning systems 

[Working with US institutions, IMD and CWC 

have developed improved systems for severe 

weather detection and flood forecasting 

(Mahanadi and Sutlej river basin)]. Training of 

over 200 scientists, engineers and researchers on 

data assimilation, improved computer modeling 

Chapter-X

and better use of radar data, Designing and 

demonstrating earthquake retrofitting of 5 

public buildings in Delhi, support to the GOI- 

UNDP multi donor Disaster Risk Management 

(DRM) project, mobilizing the expertise from 

the US Forest Service (USFS) on ICS and from 

the Federal Emergency Management Agency 

(FEMA) to Indian institutions, LBSNAA and 

NIDM. 

Crisis Management Plan (CMP) 

10.54 Crisis Management Plan of this 

Ministry, which has been issued in 2007 for 

implementation, envisages preparation of their 

respective CMP by all State Governments and 

UT Administrations. �e revised Crisis 

Management Plan -2009 (Part-I) of the Ministry 

has already been circulated to all concerned 

Ministries/Departments/Agencies as well as 

State Governments and UT Administrations for 

implementation. All concerned 

Ministries/Departments /Agencies as well as 

State Governments and UT Administrations 

have been requested to formulate/update their 

respective CMPs/SOPs under intimation to this 

Ministry as already two training workshops 

have been organized at NIDM to facilitate State 

Governments and UT Administrations to 

formulate their respective CMPs/SOPs. 

�ree years training programme in 

Indo-Swiss Collaboration for 

specialized training of National 

Disaster Response Force 

10.55 A 3 year’s training programme in Urban 

Search & Rescue under Indo-Swiss 

Collaboration for specialized training of 

National Disaster Response Force is under 

implementation. �e programme envisages 

trainings of one NDRF Search and Rescue 

Battalion (including canine training) by the end 

of 2010. Till date 6 training workshops have 

been organized by the SDC at various NDRF 

Chapter-X 

training institutions. �e programme will also 

facilitate development of infrastructure of 

INSARAG standard and capacities to replicate 

it further. 

CIVIL DEFENCE 

10.56 Civil Defence includes any measures not 

amounting to actual combat, for affording 

protection to any person, property, place or 

thing in India or any part of the territory thereof 

against any hostile attack whether from air, 

land, sea or other places or for 

depriving/mitigating the effect of any such 

attack: whether such measures are taken before, 

during or a�er the time of such attack. It is to 

be organized as an integral part of the defence 

of the country. 

Role 

10.57 During times of war and emergencies, 

the Civil Defence organization has the vital 

role of guarding the hinterland, supporting 

the Armed forces, mobilizing the citizens and 

helping civil administration for: 

• saving life and property; 

• minimising damage; 

• maintaining continuity in production 

centers; and 

• Raising public morale. 

10.58 �e concept of Civil Defence over the 

years has shi�ed from management of damage 

against conventional weapons to also include 

threat perceptions against Nuclear weapons, 

Biological & Chemical Warfare and natural 

disasters. 

Policy and Civil Defence Act 

10.59 �e Civil Defence Act, 1968 is applicable 

throughout the country, but the Civil Defence 

Organization is raised only in such areas and 

zones which are considered vulnerable to enemy 

131

attacks. �e revision and renewal of categorized 

Civil Defence towns is being done at regular 

intervals, with the level of perceived threat with 

regards to external aggression or hostile attacks 

by anti national elements or terrorists to vital 

installations, remaining the fundamental 

criterion for categorization. At present, Civil 

Defence activities are restricted to 225 

categorized towns, spread over the States/Union 

Territories. 

Organisation 

10.60 Civil Defence is primarily organized on 

a voluntary basis except for a small nucleus of 

permanent staff and establishment, which is 

augmented during emergencies. �e present 

target of Civil Defence volunteers is 13.20 lakh, 

out of which 5.51 lakh volunteers have already 

been raised and 4.61 lakh have been trained. 

�ese volunteers are supervised and trained by 

110 Deputy Controllers, 32 Medical Officers and 

425 Civil Defence Instructors, who hold 

permanent posts. 

Training 

10.61 Apart from carrying out training and 

rehearsal/demonstration of Civil Defence 

measures during peace time, Civil Defence 

volunteers are also deployed, on a voluntary 

basis, in various constructive and nation 

building activities, which include providing 

assistance to the administration in undertaking 

social and welfare services and in the 

prevention/mitigation of natural/man-made 

disasters as well as in post- disaster response and 

relief operations. Civil Defence training is 

conducted by the State Government/UT 

Administrations in three tiers, i.e. at the 

Local/Town level, State level and National level. 

Central Financial Assistance 

10.62 Central financial assistance to the States 

132 

for undertaking Civil Defence measures for 

raising, training and equipping of Civil Defence 

volunteers is presently confined to categorized 

towns only. With the launch of Revamping 

Scheme in the current financial year the multi 

hazard prone districts will be added to the list of 

categorized Civil Defence districts. 

Civil Defence and Disaster 

Management 

10.63 �e Group of Ministers (GoM) 

constituted to look into the issues of reforming 

the National Security System in a�ermath of 

Kargil war, emphasized the need for revamping 

and strengthening Civil Defence set up and 

Ministry of Home Affairs was advised to evolve 

an action plan to revamp it in consultation with 

State Governments. 

10.64 Based on recommendation of GOM, a 

National Policy Approach paper on Civil 

Defence containing recommendations for 

Revamping of Civil Defence in the Country was 

prepared by a Committee under the 

Chairmanship of Shri. K.M. Singh, Member, 

NDMA. Recommendations of the Committee 

were discussed in the meeting of the Union 

Home Minister’s Civil Defence Advisory 

Committee held in April 2, 2008. In the meeting, 

it was decided that the Civil Defence Act, 1968 

may be amended to cater to the needs of disaster 

management so as to utilize the services of Civil 

Defence volunteers effectively for enhancement 

of public participation in disaster management 

related activities in the country. 

10.65 As follow up action, a Centrally 

Sponsored Scheme with an outlay of Rs.100 

crore has been launched in 2009 for revamping 

Civil Defence set up in the country during the 

11th Five Year Plan. Rs. 15 Crore have been 

allocated in the current financial year and the 

funds have been disbursed to the States in 

Chapter-X

November, 2009 to commence the scheme. 

10.66 With the aim to give a statutory back-up 

to the role of Civil Defence organization in 

disaster management, the Civil Defence 

(Amendment) Bill, 2009 has been passed by Lok 

Sabha and Rajya Sabha during December, 2009. 

Civil Defence – Mechanism for 

involvement of community with the 

Police for handling Internal Security 

and Law and Order situation 

10.67 Over a period of time our country has 

been experiencing a variety of situations which 

have posed serious threat to internal security 

and public order. Of particular concern is the 

phenomenon of terrorism and certain other 

forms of social and communal discord, where 

members of the community are unsuspecting 

victims, which require both a great degree of 

vigilance at the level of the people for their own 

protection, as well as their close cooperation 

with the law enforcement agencies. In coping 

with such situations, the traditional 

Government machinery, due to its limited 

number and outreach, faces considerable 

difficulties and constraints and, therefore, 

involvement of the community/ community 

based organizations is considered both desirable 

and necessary. Civil Defence being a 

community based organization presents a 

unique opportunity for involvement of the 

community in the spheres of internal security 

and policing, as its volunteers are embedded 

within the community and have been raised 

with a spirit of volunteerism. �erefore, the 

Civil Defence Organization can be used as an 

effective instrument to assist the police in 

tackling threats to internal security and public 

order at the grassroots level. 

10.68 �e Scheme for Revamping the Civil 

Defence set-up which is being implemented by 

this Ministry has a Pilot project involving an 

expenditure of Rs. 3.25 crore, focuses on the 

Chapter-X 

training of Civil Defence volunteers in the 

following areas:- 

• Intelligence gathering, maintenance of 

communal harmony, prevention of rumour 

mongering, reporting of suspicious 

activities and maintaining general vigil in 

the area of their operation. 

• Assisting Police in law & order situations 

etc. 

• Rescue and relief operation during 

manmade disasters. 

• Evacuation of casualties and providing first 

aid. 

10.69 �e Pilot project basically envisages 

training of Master Trainers at National Civil 

Defence College (NCDC), Nagpur, training of 

Civil Defence volunteers by the Master Trainers 

at the State and District levels and periodic 

activities by such trained volunteers at the field 

level in close coordination with the local 

police/administration. Under the proposed 

project, 17 Major towns and 23 Minor towns 

have been identified for training and 

identification of Civil Defence volunteers. 122 

trainers are proposed to be trained from major 

towns and 92 from 23 minor towns, who will be 

trained for 10 days duration at NCDC, Nagpur 

in batches. A�er completion of training, the 

Master Trainers, with the help of guest faculties, 

will train 4,280 Civil Defence volunteers who 

will be selected from the identified Major and 

Minor towns. 

10.70 Training of 212 Master Trainers was 

completed who in turn have trained 4,280 Civ il 

Defence volunteers in the Stat es. 

NATIONAL CIVIL DEFENCE 

COLLEGE, NAGPUR 

10.71 �e first Disaster Management Training 

Institution of the country was founded on April 

29, 1957 at Nagpur as the Central Emergency 

133

Relief Training Institute (CERTI) to support the 

Emergency Relief Organization of the 

Government of India. �is Central Institute 

organized advanced and specialist training for 

Revenue officials responsible for Disaster Relief 

operations against any natural or manmade 

disaster. �e conflicts of 1962 and 1965 

compelled the Government of India to reorient 

its emergency training activities from natural 

disasters to those relating to protection of life 

and property, reducing damage and raising 

public morale during any war emergency. 

Hence, CERTI was renamed as National Civil 

Defence College (NCDC) on April 1, 1968. 

10.72 �e devastating Andhra Pradesh cyclone 

in 1977 once again vested the responsibility of 

training Disaster Response & Relief Officers 

upon NCDC. Skill enhancing Training of 

Trainers in the field of Search and Rescue, Firefighting, 

First-aid, Communications, Welfare 

services, Disaster Management, Incident 

management, etc., are being organized till date. 

10.73 �e college has been recognized by 

Ministry of Home Affairs as one of the main 

Centers for Disaster Management Training and 

a nodal Center for Radiological, Nuclear, 

Biological and Chemical Emergency Response 

Training. It has also been recognized as a 

premier training establishment in Chemical 

Disaster Response Training by the Ministry of 

Environment & Forests. 

10.74 �e Institute has been regularly training 

Trainers of NDRF and other Central Para- 

Military Forces for developing skills to handle 

terrorist threats that may comprise use of 

Weapons of Mass Destruction and 

consequences of any natural disaster. 

10.75 In the year 2009, the Institute conducted 

27 regular Training of Trainer (TOT) Programs 

including 6 Special TOT’s, training 2,354 

trainers. �e special training programme 

134 

include Emergency Response Capacity Building 

Training for Nagpur Municipal Corporation & 

Maharashtra Police; Special Fire Fighting 

Course for New Delhi Municipal Council Fire 

Guards; Capacity Building Training for Students 

of Marathi Vigyan Parishad, Nagpur; TOT in 

Disaster Management for MBA Students of 

Institute of management studies, Indore; 

Avahan-2009 Disaster Relief Training for NCC 

Cadets of Maharashtra at Aurangabad, Two 

Special Capacity Building Training Programs on 

Disaster Response Management for NCC 

Officers, Kamptte Nagpur. 

10.76 �e Institute conducted a Mass Casualty 

Management Exercise at Government Medical 

College and Hospital, Nagpur with the 

participation of Medical Officers undergoing 6th 

Medical Operations against WMD for Doctors 

at NCDC and 30 Doctor Interns of the GMCH. 

10.77 �e NCDC conducted for the first time 

a TOT on Disaster Psychosocial Intervention 

Training Program in collaboration with 

NIMHANS, Bangalore. 

Chapter-X

HOME GUARDS 

10.78 Home Guards is a voluntary force, first 

raised in India in December, 1946, to assist the 

police in controlling civil disturbance and 

communal riots. Subsequently, the concept of 

the voluntary citizen’s force was adopted by 

several States. In the wake of Chinese 

aggression in 1962, the Centre advised the States 

and Union Territories to merge their existing 

voluntary organisation into one uniform 

voluntary force known as Home Guards. �e 

role of Home Guards is to serve as an auxiliary 

to the police in the maintenance of law & order 

and internal security situation, help the 

community in any kind of emergency such as 

an air-raid, fire, cyclone, earthquake, epidemic 

etc., help in maintenance of essential services, 

promote communal harmony and assist the 

administration in protecting weaker sections, 

participate in socio-economic and welfare 

activities and perform civil Defence duties. 

Home Guards are of two types – rural and 

urban. In border States, Border Wing Home 

Guards Bns. have also been raised, which serve 

as an auxiliary to the Border Security Force. �e 

total strength of Home Guards in the country is 

5,73,793 against which the raised strength is 

5,04,621 Home Guards. �e organisation is 

spread over in all States and Union Territories 

except in Kerala. 

10.79 Eighteen Border Wing Home Guards 

(BWHG) Battalions have been raised in the 

border States viz. Punjab (6 Bns.), Rajasthan (4 

Bns.), Gujarat (4 Bns.) and one each Bn. for 

Assam, Meghalaya, Tripura and West Bengal to 

serve as an auxiliary to Border Security Force for 

preventing infiltration on the international 

border/coastal areas, guarding of VA/VPs and 

lines of communication in vulnerable areas at 

the time of external aggression. 

10.80 Home Guards are raised under the 

Home Guards Act and Rules of the 

Chapter-X 

States/Union Territories. �ey are recruited 

from various cross sections of the people such 

as doctors, engineers, lawyers, private sector 

organisations, college and University students, 

agricultural and industrial workers, etc. who 

give their spare time to the organisation for 

betterment of the community. All citizens of 

India, who are in the age group of 18-50, are 

eligible to become members of Home Guards. 

Normal tenure of membership in Home Guards 

is 3 to 5 years. Amenities and facilities given to 

Home Guards include free uniform, duty 

allowances and award for gallantry, 

distinguished and meritorious services. A 

Home Guard, whenever called out for 

duty/training, is paid duty/training allowance at 

prescribed rates to meet out-of-pocket expenses. 

Members of Home Guards with three years 

service in the organisation are trained in police 

in maintenance of law and order, prevention of 

crime, anti-decoity measures, border patrolling, 

prohibition, flood relief, fire-fighting, election 

duties and social welfare activities. In the event 

of national emergency, some portion of Civil 

Defence work is also entrusted to the Home 

Guards. 

10.81 �e Ministry of Home Affairs formulates 

the policy in respect of role, raising, training, 

equipping, establishment and other important 

matters of Home Guards Organisation. 

Expenditure on Home Guards is generally 

shared between Centre and State Governments 

in the ratio 25% by the Centre and 75% by the 

State Governments for raising, training and 

equipping on reimbursement basis. For North- 

Eastern States the sharing pattern between the 

Centre and States is in the ratio of 50:50. 

10.82 During 2008-09, out of allotted budget 

of Rs.48 crore, Rs.46.5 crore had been 

reimbursed to various States on raising, training 

and equipping of Home Guards. For the 

financial year 2009-10, there is a budgetary 

provision of Rs.48 crores. 

135

FIRE SERVICE 

10.83 Fire prevention and fire fighting services 

are organized by the States/Union Territories. 

Ministry of Home Affairs renders technical 

advice to States/Union Territories and Central 

Ministries on Fire Protection, Fire Prevention, 

Fire Legislation and Training. 

10.84 With a view to upgrade Fire and 

Emergency Service in the States, Ministry of 

Home Affairs arranges so� loans from General 

Insurance Corporation through the Ministry of 

Finance (Insurance Division) for the purchase 

of capital equipments and also construction of 

Fire Station Buildings. From 1980-81 till date, 

a total sum of Rs.404.97 crore by way of loans 

has been arranged by the Ministry of Home 

Affairs for the development of State Fire 

Services. �e Tenth Finance Commission and 

Eleventh Finance Commission had allocated 

Rs.80 crore and Rs.201crore respectively as 

grant-in-aid for the modernization of Fire 

Services in the States. 

10.85 In 2009, Centrally Sponsored Scheme on 

Strengthening of Fire and Emergency Services 

in the Country has been approved by the 

Government at an estimated cost of Rs.200 

crore during the Eleventh Plan Period. �e State 

Governments will also contribute Rs.40.23 crore 

136 

**** 

as their share. During the current financial year 

Rs.14 crore is allocated for this Scheme. �e 

overall objective of the Scheme is to strengthen 

fire and emergency service in the country and 

progressively transform it into Multi-Hazard 

Response Force capable of acting as first 

responder in all types of emergency situations. 

Under the Scheme additional 277 Advanced 

Fire Tenders, 1,146 High Pressure Pumps with 

Water Mist Technology, 573 Quick Response 

Team Vehicles, and 1,146 Combi Tools for 

Rescue will be provided at District Headquarter 

Fire Brigades in the country. To find the actual 

requirement of firefighting and rescue 

equipments Ministry has decided to carry out 

Fire Risk and Hazard Analysis in the country. 

Rs.10.0 Crore has been earmarked for 

undertaking the task. 

NATIONAL FIRE SERVICE 

COLLEGE, NAGPUR 

10.86 �e training of fireman is conducted at 

State level Fire Training Centres. �e Officers of 

Fire Service are trained in the National Fire 

Service College (NFSC), a subordinate training 

establishment of the Ministry of Home Affairs. 

�e College is affiliated to the Nagpur 

University for undertaking Bachelor of 

Engineering (Fire) Course. 

Chapter-X

INTERNATIONAL 

COOPERATION 

11.1 �e modus operandi of perpetrators or 

potential perpetrators of crime, particularly of 

those engaged in international terrorism, 

organized crime and illicit trafficking in narcotic 

drugs has evolved and changed rapidly with the 

advancement of technology and has assumed a 

transnational and a global dimension. 

Accordingly, the Ministry has taken and 

pursued a variety of multilateral/ bilateral 

initiatives in security related areas to counter 

terrorism. �e Ministry of Home Affairs also 

being the nodal Ministry for Disaster 

Management is actively involved in multilateral 

and bilateral international initiatives to mitigate 

and manage natural disasters. 

SECURITY AND POLICE MATTERS 

MULTILATERAL COOPERATION 

South Asian Association for Regional 

Cooperation (SAARC) 

11.2 SAARC was set up in 1985 as an 

association of States to “promote the well-being 

of the populations of South Asia and improve 

their standard of living; to speed up economic 

growth, social progress and cultural 

development; to reinforce links between the 

countries of this area”. Presently, SAARC has 

eight member countries; namely, Afghanistan, 

Bangladesh, Bhutan, India, Maldives, Nepal, 

Pakistan and Sri Lanka while its Secretariat is in 

Kathmandu (Nepal). 

11.3 During the 13th SAARC Summit held at 

Dhaka in November, 2005, it was, inter-alia, 

decided that the SAARC Interior/Home 

Chapter-XI 

CHAPTER 

XI 

Ministers would meet annually preceded by 

meeting of the Interior/Home Secretaries. So far 

two meetings of the SAARC Interior/Home 

Ministers have been held – in Dhaka (May 11, 

2006) and New Delhi (October 25, 2007). 

11.4 �e 3rd Meeting is scheduled to be held 

a�er May 2010 at Islamabad. �e SAARC 

Interior/Home Ministers/Secretaries Meetings 

will be preceded by the 8th SAARC Conference 

on Cooperation in Police Matters, 3rd Meeting 

of SAARC Immigration Authorities and 3rd 

Meeting of Focal Points of SAARC Drug 

Offences Monitoring Desk (SDOMD) and 

SAARC Terrorist Offences Monitoring Desk 

(STOMD). 

11.5 �e meetings will review the progress of 

implementation of the decisions taken in the last 

meetings, inter alia, the progress made in 

strengthening of two Desks, namely, STOMD 

and SDOMD, networking arrangements, 

Combating Corruption, Capacity Building etc. 

India is funding the proposal of strengthening 

of SAARC Terrorist Offences Monitoring Desk 

(STOMD) and SAARC Drug Offences 

Monitoring Desk (SDOMD), based in Colombo, 

to the tune of Rs.2 crore. India is also funding 

the proposal of Networking of the SAARC 

Police Chiefs amounting to Rs.12.88 lakh. 

11.6 India hosted a Workshop on Organised 

Crime on June 1-5, 2009 in which the SAARC 

Member States participated. To enhance Police 

cooperation among SAARC Member States, 

India has offered 9 courses in various areas to 

Member States. In- service trainings are being 

137

organized by India regularly to enhance the 

capacities of foreign police personnel under the 

SAARC umbrella. 

India-Africa Forum Summit: 

11.7 An India-Africa Forum Summit was 

held in April 2008. �e aim of the Summit was 

to add substantial content to India’s engagement 

with Africa and build broad-based and longstanding 

links with individual African States. 

�e Summit initiative is also in line with India’s 

need to develop an India-Africa dialogue. �e 

formal outcome document of the Summit was a 

Declaration and an Action Plan. 

11.8 In respect of the Ministry of Home 

Affairs, the identified areas are: 

(a) Security dialogue with select countries, 

(b)Dialogue on counter-terrorism with select 

countries, 

(c) Mutual Legal Assistance Treaties with select 

countries, 

(d)Extradition Treaties’ and 

(e) Facilitation of visas for professionals, 

businessmen, students, etc. 

11.9 Proposals/initiatives in respect of the 

MHA would also, illustratively relate to: 

i) Technical assistance and capacity building 

to tackle the challenge of money laundering 

and terrorist financing; 

ii) Cooperation in duplication of the Female 

Formed Police Unit; 

iii) Cooperation in developing and 

implementing a Training of Trainers 

towards effective policing and police 

support as part of peacekeeping operation; 

iv) Sharing of experiences and information to 

enhance capacity to fight international 

terrorism; 

v) Cooperation in controlling drug trafficking, 

as well as trafficking in women and 

138 

children; and 

vi) Technical assistance and capacity building 

in disaster management and humanitarian 

intervention. 

11.10 �e Cabinet had, interalia, approved the 

implementation package for the African 

Continent estimated to cost Rs.10 crore over a 

period of 5 years. Funds have been sought for 

incurring the expenditure on the following 

courses: 

a) Basic course on drug law enforcement 

(duration being 5 days), to be conducted by 

NCB, 

b) Course on Investigation of Economic 

offences including Cyber Crime (duration 

being 5 days), to be conducted by CBI; and 

c) Training of Trainer Programme on 

Comprehensive Disaster Risk Management 

(duration being 2 weeks), to be conducted 

by National Institute of Disaster 

Management. 

International Conventions 

11.11 Two Conventions, namely, the 

Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of 

Discrimination against Women (CEDAW) and 

the Convention on the Rights of the Child 

(CRC) have been notified in the Gazette of India 

(Extraordinary) under section 2(1)(f) of the 

Protection of Human Rights Act, 1993. 

11.12 India ratified the SAARC Convention on 

Preventing and Combating Trafficking in 

Women and Children for Prostitution in 2003. 

Under the Provisions of this Convention, the 

Regional Task Force of SAARC for 

implementation of the SAARC Convention on 

Preventing and Combating Trafficking in 

Women and Children for Prostitution met for 

the first time in New Delhi on June 26, 2007 in 

New Delhi, second time in July, 2008 and third 

Chapter-XI

time on May 28-29, 2009 at Shimla. �e main 

achievement of the last conference has been the 

adoption of the Standard Operating Procedure 

(SOP) on Combating Trafficking in Women and 

Children for Prostitution by all SAARC Member 

States. �e decisions taken in the SAARC 

meeting included sharing best practices, setting 

up a toll free phone number for use of victims, 

capacity building and training programmes 

bases on the best practices, wherever possible 

harmonizing national legislations to tackle 

trafficking and development of Standard 

Operating Procedures (SOP) for 

operationalizing the Convention, including 

repatriation of victims. �e SOP is to be 

implemented in a one year time frame which is 

extendable by another 6 months. 

Bilateral Cooperation 

11.13 Mechanisms have been established for 

institutionalization of bilateral cooperation with 

a number of neighbouring countries, mainly, in 

the form of annual Home Secretary level talks 

and related sub-mechanism, with Bangldesh, 

Bhutan, Myanmar, Nepal, Pakistan and the 

United Arab Emirates (UAE). In addition, 

bilateral discussions are held with countries 

from time to time to expand mutual cooperation 

and develop institutional mechanism to counter 

terrorism. During the year, the following 

bilateral talks/meetings at the level of Home 

Secretary were held: 

Bangladesh 

11.14 In 1994, a three-tier bilateral 

institutional mechanism was set up between 

India and Bangladesh to resolve security and 

border management issues. �e first level is 

talks at DG, BSF and DG, BDR; the second is a 

Joint Working Group (JWG) at the level of Joint 

Secretaries of both the countries; and the third 

is the talk at Home Secretary level. Last meeting 

Chapter-XI 

of JWG was held in May 2008 in New Delhi, 

DG, BSF-BDR, and Home Secretary level talks 

were held in Dhaka in August 2008. 

11.15 Nodal points between India and 

Bangladesh have been set up for sharing of 

information of mutual concern. Contracts of 

the nodal points have been shared. 

11.16 Home Secretary Level talks between 

India and Bangladesh to discuss security and 

Border management related issues was held 

from 30th November 2009 to 2nd December, 

2009 at New Delhi. At the meeting, both sides 

agreed to strengthen cooperation between the 

two Governments on a number of issues of 

mutual concern and also finalized dra�s of 

Agreement on Mutual Legal Assurance in 

Criminal Matters, Agreement on Combating 

Terrorism, Organized crime and Illicit Drug 

Trafficking and Agreement on transfer of 

sentenced persons. 

Myanmar 

11.17 Government of India and Myanmar had 

signed a Memorandum of Understanding 

(MoU) for maintenance of peace and tranquility 

in border areas in January, 1994. Pursuant to 

this MoU, Joint Secretary and Home Secretary 

Level talks between the two countries are held 

every year alternatively in India and Myanmar. 

So far, fi�een meetings at Joint Secretary level 

and fi�een meetings at Home Secretary level 

between India and Myanmar have been held. 

11.18 �e 15th National Level Meeting at 

Home Secretary Level between India and 

Myanmar was held from the January 19 - 21, 

2010 at Nay Pyi Taw, Myanmar. At this meeting, 

both India and Myanmar agreed to strengthen 

Intelligence Sharing Mechanism between the 

security forces of the two countries for sharing 

of actionable intelligence, on real time basis, on 

139

the activities of Insurgent Groups, arms 

smugglers and drug traffickers. At this meeting 

Government of Myanmar also designated its 

‘Nodal Point’ and provided its contact details 

for sharing of intelligence on regular and 

continuous basis. �e ‘Nodal Point’ for India 

and its contact details had already been shared 

with Myanmar at Joint Secretary Level talks held 

in March, 2009. Since smuggling of wildlife and 

wildlife products from India to other countries 

has been taking place through Myanmar 

territory, both sides also agreed that exchange 

of information in this regard including details 

of seizures of smuggled wildlife and wildlife 

products may be shared regularly between the 

‘Nodal Points’ designated for this purpose and 

the information so shared be reviewed biannually. 

Maldives 

11.19 A delegation led by the Minister of 

Home Affairs, Maldives called on Union Home 

Minister on February 3, 2010. Both sides 

emphasized the need to formalize and 

strengthen the legal framework of cooperation 

140 

through expeditious finalization of bilateral 

Agreements. It was also agreed that India will 

assist in capacity building in various fields of 

security and related infrastructure. 

Nepal 

11.20 Home Secretary Level Talks between 

India and Nepal were held at Kathmandu on 

November 6-7, 2009. �e nineteen member 

delegation was led by Dr. Gobinda Prasad 

Kusum, Secretary, Ministry of Home Affairs, 

Government of Nepal while the Union Home 

Secretary, Shri G.K. Pillai led the Indian team. 

11.21 During the meeting, both sides reviewed 

the progress in implementation of the decisions 

taken at the previous meeting and expressed 

satisfaction over the progress achieved. Focused 

discussions were held on issues relating to (i) 

Security (ii) Border Management and (iii) 

Empowerment and Capacity Building. 

11.22 Discussions on security related issues 

centered around greater cooperation in 

combating terrorism, arm smuggling, 

Chapter-XI

insurgency, fake currency, human trafficking 

and trafficking in narcotics and psychotropic 

substances. Both sides agreed on imitating 

capacity building programme to enhance the 

capability of law enforcement agencies in order 

to effectively counter the menace of fake 

currencies. 

11.23 With reference to Border Management, 

discussions in the meeting covered issues 

relating to review of the Nepalganj-Rajpaidiha 

Pilot Project; institutionalizing the mechanism 

for regular meetings of the Border District 

Coordination Committees; fine-tuning the 

existing institutional mechanisms for sharing of 

real-time information so as to enable an effective 

and prompt response to activities inimical to 

either country. Both sides agreed that the 9th 

Nepal-India JWG meeting will be held in 

Kathmandu, Nepal in the first quarter of 2010. 

United Arab Emirates (UAE) 

11.24 �e Indian delegation led by Shri A. E. 

Ahmad, the then Additional Secretary, Ministry 

of Home Affairs visited Abu Dhabi, UAE on 

March 4-5, 2009 for holding bilateral talks 

between India and United Arab Emirates on 

security related issues. �e delegation of UAE 

was led by Brig. Abdullah Ali Rashid Bedaiwi, 

Deputy Director General, Department for 

Criminal Security, Ministry of Interior. 

11.25 During the bilateral talks, the Agreement 

on Security Cooperation between the 

Government of the United Arab Emirates and 

the Government of the Republic of India was 

finalized and initialed a�er discussions. Further, 

the approval of the Cabinet to sign the 

Agreement was obtained in its meeting held on 

June 19, 2009. Ministry of External Affairs is 

exploring the possibility of signing the 

Agreement in consultation with Indian Embassy 

in UAE. 

Chapter-XI 

Vietnam 

11.26 A high level delegation visited Vietnam 

and appraised the setting up of a hi-tech Cyber 

Forensic Laboratory through Indian assistance 

at Hanoi. Prior to this visit a 2-member Indian 

team provided hands on training to Vietnamese 

Police Officers. �e Indian delegation is likely 

to visit Vietnam again to finalize and identify the 

infrastructure required to house the hi-tech 

computer forensic laboratory. 

HIGH LEVEL VISITS 

11.27 �e details of important visits are as 

under: 

• A high level Indian delegation led by Union 

Home Minister visited USA from 8-10 

September from 8-10, 2009 and held 

discussions on issues of mutual interest 

including the challenge of combating 

terrorism. During his stay Union Home 

Minister met several Cabinet Ministers 

including Ms. Hillary Clinton, Secretary of 

State; Mr. James Jones, NSA, Mr. Janet 

Napolitano, Secretary, Homeland Security; 

Mr. Eric Holder, Attorney General, Mr. 

Timothy Geithner, Treasury Secretary and 

Mr. Dennis Blair, Director, National 

Intelligence and other dignitaries. Home 

Minister also visited several facilities 

including FBI’s National Forensic 

Laboratory at Quantico, the National 

Counter Terrorism Centre in Washington 

and the Joint Terror Task Force in New 

York. 

• A delegation led by Minister of Home 

Affairs, Maldives called on Union Home 

Minister on February 3, 2010. Both side 

emphasized the need to formalize and 

strengthen the legal framework of 

cooperation through expeditious 

finalization of bilateral agreements. It was 

141

142 

also agreed that India will assist in capacity 

building in various fields of security and 

related infrastructure. 

Joint Working Group on Counter 

Terrorism 

11.28 India has established Joint Working 

Groups on Counter Terrorism/International 

Terrorism with several key countries to 

exchange information and strengthen 

international cooperation to combat 

international terrorism and transnational 

organized crime. During 2009-10, Joint 

Working Groups 

meetings with 

European Union, USA 

and Canada were held. 

Mutual Legal 

Assistance Treaty/ 

Agreement in 

Criminal Matters 

2.29 Mutual Legal 

Assistance Treaty in 

Criminal Matters is 

one of the significant 

legal instruments to 

improve and facilitate 

effectiveness of 

Contracting States in 

investigation and 

prosecution of crime, 

including crime related 

to terrorism by 

providing the 

necessary legal framework for rendering/ 

receiving legal assistance in criminal matters. 

11.30 At present, Treaty/ Agreement on 

Mutual Legal Assistance in criminal Matters is 

in force with 26 countries namely, Switzerland, 

Turkey, United Kingdom, Canada, Kazakhstan, 

United Arab Emirates, Russia, Uzbekistan, 

Tajikistan, Ukraine, Mongolia, �ailand, 

France, Bahrain, South Korea, United States of 

America, Singapore, South Africa, Mauritius, 

Belarus, Spain, Kuwait, Bulgaria, Vietnam, 

Egypt and Mexico. 

11.31 Agreement/Treaty on Mutual Legal 

Assistance in Criminal Matters has been signed 

with Hong Kong Special Administrative Region 

in Peoples’ Republic of China (14.9.2009), 

Bosnia & Herzogovina (October 29, 2009) and 

Bangladesh (January 11, 2010). �ese 

Agreements/Treaties are yet to come into force. 

Minister of Justice, Bosnia & Herzogovina and Union Minister of State 

for Home signing the Treaty on Mutual Legal Assistance in Criminal 

Matters between the two countries on October 29, 2009 

Agreement on Transfer of Sentenced 

Persons 

11.32 �e Repatriation of Prisoners Act, 2003 

was enacted for enabling foreign prisoners 

Chapter-XI

convicted in India to be transferred to a jail in 

their own country to serve the remaining part 

of their sentence and vice versa. �e Act was 

notified and came into force on 1.1.2004. 

Subsequently, the repatriation of Prisoners 

Rules, 2004 was published in the Official Gazette 

on August 9, 2004 for operationalising the Act, 

a treaty/ agreement is required to be signed with 

individual interested countries. 

11.33 �e Government of India has so far 

signed agreements with the Government of 

United Kingdom, Mauritius, Bulgaria, 

Cambodia, Egypt, France, Bangladesh and 

Korea. Negotiations have also been concluded 

with the Governments of Canada, Israel, Hong 

Kong, Saudi Arabia, Brazil, Iran, Bosnia & 

Herzegovina and Sri Lanka. 

11.34 �e salient features of the agreement are 

as under: 

(i) �e transfer will be made if the sentenced 

person is a citizen of the Receiving State. 

(ii) A request for transfer may be made by the 

sentenced person or a person entitled to 

act on his behalf in view of his age or 

physical or mental condition. 

(iii) �e request for transfer will have to be 

agreed upon by the Transferring and the 

Receiving States. 

(iv) �e transfer will be affected if the 

judgment awarding the sentence is final 

in and no inquiry, trial or any other 

proceeding is pending in any Court of the 

Transferring State. 

(v) �e transfer will be considered if the acts 

or omissions for which that person was 

sentenced in the transferring State are 

those which are punishable as a crime in 

the receiving State or would constitute a 

Chapter-XI 

criminal offence if committed on its 

territory. 

(vi) �e enforcement of sentence shall be 

governed by the law of the Receiving 

State and that State alone will be 

competent to take all appropriate 

decisions. 

(vii) �e sentenced person shall not be 

transferred if death penalty has been 

awarded to the sentenced person in the 

Transferring State. 

(viii) �e Transfer of custody of the sentenced 

person to the receiving State shall not be 

prejudicial to the sovereignty, security or 

any other interest of the Transferring 

State. 

Disaster Management 

11.35 Online Training Programmes - �e 

National Institute for Disaster Management 

(NIDM) in collaboration with the World Bank 

Institute (WBI) is organizing online training 

programmes on Comprehensive Disaster Risk 

Management Framework and specialized online 

programmes on Community Based Disaster 

Risk Management, Financial Strategies in 

Disaster Management, Damage & 

Reconstruction Needs Assessment, Safe Cities, 

Land-use Planning and Climate Change & 

Disaster Management. 

11.36 Second India Disaster Management 

Congress - �e Institute organised the Second 

India Disaster Management Congress (IDMC 

2) from November 4-6, 2009 at Vigyan Bhavan, 

New Delhi. It provided a platform for 

interaction amongst scientists, researchers and 

practitioners from various disciplines and 

sectors. �e Congress was inaugurated by Gen. 

N. C. Vij (retd.), Vice Chairperson of National 

143

Disaster Management Authority. �e Congress 

had twelve different �ematic Clusters and 

twenty six �ematic Sessions, where over 300 

papers were presented. Hon’ble Shri APJ Abdul 

Kalam, former President of India graced the 

occasion and delivered the Valedictory address. 

11.37 SAARC Disaster Management Centre - 

NIDM hosts the SAARC Disaster Management 

Centre that works for capacity building in the 8 

member countries of SAARC, namely 

Afghanistan, Bangladesh, Bhutan, India, 

Maldives, Nepal, Pakistan and Sri Lanka. �e 

Executive Director of the NIDM is also the 

144 

***** 

Director of the SAARC Centre. 

11.38 �ree years training programme in 

Indo-Swiss Collaboration for specialized 

training of National Disaster Response Force, 

under Indo-Swiss Collaboration is under 

implementation. �e programme envisages 

trainings of one NDRF Search and Rescue 

Battalion (including canine training) by the end 

of 2010. Till date 6 training workshops have 

been organized by the SDC at various NDRF 

training institutions. �e programme will also 

facilitate development of infrastructure of 

INSARAG standard and capacities to replicate 

it further. 

Chapter-XI

MAJOR INITIATIVES AND 

SCHEMES 

SCHEME FOR MODERNISATION OF 

STATE POLICE FORCES 

12.1 �e Scheme for ‘Modernisation of State 

Police Forces (MPF) is a significant initiative of 

the Ministry of Home Affairs towards capacity 

building of the State Police Forces, especially for 

meeting the emerging challenges to internal 

security in the form of terrorism, naxalism etc. 

Some of the major items provided under the 

Scheme include construction of secure police 

stations, outposts, police lines, ensuring 

mobility, security, provision of modern 

weaponry, security, surveillance, 

communication, forensic equipments, upgradation 

of training infrastructure, police 

housing, computerisation, etc. 

12.2 �e States have been categorised into ‘A’ 

and ‘B’ categories with 100% and 75% Central 

funding, respectively. While J&K and eight 

North Eastern States viz., Arunachal Pradesh, 

Assam, Manipur, Meghalaya, Mizoram, 

Nagaland, Tripura and Sikkim have been 

classified as ‘A’ category States, the remaining 19 

States fall in the ‘B’ category. �e Scheme has 

been formulated with the aim of accelerating the 

process of modernisation in the police forces, 

with focused priority on States facing problems 

of terrorism and le� wing extremism. 

12.3 �e Scheme also includes a special 

component for strengthening the police 

infrastructure in the 76 naxal affected districts 

at the rate of Rs.2 crore per affected district per 

year initially for a period of 5 years. Similarly, a 

provision has been made for Rs.1 crore per 

district per year initially for a period of 5 years 

Chapter-XII 

for the 30 districts situated on international 

borders i.e. the Indo-Nepal and Indo-Bhutan 

borders. 

12.4 �e details of the Central assistance 

released to the State Governments during the 

last 9 years are as under: 

(Rs. In crore) 

Sl.No. Financial Year Amount released 

1 2000-01 1,000.00 

2 2001-02 1,000.00 

3 2002-03 695.00 

4 2003-04 705.27 

5 2004-05 960.00 

6 2005-06 1,025.00 

7 2006-07 1,065.22 

8 2007-08 1248.70 

9 2008-09 1157.64 

12.5 �e provision for MPF Scheme in 2009- 

10 is Rs. 1,230 crore in the RE 2009-10. 

12.6 With a view to ensuring that annual 

action plans of States under the Scheme are 

examined and approved well in time and funds 

could be released early, Action Plans for 2009- 

10 were invited from States by January 7, 2009. 

�e Action Plans were considered by the 

Ministry in meetings held between February – 

June, 2009 and first instalment of funds was 

released to all States in May, 2009 (except to 

Maharashtra and J&K for which funds were 

released in June, 2009). As on January 31, 2009, 

an amount of Rs.955.54 crore has been released 

to States under MPF Scheme, 2009-10. 

Objectives 

CHAPTER 

XII 

12.7 �e main objective of the scheme is to 

145

meet the identified deficiencies in various 

aspects of police administration, which were 

worked out by the Bureau of Police Research 

and Development (BPR&D) in a study done in 

the year 2000. Another objective of the scheme 

is to reduce the dependence of the State 

Governments on the Army and Central Police 

Forces to control internal security and law and 

order situation by way of equipping the State 

Police Forces adequately and imparting the 

required training. �e focus of the scheme is on 

strengthening the police infrastructure at the 

cutting edge level by way of construction of 

secure police stations, equipping the police 

stations with the required mobility, modern 

weaponry, communication equipment, forensic 

set-up, housing, etc. 

Impact of the Scheme 

12.8 �e scheme has made perceptible 

impact in all the States and has provided the 

much needed assistance and impetus to police 

modernisation. For instance, proper buildings 

for police stations/outposts with required 

facilities have been provided with a safe, secure 

and comfortable environment. Construction of 

houses for police personnel and provision of 

modern weapons has boosted their morale, 

particularly in extremist-affected areas. �e 

increased availability of vehicles at cutting edge 

level has improved mobility and reduced 

response time. 

12.9 A satellite based all-India police 

telecommunication network, namely, POLNET 

is under implementation which is also being 

funded under the MPF Scheme. 

Mega City Policing 

12.10 A new concept of Mega City Policing 

(MCP) was introduced in 2005-06 under the 

Scheme for Modernization of State Police Forces 

covering seven cities of Mumbai, Bangalore, 

146 

Hyderabad, Chennai, Delhi, Kolkata and 

Ahmedabad. �e respective States are required 

to include MCP proposals in their Annual Plan. 

�ese proposals are considered and approved by 

a High Powered Committee as an integral 

component of the MPF Scheme pertaining to 

the respective States. �e Plan has to be based 

on a study of specific problem areas of mega city 

policing including details of demographic 

growth pattern, special problems faced in 

policing in large urban areas, crime 

investigation, traffic management, infrastructure 

available in terms of modern control rooms, 

digital radio trunking, communication system, 

PCR van network, etc. Financial assistance is 

also given to mega cities for procurement of 

modern and innovative equipment, etc. as a part 

of the Scheme. 

Desert Policing 

12.11 Desert Policing is also a new concept 

which formed a part of the Police 

Modernisation Scheme from 2005-06. Desert 

Policing is primarily meant for the States of 

Gujarat and Rajasthan to address the problems 

regarding policing in the large and scattered 

desert areas of the State. Keeping in view the 

demographic distribution, problems in 

investigation, mobility, and communication are 

given emphasis under the Desert Policing 

Scheme. Expenditure for this component is also 

met out of the funds allocated under the MPF 

Scheme for the respective States. 

12.12 During the year 2009-10, Central funds 

to the tune of Rs.88.62 crore have been approved 

in the Action Plans of the respective States for 

Mega City Policing and Rs. 9.90 crore has been 

approved for Desert Policing under the MPF 

Scheme. 

Strengthening of Special Branches 

12.13 While recognising the crucial role of 

Chapter-XII

Special Branches/Intelligence set up in the States 

and Union territories, the Ministry has laid 

emphasis on earmarking up to 5% of the total 

allocation under MPF towards strengthening of 

their Special Branches in terms of modern 

equipment, gadgets for communication, etc. It 

has also been emphasised that the States should 

take action to suitably enhance the manpower 

in the Special Branches from their own 

resources. As was done in the previous financial 

year, for 2009-10 also, all the States were advised 

to earmark upto 5% of the MPF allocation 

towards strengthening of their Special Branches. 

Monitoring Mechanism of the Scheme 

12.14 �e Comptroller & Auditor General 

(C&AG) commissioned a comprehensive audit 

exercise to assess the efficacy of the Scheme 

through individual performance audit reviews 

in 16 States. �e C&AG presented a report on 

“Audit evaluation of Modernisation of Police 

Force in India – Compendium of Performance 

Audit Reviews – January 2009” to the Ministry 

of Home Affairs containing reports of 16 States. 

In the report, the C&AG had recommended 

that the Ministry of Home Affairs should 

establish a system to monitor the timely and 

appropriate use of funds sanctioned and 

released under the Scheme. Accordingly, a 

system of concurrent audit of MPF Scheme has 

been put in place in the Ministry effective 

March, 2009. 

Impact Assessment Study 

12.15 �e Scheme for Modernization of State 

Police Forces, revised in the year 2000 and 

reviewed from time to time in subsequent years, 

is in its final year of operation in 2009-10. �e 

Ministry of Home Affairs has entrusted the 

Bureau of Police Research and Development 

(BPR&D) with the task of conducting a holistic 

study on the impact of MPF Scheme on the 

modernisation of State Police Forces and also to 

Chapter-XII 

make an assessment of requirement of State 

Police Forces for the next 5-10 years so as to take 

a decision regarding further continuance of the 

Scheme beyond 2009-10, based on the report of 

BPR&D. �e report to be submitted by BPR&D 

would form the basis to work out the contours 

of the new Scheme. 

CRIME AND CRIMINAL 

TRACKING NETWORK & SYSTEM 

(CCTNS) 

12.16 A Common Integrated Police 

Application (CIPA) programme was hitherto 

being implemented (since 2005) as a part of the 

Scheme for Modernization of State Police 

Forces, with the aim of computerization and 

bringing in greater efficiency and transparency 

in various processes and functions at the Police 

Station level and improve service delivery to the 

citizens. So far, 2760 police stations out of a 

total of around 14,000 police stations across the 

country have been covered under the CIPA 

scheme in a stand alone mode. 

12.17 Now a new Crime and Criminal 

Tracking Networking and Systems (CCTNS) 

project has been launched in the 11th Five year 

plan with an outlay of Rs.2,000 crore with the 

following objectives:- 

• Provide the Investigating Officers of the 

Civil Police with tools, technology and 

information to facilitate investigation of 

crime and detection of criminals. 

• Improve Police functioning in various other 

areas such as Law & Order, Traffic 

Management etc. 

• Facilitate Interaction and sharing of crime 

and criminal Information among Police 

Stations, Districts, State/UT headquarters 

and other Police Agencies. 

• Keep track of the progress of Cases, 

including in Courts. 

• Make the Police functioning citizen friendly 

147

and more transparent by automating the 

functioning of Police Stations. 

• Improve delivery of citizen-centric services 

through effective usage of ICT. 

Present status 

12.18 Steps are afoot to identify and select a 

so�ware vendor for developing Core 

Application So�ware (CAS); Guidelines on 

implementation & Capacity Building, Model 

Request For Proposal for selecting System 

Integrator by the State Governments and UT 

Administrations, Functional Requirement 

Specification dra�, State Project Management 

consultant Guidelines, details of funds allocated 

and Training Modules have been circulated to 

States/UTs.; four Regional workshops of CCTNS 

Nodal officers have been conducted. All the 

State Governments and UTs have signed the 

Memorandum of Understanding (MoU); Funds 

have been released to all the States/UTs for the 

purpose. 

�e Private Security Agencies 

(Regulation) Act, 2005 

12.19 In public interest and in order to regulate 

the increasing activities of private security 

agencies, both Indian and foreigners, “�e 

Private Security Agencies (Regulation) Act, 

2005” has been notified in the Gazette of India 

on June 23, 2005. �e Act came into effect from 

March 15, 2006. 

12.20 Under this Act, a Controlling Authority 

is to be appointed by each of the State 

Government for granting licences to agencies for 

carrying on the business of security agencies and 

other related matters. 

12.21 �e Central Government has framed the 

“Private Security Agencies Central Model Rules, 

2006” which were notified in the Gazette of 

India on April 26, 2006. �ese Rules have been 

148 

sent to the State Governments for their guidance 

to enable them to frame their own rules, in 

conformity with the Central Model Rules. �e 

State Governments of Arunachal Pradesh, 

Rajasthan, Orissa, Maharashtra, Sikkim, 

Nagaland, Punjab, UT of Chandigarh, West 

Bengal, Tripura, Tamil Nadu, Gujarat, 

Chhattisgarh, Assam, Andhra Pradesh, 

Meghalaya, Karnataka, Uttar Pradesh and 

Uttarakhand have framed and notified the rules 

in the Gazette. 

POLICE REFORMS 

12.22 �e Ministry of Home Affairs had set up 

a Review Committee to review the 

recommendations of the National Police 

Commission and other Committees. In its 

report submitted to the Government in 2005, 

the Committee made 49 recommendations 

which were sent to the States/UTs for 

immediate implementation. �e Government 

has been exhorting the State Governments/UT 

Administrations for an early implementation of 

the said recommendations on police reforms. 

12.23 �e Supreme Court of India has also 

passed a judgement on September 22, 2006 in 

Writ Petition (Civil) No.310 of 1996 – Prakash 

Singh and others vs UOI and others on several 

issues concerning Police reforms. �e Court in 

the said judgement directed the Union 

Government and State Governments to set up 

mechanisms as directed by December 31, 2006 

and file affidavits of compliance by January 3, 

2007. �e directions inter-alia were:- 

• Constitute a State Security Commission on 

any of the models recommended by the 

National Human Right Commission, the 

Reberio Committee or the Sorabjee 

Committee. 

• Select the Director General of Police of the 

State from amongst three senior-most 

officers of the Department empanelled for 

Chapter-XII

promotion to that rank by the Union Public 

Service Commission and once selected, 

provide him a minimum tenure of at least 

two years irrespective of his date of 

superannuation. 

• Prescribe minimum tenure of two years to 

the police officers on operational duties. 

• Separate investigating police from law & 

order police, starting with towns/ urban 

areas having population of ten lakhs or 

more, and gradually extend to smaller 

towns/urban areas also, 

• Set up a Police Establishment Board at the 

state level for inter alia deciding all transfers, 

postings, promotions and other service 

related matters of officers of and below the 

rank of Deputy Superintendent of Police, 

and 

• Constitute Police Complaints Authorities at 

the State and District level for looking into 

complaints against police officers. 

12.24 �e matter was heard successively on 

different dates. It was last heard on May 16, 

2008, when the Hon’ble Supreme Court, a�er 

reviewing the implementation of the various 

directions made earlier in its judgement dated 

September 22, 2006, directed that a Committee 

be set up under the Chairmanship of Justice 

K.T. �omas, former retired Judge of the 

Supreme Court and two other Members. �e 

Terms of Reference for the Committee as 

directed by Hon’ble Supreme Court are the 

following :- 

i. To examine whether the affidavits filed by 

the different States and the Union 

Territories are in compliance to the Court’s 

directions with reference to the ground 

realities. 

ii. Advise the Respondents wherever the 

implementation is falling short of the 

Court’s orders, a�er considering the 

Respondents’ stated difficulties in 

implementation. 

Chapter-XII 

iii.Bring to the notice of the Court any genuine 

problems the Respondents may be 

having in view of the specific conditions 

prevailing in a State or Union Territory. 

iv. To examine the new legislations enacted by 

different States regarding the police to see 

whether they are in compliance with the 

letter and spirit of the Court’s directions. 

v. Apprise the Court about unnecessary 

objections or delays on the part of any 

Respondent so that appropriate follow up 

action could be taken against that 

Respondent. 

vi. Submit a Status report on compliance to 

this Court every six months. 

12.25 �is Committee’s term initially has been 

directed for a period of two years. �e 

Committee has held fourteen sittings. 

National Police Mission (NPM) – 

Establishment of Micro-missions 

under its umbrella 

12.26 During his address to the DGsP/ IGsP 

conference (October 6, 2005) the Prime 

Minister of India announced the intent of the 

Government to set up a Police Mission. �e 

Missions will seek to transform the Police 

Forces in the country into effective instrument 

for maintenance of internal security and to 

face the challenges by equipping them with the 

necessary material, intellectual and 

organizational resources. 

12.27 A two tier system consisting of an 

Empowered Steering Group (ESG) chaired by 

the Home Minister, and under this Group, an 

Executive Committee (EC) chaired by the 

Home Secretary has been established. 

12.28 In order to achieve the objective of the 

NPM, the following six Micro Missions (MMs) 

have been established: 

149

• MM:01 Human Resource Development 

(Police Population Ratio - Career 

Progression – Leadership -Accountability - 

Performance Evaluation - Training - 

Attitudinal Changes - Welfare of Police 

Personnel- Police University, etc) 

• MM:02 Community Policing 

(Involving Community in Policing - Police 

Interface with Media, Industry and other 

relevant segments - Police Image, etc) 

• MM:03 Communication and Technology 

(POLNET – CIPA - Cyber Techniques - 

Forensic Science – DNA - Narco - analysis, 

etc) 

• MM:04 Infrastructure 

(Buildings - official and residential - 

Equipment and Weaponry, etc) 

• MM:05 New Processes (Process 

Engineering) 

(On-going Police Practices - Review and 

Impact analysis - Existing Best Practices- 

Innovations in India and elsewhere, and their 

adoptability -Procurement 

procedures - Delegation and 

Decentralization, etc) 

• MM:06 Proactive Policing and Visualizing 

future challenges 

(Extremism and naxalism - Mob Violence - 

Cyber crime - Money Laundering- Narco 

Terrorism - human trafficking, etc.) 

12.29 �e Micro Missions have recommended 

12 specific projects to be considered under the 

NPM. �e following projects of MMs have been 

approved for immediate Implementation:- 

I. Community Counselling Centres 

II. So� Skill Training module for police 

personnel 

III. Transparent Recruitment Process 

IV. Needs of Indian Police for Effective 

Incident Response Dial 100 

12.30 �e presentation for the 4 following 

projects out of 7 remaining projects was made 

150 

before Home Secretary on 5.1.2010. All the 

projects were approved and further necessary 

action is being taken by Mission Directorate:- 

i. Project on National Police Information & 

Convergence Network 

ii. Project on Standardization of Procurement 

Processes 

iii. Project on Establishing State level Special 

Task Force and National Centre for Counter 

Terrorism 

iv. Project on Forensic Science as an Aid to 

Investigation at Police Station 

MODERNISATION OF PRISONS 

12.31 �e Central Government launched a 

non-plan scheme in 2002-03 for construction of 

new jails to reduce over-crowding, repair and 

renovation and construction of additional 

barracks in the existing jails, improvement in 

sanitation and water supply and construction of 

living accommodation for prison personnel. �e 

scheme known as Modernization of Prisons has 

been implemented in 27 States over a period of 

five years (2002-07) with an outlay of Rs.1,800 

crore. �e cost is being shared between the 

Central and State Governments in the ratio of 

75:25 respectively. �e scheme was extended by 

a further period of 2 years without additional 

funds to enable the State Governments to 

complete their activities by March 31, 2009. �e 

scheme of modernization of prisons has now 

closed on March 31, 2009 and the State 

Government will complete the project by March 

31, 2010. 

12.32 As per report received for the period 

ending December 2009, 99 new jails, 1,365 

additional barracks in the existing prisons and 

7,852 staff quarters for the prison personnel 

have been constructed by the State 

Governments under the Scheme. Almost entire 

work relating to water and sanitation has been 

completed by the State Government. �e State 

Chapter-XII

Governments have so far utiised 92% of fund 

released to them. 

Second Phase of Scheme of 

Modernisation of Prisons 

12.33 Considering the recommendation of the 

Department related Parliamentary Standing 

Committee on Modernisation of Prisons and 

also keeping in view of demands of various 

States/UTs for granting further financial 

assistance for prison infrastructure and 

correctional administration, the proposal for 

second phase of the scheme of modernisation of 

prisons was initiated by the Ministry of Home 

Affairs. Before seeking Cabinet approval the 

proposal was considered in the meeting of 

Committee of Non-Plan Expenditure (CNE) in 

the Ministry of Finance on August 27, 2009 

under the chairmanship of Secretary 

(Expenditure). As outcome of the meeting, it 

was decided to defer the second phase of scheme 

for the time being owing to heavy commitment 

of Government of India on other important 

sector. 

Institutes of Correctional 

Administration 

12.34 To improve the quality of prison 

administration and also to provide training to 

prison personnel, the Government of India 

established the Institute of Correctional 

Administration at Chandigarh in 1989 with full 

financial assistance from the Centre. �e 

Institute of Correctional Administration, 

Chandigarh imparts training to prison 

personnel from all over India particularly to 

prison personnel of neighbouring states such as 

Himachal Pradesh, Punjab, Haryana, 

Rajasthan, UT Chandigarh, etc. 

12.35 In addition, a Regional Institute for 

Correctional administration (RICA), 

functioning at Vellore, Tamil Nadu, is being 

Chapter-XII 

funded by the State Governments of Andhra 

Pradesh, Karnataka, Kerala and Tamil Nadu. 

�e Ministry of Home Affairs had provided a 

one-time grant for setting up the Institute. �e 

State Govt. of Orissa has been asked to send the 

comprehensive proposal for setting up a 

Regional Institute for the Eastern states. �e 

State Govt. of West Bengal has also been 

requested to formulate a comprehensive 

proposal for setting up an institute at Kolkata 

for West Bengal and North Eastern states. 

12.36 �e Bureau of Police Research and 

Development (BPR&D) plays a significant role 

through research work and training in the field 

of prison administration and is being 

strengthened for the purpose. 

Repatriation of Prisoners Act, 2003 

12.37 �e Repatriation of Prisoners Act, 2003 

enacted by the Government of India for the 

repatriation of foreign nationals imprisoned in 

Indian jails and vice-versa to serve the 

remainder of their sentence in their native 

countries. For implementation of the Act, a 

treaty/agreement is required to be signed with 

countries having mutual interest with us in this 

manner. �e Government of India has so far 

signed agreements with the Government of 

U. K., Mauritius, Bulgaria, Combodia, Egypt, 

France, Bangladesh, Korea and Saudi Arabia. 

Negotiations have also been concluded with the 

Government of Canada, Israel, Hong Kong, 

UAE, Brazil, Iran, Bosnia & Herzegovina and 

Sri Lanka. 

Correctional Service Medals 

12.38 �e All India Committee on Jail 

Reforms (1980-83) recommended that 

Government of India should institute medals 

for rewarding prison personnel and the State 

Governments/UT Administrations should 

suitably recognize special services rendered by 

151

the prison personnel. �e aforesaid 

recommendations were further supported by a 

Group of Officers headed by Shri R.K. Kapoor 

(1986). �e Group of Officers was constituted to 

examine and review various aspects of 

administration and management of prisons, 

especially in the context of security and 

discipline in prisons and suggest measures for 

their improvement. 

12.39 Based on these recommendations, the 

following medals have been instituted for award 

to the prison personnel every year on the 

occasions of the Republic Day and 

Independence Day: 

Gallantry Medal 

(a) President’s Correctional Service Medal for 

Gallantry (PCSMG) 

(b) Correctional Service Medal for Gallantry 

(CSMG) 

Service Medal 

(a) President’s Correctional service Medal for 

Distinguished Service (PCSMDS) 

(b) Correctional Service Medal for Meritorious 

Service (CSMMS) 

12.40 �e number of President’s Correctional 

Service Medal for Distinguished Service and the 

number of Correctional Service Medal for 

Meritorious Service which can be awarded in a 

year are 25 and 75 respectively. �ere is no limit 

to the number of medals to be awarded for 

gallantry in one year. 

12.41 �e President’s Correctional Service 

Medal for Distinguished Service/gallantry and 

the Correctional Service Medal for Meritorious 

Service/gallantry are awarded: 

(i) for a specially distinguished record in 

correctional service. 

152 

(ii) for success in organizing correctional 

service or maintaining the administration 

in special difficulties like mass admission 

of prisoners. 

(iii) For outstanding ability in putting out 

riots, preventing escape of prisoners, 

rescuing the officials, sportsmanship, 

public work and exemplary service 

marked by efficiency, devotion to duty, 

integrity, loyalty, high sense of discipline 

and spirit of sacrifice. 

12.42 �e President’s Correctional Service 

Medal for Gallantry and the Correctional 

service Medal for Gallantry are awarded for 

conspicuous/exceptional gallantry in 

apprehending a prisoner or in preventing their 

escape, the risk incurred being estimated with 

regard to the obligations and the duties of the 

officer concerned and for the outstanding work 

done in the preceding year. 

12.43 During the year 2009-10, 2 President’s 

Correctional Service Medals for Gallantry, 

1President’s Correctional Service Medals for 

Distinguished Service and 24 Correctional 

Service Medals for Meritorious Service have 

been awarded to prison personnel. 

LEGAL AND LEGISLATIVE 

INITIATIVES 

STATE LEGISLATIONS 

12.44 �e Ministry of Home Affairs is the 

nodal Ministry for processing the legislative 

proposals (under Concurrent List in the Seventh 

Schedule of the Constitution) from the State 

Governments received either for approval of the 

Government or for obtaining the assent of the 

President. Bills under article 201 of the 

Constitution, Bills for previous sanction under 

proviso to article 304(b) of the Constitution, 

Ordinances under proviso to Clause 1 of article 

213 of the Constitution, and Regulations for 

Chapter-XII

Scheduled Areas (Fi�h Schedule to the 

Constitution) fall in this category. 

12.45 �e legislative proposals are examined 

in consultation with the concerned 

Ministries/Departments of the Government of 

India. �e Union Government favours 

expeditious approval of these legislative 

proposals and accordingly, time limits have 

been prescribed for their examination by the 

concerned Ministries/Departments. 

12.46 �e position is reviewed periodically 

Chapter-XII 

through meetings with the representatives of 

Union Ministries and of the concerned State 

Governments to facilitate early clearance of 

Bills, by resolving issues across the table. 

Proposals received and finalised 

12.47 During the period from April 1, 2009 to 

February 28, 2010 Ministry of Home Affairs 

received 58 proposals for approval/assent of the 

Government of India/President of India. �e 

number of proposals finalised during this period 

is as given below:- 

Sl.No. Particulars Number 

I. Bills for the consideration and assent of the President under 

article 201 of the Constitution: 

(i) Bills assented to by the President 20 

(ii) Bills returned to the State Government with 

Message from President 

04 

(iii) Bills withdrawn by State Governments 02 

(iv) Bills withheld 02 

II. Regulations for Scheduled Areas (Fi�h Schedule to the Constitution) 

(i) Regulation withheld 01 

III. Ordinances for Previous instructions of the President 

under article 213(1) of the Constitution: 

(i) Instructions of the President conveyed -- 

(ii) Ordinances closed 02 

(iii) Returned 06 

IV Bills for previous sanctions of the President under article 

304 (b) of the Constitution: 

(i) Previous sanction of the President returned 02 

(ii) Previous sanction of the President closed 01 

V Bills for approval of the Government of India before its 

introduction in the State Legislature: 

(i) Approval granted 05 

(ii) Bills closed 01 

(iii) Returned 42 

(iv) Refused 01 

Total : 89* 

* �is also includes Legislative proposals received before April 1, 2009. 

153

CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEM 

12.48 Judicial Cell is concerned with the 

legislative aspects of the Indian Penal Code, 

1860, the Criminal Procedure Code, 1973; 

petitions for mercy, remission and pardon made 

to the President of India under Article 72 of the 

Constitution of India; sanction for prosecution 

under section 188 of Cr.P.C., 1973 and 

withdrawal of cases under section 321 of Cr.P.C., 

1973. 

�e Code of Criminal Procedure 

(Amendment) Act, 2008 

12.49 �e Code of Criminal Procedure 

(Amendment) Bill, 2006 was passed by the 

Parliament and received the assent of the 

President on January 07, 2009. �e 

corresponding Act namely, the Code of 

Criminal (Amendment) Act, 2008 (5 of 2009) 

was published in the Gazette of India 

Extraordinary, Part II, Section 1 dated January 

9, 2009. 

12.50 �e important proposals contained in 

the Code of Criminal Procedure (Amendment) 

Act, 2008 include:- (i) Definition of the term 

‘victim’; (ii) Provision enabling the victim to 

have an advocate; (iii) Allowing the victim to 

appeal against the adverse judgment; (iv) 

Comprehensive scheme for compensation to 

victims to be framed by State Governments; (v) 

Provision for issuing the notice of appearance 

before arrest in certain cases where immediate 

arrest is not required to be made; (vi) Accused 

to be medically examined soon a�er the arrest; 

(vii) Person making the arrest should take 

reasonable care of the health and safety of the 

accused; (viii) Right of arrested person to have 

advocate during investigation, though not for 

154 

the entire period; (ix) Special protection in 

respect of women; (x) Female accused not to be 

touched by male police officers; (xi) In camera 

trial to be conducted preferably by woman 

judge in sexual offences; (xii) Providing relief to 

the persons of unsound mind during enquiry 

and trial; (xiii) Criminal courts to take bail bond 

before the accused appears before next appellate 

court; (xiv) More IPC offences be made 

compoundable, etc. 

12.51 In the meantime, before the Act could 

be enforced through official notification (as is 

provided for under section 1(2) of the 2008 

amendment Act), a number of representations 

were received in this Ministry from all over 

the country, particularly from the Lawyers’ 

Associations and the Bar Associations against 

some of the provisions of the Act, especially 

against the provisions amending sections 41 

(requiring the police to record the reasons for 

making an arrest for offence attracting 

maximum punishment for less than 7 years) 

and section 309 of Cr.P.C. (power of Court to 

adjourn inquiry or trial proceedings in certain 

circumstances). The Chief Ministers of 

Gujarat and Tamil Nadu also wrote against 

these provisions. Taking into account reactions 

to the provisions of the Code of Criminal 

Procedure (Amendment) Act, 2008 from 

lawyers across the country, the Act could not 

be notified. 

12.52 �e Code of Criminal Procedure 

(Amendment) Act, 2008 (No. 5 of 2009) has 

since been notified on December 30, 2009 for its 

enforcement, except the Sections 5, 6 and 21(b) 

of the Act passed by the parliament. In respect 

of the Section wherein objections have been 

raised, further amendments are proposed to be 

made, which are under examination. 

Chapter-XII

Advisory issued to State Governments 

to prevent misuse of section 498A of 

IPC 

12.53 A representation was received from the 

Rajya Sabha Secretariat regarding the misuse 

of section 498A of IPC (Husband or relative of 

husband of a women subjecting her to 

cruelty). 

12.54 As the matter is in the concurrent list of 

the Seventh Schedule to the Constitution of 

India, the comments of the State 

Governments/Union Territory Administrations 

were also sought in the matter. �e comments 

of the Governments of Arunachal Pradesh, 

Chhattisgarh, Goa, Haryana, Madhya Pradesh, 

Meghalaya, Rajasthan, Sikkim, Tripura, 

Uttrakhand, Andaman and Nicobar Islands, 

NCT of Delhi, Chandigarh, Daman and Diu 

and Lakshadweep have been received so far. 

12.55 Comments/views of the Ministry of 

Women and Child Development were also 

sought in the matter. �at Ministry was of the 

view that the important legislations such as 

Section 498A IPC, Dowry Prohibition Act 1961 

and Protection of Women from Domestic 

Violence Act, 2005 which provide protection 

and legal remedies to women should not be 

tinkered with. As these are special laws 

governing the same subject matter, these laws 

need to be harmonized and uniformly 

implemented. At the same time, if some set 

procedures are followed, the misuse may be 

curtailed. �erefore, they suggested that:- 

(i) In order to bring an end to the misuse of 

these Acts, it would be advisable if MHA 

issue advisories to the State governments 

to comply with procedure as laid down in 

Chapter-XII 

D.K.Basu’s case. 

(ii) Mahila desks may be created at Police 

Stations and ‘Crime Against Women Cell’ 

may be created at least at the district level 

which could specifically cater to 

complaints made by women. 

(iii) In cases of matrimonial disputes, it is 

recommended that the first recourse 

should be to effect conciliation and 

mediation between the warring spouses 

and their families and recourse to filing 

charges U/S 498A IPC may be resorted to 

in cases where such conciliation fails and 

there appears a prima facie case under 

section 498A and other laws. �e 

Counseling mechanisms envisaged 

under PWDV Act, 2005 should be 

implemented by State Government and 

any counseling of parties should be done 

only by professionally qualified 

counselors and not by the police. �e 

police may consider empanelling 

professional counselors with the CAW 

Cell. 

12.56 �e Law Commission in its 154th 

Report has recommended that the offence 

under section 498A IPC be inserted in the Table 

under sub-section (2) of section 320, whereby it 

can be compounded with the permission of the 

Court. �e Malimath Committee on Reforms 

of Criminal Justice System has also 

recommended that the offence under section 

498A IPC be made bail-able and 

compoundable. In the light of the aforesaid 

recommendations and some judicial 

pronouncements, an attempt was made earlier 

to amend the section to make the offence 

compoundable. However, this could not be 

pursued because of the opposition from many 

concerned bodies. 

155

12.57 As a number of representations have 

been received suggesting amendment in the said 

section, the matter has been referred to the Law 

Commission to study the usage of this provision 

and hold consultations and suggest 

amendments, if any, to the provision. �e views 

of the Law Commission are awaited. 

12.58 Since amending the law at this stage is 

not being contemplated, an advisory has been 

issued to the State Governments on the lines 

suggested by the Ministry of Women and Child 

Development. 

Review of Rape Laws 

12.59 �e Law Commission in its 172nd 

Report on “Review of Rape Laws” has 

recommended changes for widening scope of 

the offence in section 375 IPC and to make it 

gender neutral. Various other changes have 

been recommended in sections 376 and 376A to 

376D IPC and insertion of a new section 376E 

dealing with unlawful sexual contact, deletion 

of section 377 IPC and enhancement of 

punishment in section 509 of IPC. �ey have 

also recommended changes in the Code of 

Criminal Procedure, 1973 and the Indian 

Evidence Act, 1872. �e National Commission 

for Women also forwarded a Private Bill in the 

subject. 

12.60 �e Legislative Department prepared a 

dra� Bill taking into consideration 

recommendations of the Law Commission and 

the Private Bill forwarded by NCW. �e Bill was 

to be finalized through the inter-ministerial 

consultation with that Department. 

12.61 In the mean time, the National 

Commission for Women recommended for 

156 

some changes relating to ‘rape’ in its Annual 

Report 2004-05. �e recommendations of 

NCW were forwarded to the State Governments 

for theirs views/comments. �e matter was 

pursued with the State Governments. A 

conference of Home Secretaries of the States 

and Union Territories was convened on July 7, 

2008 in Delhi to discuss the matter. �ere was 

no agreement to the amendments that should 

be carried out in IPC, Cr.P.C. and Indian 

Evidence Act with regard to sexual assault/rape. 

12.62 As the subject matters relating to rape 

are sensitive in nature, a decision has been taken 

that the Bill on rape laws may be finalized a�er 

in depth consultations with all concerned. 

�erefore, a High Powered Committee has been 

constituted under the Chairmanship of Union 

Home Secretary to examine the issue relating to 

the review of rape laws. 

Processing of the Report of the 

Committee on Reforms of Criminal 

Justice System 

12.63 �e Committee on Reforms of Criminal 

Justice System set up under the chairmanship of 

Dr. (Justice) V.S. Malimath, former Chief 

Justice of Karnataka and Kerala High Courts 

submitted its report to the Government on 

April 21, 2003. �e Committee made 158 

recommendations to revamp the criminal 

justice system. 

12.64 Advisories were issued to State 

Governments with regard to those 

recommendations, which were to be 

implemented through administrative measures. 

12.65 As regards those recommendations, 

which require amendment to Indian Penal 

Chapter-XII

Code, 1860 and the Code of Criminal 

Procedure, 1973, views/ comments of State 

Governments/ Union Territory 

Administrations have been sought as the 

Criminal Law and the Criminal Procedure are 

on the Concurrent List of the Seventh Schedule 

to the Constitution of India. Views from some 

the States/ Union Territory Administrations 

have been received and the defaulting States are 

being reminded regularly to send their 

comments. 

Dra� National Policy on Criminal 

Justice System 

12.66 �e Committee constituted under the 

chairmanship of Prof. N.R. Madhava Menon to 

dra� a National Policy Paper on Criminal 

Justice System has submitted its report to the 

Government on August 1, 2007. Since the 

Criminal Justice System falls in the Concurrent 

List of the Seventh Schedule to the Constitution 

of India, and, the recommendations could have 

wide ranging implications, copies of the Report 

were sent to all the State Governments/ Union 

Chapter-XII 

***** 

Territory Administrations as also to the various 

Ministries/ Organizations in the Central 

Government for their comments and 

suggestions. A�er receipt of their comments, a 

final view will be taken. 

Legislative Proposals 

passed/introduced by/in the 

Parliament 

12.67 Following legislative proposals of this 

Ministry were passed in the Parliament during 

April 1, 2009 to December 31, 2009: 

• �e Amendment to ‘�e Civil Defence Act, 

1968” Bill, 2009 

• �e Salaries and Allowances of Ministers 

(Amendment) Bill, 2009 

12.68 Following legislative proposal of this 

Ministry, introduced in the Lok Sabha during 

April 1, 2009 to December 31, 2009 is under 

consideration of the Parliament: 

• �e Land Ports Authority of India Bill, 2009 

157

FOREIGNERS, FREEDOM 

FIGHTERS’ PENSION 

AND REHABILITATION 

FOREIGNERS AND VISA 

13.1 �e Ministry of Home Affairs is 

responsible for immigration, visa, foreign 

contribution and citizenship related matters. 

Entry, stay and exit of foreigners in India is 

regulated through the Bureau of Immigration 

(BOI) and the State Governments. 

Entry and Movement of Foreigners 

13.2 Entry, stay and exit of foreigners in India 

are governed by two principal Acts, namely, the 

Foreigners Act, 1946 and the Passport (Entry 

into India) Act, 1920. Under the present visa 

regime, while the initial visa is granted by Indian 

Missions/Posts abroad, on entry into the 

country, their stay and exit is regulated by the 

Bureau of Immigration (BOI) and the State 

Governments. 

13.3 52,82,603 foreigners visited India during 

2008 registering an increase of 3.64% over the 

previous year. �e highest number of foreigners 

were from Asia (20,17,294), followed by Europe 

(18,32,595), North America (10,42,930), 

Oceania (1,78,590), Africa (1,43,977) and South 

America (29,061). �e maximum number of 

foreigners who visited India were from USA 

(8,04,933) followed by UK (7,76,530), 

Bangladesh (5,41,884), Canada (2,22,364), Sri 

Lanka (2,18,805), France (2,07,802), Germany 

(2,04,344), Australia (1,46,209) Japan (1,45,352), 

and Malaysia (1,15,794). �ese ten countries 

accounted for 64.06% of the total arrival of 

foreigners in India. 

13.4. A total of 3,98,836 foreigners were 

158 

registered and staying in India as on December 

31,2008. �e maximum number of foreigners 

registered were in Tamil Nadu (1,03,584) 

followed by Karnataka (61,910), Delhi (60,061), 

Arunachal Pradesh (35,909), Himachal Pradesh 

(28,641), Maharashtra (16,512), Gujarat 

(13,741), Uttarakhand (11,455), West Bengal 

(8,298), Andhra Pradesh (7,842). �ese ten 

States accounted for 87.24% of the total 

registered foreigners in India as on December 

31, 2008. Students (45,435 – 25.63%) accounted 

for the highest percentage of registered 

foreigners followed by Employees (20,394 – 

11.50%) and Tourists (4,902 – 2.76%). 

13.5. 7,426 foreigners were arrested during 

2008, for various violations of the Foreigners Act 

or for violating provisions of other Immigration 

Control Rules and Regulations, while 13,995 

foreigners were deported during the year. 

Immigration Control 

13.6 Immigration is an important sovereign 

function of the Government exercised through 

the Immigration Check Posts (ICPs). �ere are 

78 Immigration Check Posts (ICPs) in the 

country comprising 26 Airport ICPs, 20 Seaport 

ICPs, and 32 Land Check Posts. Out of total 78 

ICPs, 14 are under the control of Bureau of 

Imigration (BoI) while the remaining 64 ICPs 

are controlled by the respective State 

Governments. 

Modernization of ICPs 

CHAPTER 

XIII 

13.7 �e programme of modernization, 

computerization and networking of 33 

Chapter-XIII

Immigration Check Posts (ICPs), which regulate 

more than 98.5% of the passenger traffic, has 

been completed. Under this modernization 

programme, Computer Systems have been 

upgraded, Immigration Control System (ICS) 

so�ware has been installed and 33 ICPs and 5 

Foreigners Regional Registration Offices 

(FRROs) have been networked with the Central 

Foreigners Bureau (CFB). Morevoer, Passport 

Reading Machines (PRMs) and Questionable 

Document Examiner (QDX) machines have also 

been installed in the ICPs. 

13.8 Furthermore, 42 ICPs are proposed to be 

computerized and networked to the Central 

Foreigners Bureau through one of the Regional 

Hubs located at Delhi, Mumbai, Chennai and 

Kolkata. �e modernization programme has 

resulted in enhanced security screening of 

passengers and passenger facilitation, with a 

considerable reduction in immigration 

clearance time. 

13.9 To strengthen the immigration function 

by enhancing the security screening of 

passengers and effectively reducing immigration 

clearance time, Advance Passenger Information 

System (APIS) has been introduced in Phase-I 

at 6 designated International Airports namely 

Delhi, Mumbai, Chennai, Hyderabad, Bangalore 

and Cochin from April 2008. In Phase-II, APIS 

is proposed to be implemented at the 26 

international airports in a centralised mode. 

13.10 Modernisation and upgradation of 

Immigration services is one of the Mission 

Mode Projects (MMP) of the Government 

under the National e-Governance Plan (NeGP). 

National Institute of Smart Government ( NISG) 

has prepared the dra� DPR for this MMP, that 

aims to develop a secure, integrated service 

delivery framework to enhance security and 

facilitation in the Visa issuance process, and the 

Immigration function besides fortifying the 

Foreigners Registration Processes for effective 

Chapter-XIII 

tracking of the foreigners. 

13.11 �is MMP has global outreach since the 

scope of the project includes 169 Missions, 77 

ICPs, (Immigration Check Posts), 5 FRROs, and 

Foreigners Registration Offices (FROs) in the 

State/District Headquarters. �e 

implementation of the project would be done in 

a planned and phased manner (in consonance 

with infrastructure/connectivity readiness of 

locations) supported by effective 

communication, training and capacity building. 

13.12 �e envisaged outcomes from this MMP 

interalia include: 

• Authentication of traveller’s identity at the 

Missions, Immigration Check Posts (ICPs) 

and Foreigners Registration Offices (FROs) 

through use of biometrics and intelligent 

document scanners; 

• Online registration of foreigners at the time 

of grant of visa and automated updation of 

the particulars of the foreigners at entry 

and exit points; 

• Availability of a centralized system for 

sharing of information across the 

concerned Agencies about foreign travelers; 

• Improved tracking of foreigners by 

integrating and sharing information 

captured during visa issuance at Missions, 

during immigration check at ICPs, and 

during registration at FRRO/ FROs; 

• So�ware aided Passenger profiling for 

identifying risky travelers at Missions, ICPs 

and FRROs, and Generation of automated 

alerts about overstayal and failure to 

register with concerned FRRO/FRO; and 

• Convergence and integration with other 

initiatives such as e-passports, e-migration 

and crime and criminal tracking network 

for expeditious and informed decisionmaking. 

159

CITIZENSHIP 

13.13 During the year under report, a 

thorough review of the Citizenship Rules, 1956 

was carried out and these rules were re-framed 

and re-notified as Citizenship Rules, 2009 by 

modification/deletion/addition in the existing 

rules for symmetry and harmony between 

various rules, and simplification of language. 

Applications forms for applying Indian 

citizenship have also been simplified in the 

Citizenship Rules, 2009 and displayed on the 

website of the Ministry. 

Overseas Citizenship of India (OCI) 

13.14 OCI Scheme has been made operational 

from December 2, 2005. �e application form, 

procedure, brochure and Frequently Asked 

Questions (FAQs) have been hosted on the 

Ministry’s website. �e scheme has generated a 

very enthusiastic response from the Indian 

diaspora. Since the launch of the OCI Scheme, 

5,31,496 persons have been granted OCI 

registration, as on December 31, 2009, out of 

which 1,28,071 cards have been issued during 

the period from April 1, 2009 to December 31, 

2009. 

REGULATION OF FOREIGN 

CONTRIBUTION 

13.15 �e Foreign Contribution (Regulation) 

Act, 1976 regulates the receipt and utilisation of 

foreign contribution and acceptance of foreign 

hospitality by certain persons or associations, 

with a view to ensuring that parliamentary 

institutions, political association and academic 

and other voluntary organisations as well as 

individuals working in the important areas of 

national life may function in a manner 

consistent with India’s values as a sovereign, 

democratic republic. 

160 

13.16 �e Foreign Contribution (Regulation) 

Bill, 2006 to replace the Foreign Contribution 

(Regulation) Act, 1976 was introduced in the 

Rajya Sabha on December 18, 2006. �e 

objective of the Bill is to consolidate the law to 

regulate the acceptance and utilization of foreign 

contribution or foreign hospitality by certain 

individuals or associations and to prohibit 

acceptance and utilization of foreign 

contribution or foreign hospitality for any 

activities detrimental to the national interest. 

13.17 A�er introduction, the Bill was referred 

by the Rajya Sabha to the Department-related 

Parliamentary Standing Committee on Home 

Affairs for examination and report. �e 

Committee submitted its recommendations 

a�er recording the oral evidences of various 

stakeholders/Ministries/Departments/ 

Organizations/ institutions and individuals. �e 

Committee’s recommendations were examined 

in consultation with the concerned 

Ministries/Departments/Agencies. It is now 

proposed to move official amendments to the 

Bill in the Budget Session 2010 of the 

Parliament . 

13.18 During the year 2009-10, upto December 

31, 2009, 1,393 associations have been granted 

registration and 388 associations have been 

granted prior permission to receive foreign 

contribution under the Foreign Contribution 

(Regulation) Act, 1976. �e total receipt of 

foreign contribution as reported by 18,796 

associations during the year 2007-08 was Rs. 

9,663.46 crore. During the year 2008-09, as on 

December 31, 2009, the total receipt of foreign 

contribution (as reported by 11,913 

associations) is Rs.8,237.22 crore. 

FREEDOM FIGHTERS’ PENSION 

13.19 Indian freedom struggle is unique in the 

history of mankind. Persons from all walks of 

life, free from all barriers of caste, creed or 

Chapter-XIII

eligion worked unitedly for a common cause. 

It was the struggle and sacrifice of several 

generations of people, starting from 1857 and 

continuing up to 1947, which brought freedom 

to the country. Millions and millions of people 

participated in the freedom struggle. 

Pension Schemes 

13.20 In 1969, the Government of India 

introduced a scheme known as the ‘Ex- 

Andaman Political Prisoners Pension Scheme’ 

to honour freedom fighters. In 1972, on the eve 

of the 25th Anniversary of India’s Independence, 

a regular scheme called the “Freedom Fighters’ 

Pension Scheme” was introduced for granting 

pension to freedom fighters. �is Scheme was 

liberalized and renamed as the ‘Swatantrata 

Sainik Samman Pension Scheme” with effect 

from August 1, 1980. Salient features of 

‘Swatantrata Sainik Samman Pension Scheme, 

1980 are given below: 

• Eligibility: �e following categories of 

freedom fighters are eligible for the Samman 

Pension under the Scheme: 

a) Eligible dependents of martyrs; 

b) A person who had suffered minimum 

imprisonment of six months on account of 

participation in freedom struggle; 

c) A person who on account of his 

participation in freedom struggle 

remained underground for more than six 

months; 

d) A person who, on account of participation 

in the freedom struggle, was interned in his 

home or externed from his district for a 

minimum period of 6 months; 

e) A person whose property was confiscated or 

attached and sold due to participation in the 

freedom struggle; 

f) A person who, on account of participation 

in freedom struggle, became permanently 

incapacitated during firing or lathi charge; 

g) A person who lost his Government job for 

Chapter-XIII 

participation in freedom struggle; 

h) A person who was awarded the punishment 

of 10 strokes of caning/ flogging/whipping 

due to his participation in freedom struggle. 

• Dependents : Spouses (widows/widowers), 

unmarried and unemployed daughters (upto 

maximum three) and parents of deceased 

freedom fighters (as also of martyrs) are 

eligible for grant of dependent family 

pension under the scheme. 

• Special Dispensation For Women And 

Weaker Sections of the Society: �e 

eligibility criteria for grant of pension on 

grounds of jail suffering specifies a 

minimum period of six months which the 

freedom fighters should have undergone in 

connection with the freedom movement. 

However, as a special dispensation for 

women freedom fighters and for the 

freedom fighters belonging to Scheduled 

Castes and Scheduled Tribes, the minimum 

period has been kept at three months. 

Other Facilities to Freedom Fighters 

13.21 Apart from pension, freedom fighters are 

also provided the following facilities by the 

Government of India: 

• free railway pass (1st Class/AC Sleeper) for 

freedom fighter and widower/widow, along 

with a companion, for life; 

• free medical facilities in all Central 

Government hospitals and hospitals 

run by PSUs under the control of the Bureau 

of Public Enterprises. C.G.H.S. facilities 

have also been extended to freedom 

fighters and their dependents; 

• telephone connection, subject to feasibility, 

without installation charges, and on 

payment of only half the rental; 

• General Pool residential accommodation 

(within the overall 5% discretionary quota) 

in Delhi. 

• accommodation in the Freedom Fighters’ 

Home set up at New Delhi for freedom 

fighters who have no one to look a�er them. 

161

13.22 In addition to the above facilities, ex- 

Andaman freedom fighters are also entitled to 

the following facilities: 

a) free voyage facility for freedom fighter and 

widow to visit Andaman & Nicobar Islands, 

once a year, along with a companion; and 

b) free air travel facility for freedom fighter to 

visit Andaman & Nicobar Islands, once a 

year, along with a companion. 

13.23 All major facilities provided to freedom 

S. 

No. 

i 

ii 

iii. 

iv. 

v. 

vi. 

162 

Category of freedom fighters 

Ex-Andaman political 

prisoners 

Freedom fighters who suffered 

outside British India (other than 

INA) 

Other freedom fighters 

(including INA) 

Widow/widower of above 

categories of freedom fighters 

Each unmarried and 

unemployed daughters (upto 

three) 

Mother and father each 

Expenditure on welfare of freedom 

fghters 

13.25 A provision of Rs. 550 crore has been 

made in BE for the year 2009-10 for payment of 

pension and Rs.35 crore for free Railway passes 

to freedom fighters. Of this, an amount of 

Rs.437.68 crore has already been incurred as on 

December 31, 2009 towards pension and 

Basic 

Pension 

(in Rs.) 

7,330 

6,830 

6,330 

fighters are also extended to their widows/ 

widowers. 

Enhancement in Pension 

13.24 �ere has been periodical review of the 

rate of freedom fighters’ pension and it has gone 

up from the initial amount of Rs.200 per month 

in 1972 to Rs.12,407 in 2009. �e current rate of 

monthly pension and dearness relief payable to 

various categories of freedom fighters and their 

eligible dependents are given below: 

12,407 

Entitlement is the same as of respective deceased 

freedom fighters 

1,500 

1,000 

Dearness Relief 

(in Rs.) 

7,037 

6,557 

6,077 

1,440 

960 

Total amount of 

pension 

(in Rs.) 

14,367 

13,387 

2,940 

1,960 

Rs.28.90 crore on account of free Railway passes 

respectively. 

13.26 Under the Scheme, 1,70,673 freedom 

fighters and their eligible dependents have been 

sanctioned Samman pension till December 31, 

2009. State-wise break-up of freedom 

fighters/their dependents who have been 

sanctioned Samman pension is given below: 

Chapter-XIII

S. Name of State/ Number of freedom fghters/their eligible 

No. Union Territory dependents who have been sanctioned 

pension (as on December 31, 2009) 

1. Andhra Pradesh 14,667 

2. Arunachal Pradesh 0 

3. Assam 4,438 

4. Bihar 24,878 

5. Jharkhand 

6. Goa 1,498 

7. Gujarat 3,598 

8. Haryana 1,688 

9. Himachal Pradesh 624 

10 Jammu & Kashmir 1,807 

11. Karnataka 10,091 

12. Kerala 3,304 

13. Madhya Pradesh 3,474 

14. Chattisgarh 

15. Maharashtra 17,909 

16. Manipur 62 

17. Meghalaya 86 

18. Mizoram 04 

19. Nagaland 03 

20. Orissa 4,190 

21. Punjab 7,020 

22. Rajasthan 812 

23. Sikkim 0 

24. Tamil Nadu 4,110 

25. Tripura 888 

26. Uttar Pradesh 17,993 

27. Uttarakhand 

28. West Bengal 22,488 

29. Andaman & Nicobar Islands 03 

30. Chandigarh 91 

31. Dadra & Nagar Haveli 83 

32. Daman & Diu 33 

33. Lakshadweep 0 

34. NCT of Delhi 2,046 

35. Puducherry 317 

Indian National Army (INA) 22,468 

Total 1,70,673 

Chapter-XIII 

163

Committee of Eminent Freedom 

Fighters 

13.27 �e Committee of Eminent Freedom 

Fighters to look into the issues related to 

freedom fighters has been re-constituted under 

the Chairmanship of the Minister of State for 

Home Affairs. �e Committee includes 

representatives from all the States which are 

having large concentration of freedom fighters. 

�e first meeting of re-constituted Committee 

was held on February 1, 2010 at Goa. 

Honouring Freedom Fighters 

13.28 On the anniversary of the Quit India 

Movement, the President of India honoured 

some of the distinguished and eminent freedom 

fighters from various States/Union Territories at 

an ‘AT HOME’ function held at the Rashtrapati 

Bhawan on August 9, 2009. 138 freedom 

fighters from various parts of the country 

attended this function and interacted with the 

President. 

Hyderabad Liberation Movement 

13.29 In 1985, sufferers of border camps, who 

participated in the Hyderabad Liberation 

Movement for the merger of the erstwhile State 

of Hyderabad with the Union of India during 

1947-48, by relaxing the eligibility conditions, 

were made eligible for grant of pension under 

the Swatantrata Sainik Samman Pension 

Scheme, 1980. �e Shroff Committee (from 

1985 to 1996) listed 98 border camps and 

recommended about 7,000 cases. Pension was 

sanctioned in all cases recommended by the 

Shroff Committee. �e C.H. Rajeswara Rao 

Committee (from 1997 to 1998) recommended 

about 13,500 cases. All the cases recommended 

by the C.H. Rajeswara Rao Committee were 

referred to the State Governments for reverification. 

In January, 2005, Government 

approved enhancement in the estimated number 

of beneficiaries from about 11,000 (estimated in 

1985) to about 

15,000, with the 

stipulation that only 

those applicants who 

participated in the 

Hyderabad 

Liberation 

Movement up to 

September 15, 1948, 

i.e. before the police 

action in Hyderabad, 

would be eligible for grant of pension. �is 

stipulation has been adopted prospectively for 

grant of pension in all pending cases of 

Hyderabad Liberation Movement. 

Union Minister of State for Home attending the first meating of the 

Committee of Eminent Freedom Fighter held on February 01, 2010 at Goa. 

13.30 However, there were many complaints 

that the Committee had recommended bogus 

claimants, including persons who were not even 

born or were toddlers at the time of Hyderabad 

Liberation Movement. On an enquiry 

conducted by the Director General (Vigilance 

and Enforcement) it was found that large 

number of bogus claimants had managed to get 

pension based on false information and 

documents. It was, therefore, decided that each 

case, including those already sanctioned, will be 

thoroughly re-verified and therea�er a 

committee of eminent freedom fighters would 

scrutinize the results of the re-verification and 

finalize its recommendations, ensuring that no 

164 Chapter-XIII

fake claimant gets pension and no genuine 

freedom fighter is overlooked. �erefore, the 

State Governments were requested to verify 

each claim and give their specific 

recommendation. �e State Governments were 

also requested that following factors should be 

kept in mind while verifying the claims: 

(a) �e age of the applicant should be more 

than 15 years in March, 1947 (i.e., the time 

of commencement of the Hyderabad 

Liberation Movement) 

(b) Proof of age should be based on official 

records such as Birth Registration 

certificate or School certificate or Voter 

Identity Card, Voter List of 1995 or earlier, 

etc; and 

(c) Claims may be got re-verified/ confirmed 

from the camp in-charge of the border 

camp who had issued the certificate in 

favour of the applicant, or from two central 

freedom fighters of the District of the 

applicant if the In-charge of the Border 

camp was no longer alive. 

13.31 A Screening Committee of Eminent 

Freedom Fighters (SCEFF) has been constituted 

in May. 2009 under the Chairmanship of Shri 

Boinapally Venkat Rama Rao to scrutinize the 

re-verified cases relating to Border Camp 

sufferings during Hyderabad Liberation 

Movement. �e Committee has started 

scrutinizing the re-verification reports from the 

State Governments. Out of 1,729 re-verification 

Screening Committee of Eminent Freedom Fighters ((SCEFF) scrutinizing the re-verified 

cases relating to Border Camp sufferings during Hyderabad Liberation Movement 

Chapter-XIII 

reports received so far, the SCEFF has 

considered 815 cases upto December 31, 2009. 

Goa Liberation Movement 

13.32 �e movement for liberation of Goa, in 

which freedom fighters had undergone severe 

sufferings at the hands of the Portuguese 

authorities, was spread over three phases: 

165

Phase-I 1946 to 1953 

Phase-II 1954 to 1955 

Phase-III 1956 to 1961 

13.33 Freedom fighters of the movement 

during its various phases, who fulfilled the 

prescribed eligibility conditions and in whose 

cases the records of sufferings were available, 

were granted pension. In February, 2003, the 

Government of India relaxed the eligibility 

criteria under the Swatantrata Sainik Samman 

Pension Scheme, 1980 to grant pension to those 

freedom fighters of Phase-II of Goa Liberation 

Movement who had been sanctioned State 

freedom fighters’ pension by the State 

Governments of Maharashtra, Madhya Pradesh, 

Goa, Haryana, Rajasthan and Uttar Pradesh by 

August 1, 2002. 2,124 freedom fighters who had 

participated in Goa Liberation Movement, 

Phase-II have been granted Samman Pension till 

December, 2009. 

Policy Initiatives: 

13.34 �e following initiatives have been taken 

by this Ministry to streamline the Samman 

Pension Scheme: - 

(i) Fixation of minimum age limit for 

consideration of claims for Samman 

pension has been carefully considered and 

it has been decided that henceforth only 

claims of persons who were above 15 years 

of age at the time of their participation in 

the freedom movement, would be eligible 

for sanction of Samman pension. 

(ii) An exercise has been initiated to prepare 

database of the freedom fighters, 

dependents and family members who are 

living and drawing pension. 

(iii)Establish liaison offices at Hyderabad and 

Ernakulum, where large number of Court 

cases are pending in the High Courts. �e 

Officer will have proper interaction with 

Government Counsels of the High Courts, 

to know the day to day developments, 

ensure that copies of the Writ Petitions and 

judgments are obtained from the Courts 

and also that the Counter Affidavits and 

the Implementation Statements are 

prepared and filed in the Courts, through 

Counsels in time. 

(iv) A project has been undertaken to prepare 

computerised inventory of records of 

pension files to segregate the records 

which can be transferred to the National 

Archives and the ones which can be 

weeded out. 

REHABILITATION OF DISPLACED 

PERSONS 

Sri Lankan Refugees 

13.35 Due to ethnic violence and continued 

disturbed conditions in Sri Lanka, a large 

number of Sri Lankan refugees have entered 

India since July 1983. �e position of influx of 

refugees in phases is indicated below: 

Phase Period No. of Refugees 

Phase-I 24.7.1983 to 1,34,053 

31.12.1987 

Phase-II 25.8.1989 to 1,22,078 

30.4.1991 

Phase-III 31.7.1996 to 22,418 

30.4.2003 

Phase-IV 12.1.2006 to 24,512* 

31.12.2009 

Total 3,03, 061 

* Up to December 31, 2009 

13.36 Refugees are of the following two 

categories: 

(i) Stateless persons who had not applied for 

Indian citizenship or those not yet 

conferred Sri Lankan citizenship; and 

166 Chapter-XIII

(ii)Sri Lankan citizens. 

13.37 For these categories, the liability is 

basically of Sri Lanka. Government of India’s 

approach is to discourage their movement but 

if any refugees belonging to these categories do 

come, they are granted relief on humanitarian 

grounds with the ultimate object of repatriation 

back to Sri Lanka, i.e., the process of 

rehabilitation does not start in their cases and 

relief is given pending such repatriation. 

13.38 While 99,469 refugees have been 

repatriated to Sri Lanka upto March, 1995, there 

has been no organized repatriation a�er March 

1995. However, some refugees have gone back 

to Sri Lanka or le� for other countries on their 

own. As on December 31, 2009, about 72,969 

Sri Lankan refugees are staying in 115 refugees’ 

camps in Tamil Nadu and one camp in Orissa. 

Besides, about 26,729 refugees are staying 

outside the camps of their own, a�er getting 

themselves registered in the nearest Police 

Station. 

13.39 Upon fresh arrival, refugees are 

quarantined and after complete verification of 

their antecedents, they are shifted to refugee 

camps. Pending repatriation, certain essential 

relief facilities are provided to them on 

humanitarian grounds. These facilities include 

shelter in camps, cash doles, subsidized ration, 

clothing, utensils, medical care and 

educational assistance. The entire expenditure 

on relief to Sri Lankan refugees is incurred by 

the State Government and is subsequently 

reimbursed by the Government of India. An 

amount of Rs.479 crore (approximately) has 

been spent by the Government of India for 

providing relief and accommodation to these 

refugees during the period July 1983 to 

December 2009. 

Chapter-XIII 

Repatriates from Sri Lanka 

13.40 �e Government of India agreed to 

grant Indian Citizenship to, and to accept 

repatriation of, 5.06 lakhs persons of Indian 

origin, together with their natural increase, 

under the Indo-Sri Lanka Agreements of the 

years 1964, 1974 and 1986. Out of these 5.06 

lakh persons, 3.35 lakh persons along with their 

natural increase of 1.26 lakh, comprising 

1,16,152 families, were repatriated upto 

December 2006. �e repatriate families have 

been provided with the resettlement assistance. 

No organized repatriation has taken place from 

Sri Lanka a�er 1984 due to disturbed conditions 

there. However, some repatriates arriving in 

India on their own are being rehabilitated under 

various schemes in Tamil Nadu. 

Repatriates Cooperative Finance and 

Development Bank Ltd. (REPCO), 

Chennai 

13.41 REPCO Bank was set up in the year 1969 

as a Society under the Madras Cooperative 

Societies Act, 1961 (No. 53 of 1961) [now the 

Multi-State Cooperative Societies Act, 2002 

(No.39 of 2002)] to help and promote the 

rehabilitation of repatriates from Sri Lanka, 

Myanmar, Vietnam and other countries. �e 

management of the Bank vests in a Board of 

Directors, on which two Directors represent the 

Government of India. �e total authorized 

capital of the Bank stood at Rs. 5.25 crore as on 

March 2009. �e Government of India has 

contributed Rs.1.96 crore, towards the paid-up 

capital. Four Southern States (Tamil Nadu, 

Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka and Kerala) have 

contributed Rs.0.90 crore and other shareholders 

have contributed Rs.2.12 crore. 

13.42 In 2009 the Government has approved a 

provision of additional share capital to 

Repatriates Cooperative Finance and 

Development Bank Ltd. (Repco), Chennai to the 

167

tune of Rs.74.36 crore over a period of three 

years starting from 2009-10. Rs.48 crore has 

already been released to the Bank in February 

2010 for the current Financial year viz 2009-10. 

13.43 As per its bye-laws, the administrative 

control over Repco is, at present, with the 

Government of India. �e Bank has paid an 

amount of Rs.39.20 lakh as dividend @ 20% for 

the year 2008-09 to the Government of India. 

Audit of the Bank is up-to-date. �e Annual 

Accounts and Annual Report of Repco for the 

year 2008-09 have been laid in the Rajya Sabha 

and Lok Sabha on December 16, 2009 and 

December 15,2009 respectively. 

Rehabilitation Plantations Limited 

(RPL), Punalur, Kerala 

13.44 Rehabilitation Plantations Limited 

(RPL), an undertaking jointly owned by the 

Government of India and Government of 

Kerala, was incorporated in the year 1976 

under the Companies Act, 1956, for raising 

rubber plantations in Kerala to resettle 

repatriates as workers and employees. The 

management of the Company vests in a Board 

of Directors, on which two Directors represent 

the Government of India. The paid-up share 

capital of the Company (as on March 31st 

2009) was Rs.339.27 lakh. The Government of 

Kerala holds Rs.205.85 lakh and the 

Government of India Rs.133.42 lakh of the 

equity in the Company. Since the State 

Government is the majority shareholder, the 

administrative control over RPL is with the 

State Government. During the financial year 

2008-09, the Company made a profit before tax 

of Rs.757.63 lakh and of Rs. 674.45 lakh after 

tax. The Company has paid a dividend of 

Rs.26.68 lakh to Government of India @ 20 per 

cent of the paid-up share capital during the 

year 2008-09. The Annual Accounts and 

Annual Report of RPL for the year 2008-09 

have been laid in the Rajya Sabha and Lok 

168 

Sabha on December 16, 2009 and December 

15,2009 respectively. 

Tibetan Refugees 

13.45 Tibetan refugees began pouring into 

India in the wake of the flight of His Holiness 

Dalai Lama in the year 1959 from Tibet. �e 

Government of India decided to give them 

asylum as well as assistance towards temporary 

settlement. Care has been taken to retain their 

separate ethnic and cultural identity. 

13.46 As per information provided by Bureau 

of His Holiness the Dalai Lama, the population 

of Tibetan refugees in India in February, 2008 

was 1,10,095. Majority of these refugees have 

settled themselves, either through selfemployment 

or with Government’s assistance 

under agricultural and handicra�s’ schemes in 

different States in the country. Major 

concentration of the Tibetan refugees is in 

Karnataka (44,468), Himachal Pradesh (21,980), 

Arunachal Pradesh (7,530), Uttarakhand 

(8,545), West Bengal (5,785), and Jammu & 

Kashmir (6,920). �e Ministry of Home Affairs 

have spent an amount of about Rs.18.72 crore 

on resettlement of Tibetan refugees. �e 

Rehabilitation of Tibetan Refugees is almost 

complete. 

Ex-gratia payment etc. To displaced 

persons from Pak occupied Kashmir, 

1947 and non-camp displaced persons 

from Chhamb-Niabat Area,1971 

13.47 Government of India announced relief 

packages in April & August, 2000 for the Noncamp 

displaced persons from Chhamb-Niabat 

Area and displaced persons from Pak occupied 

Kashmir respectively. A Committee headed by 

Divisional Commissioner, Jammu was also 

appointed to verify the genuine claims of eligible 

displaced persons. Brief description of the 

Chapter-XIII

admissible benefits is as follows: - 

i) Payment of ex-gratia @ of Rs.25,000 per 

family to non-camp displaced persons from 

Chhamb Niabat Area (1971) 

ii) Payment of ex-gratia @ of Rs.25,000 per 

family to displaced persons from POK 

(1947) 

iii) Payment of cash compensation in lieu of 

land deficiency at the maximum rate of 

Rs.25,000 per family of displaced persons 

from POK (1947). 

iv) Payment of Rs. 2 crore to be provided for 

the allotment of plots to those displaced 

persons who have already been settled in 

the state of J & K and who have not been 

allotted plots in the past. 

v) Payment of Rs. 25 lakhs to the State 

Government for improvement of civic 

amenities in 46 regularised colonies of 

displaced persons. 

13.48 A Committee constituted for verification 

of genuine claimants for payment of exgratia/rehabilitation 

assistance and headed by 

the Divisional Commissioner, Jammu has 

undertaken the job of identification of eligible 

beneficiaries of PoK(1947). A total amount of 

Rs.6.17 crore has been released to the Govt. of 

J&K for disbursement to verified and eligible 

families. Out of a total of 4,988 eligible 

beneficiaries identified by the State Government 

of J & K, 3,859 claims have been verified upto 

December, 2009. Out of the 3,859 cases verified 

by the Committee, the Government of J&K has 

disbursed an amount of Rs.880.39 lakh to 412 

families (out of 1,873 families). �e 

Government of India has further released Rs.49 

crore to the State Govt of J&K on December 24, 

2008 on account of payment of ex-gratia for 

land deficiency to displaced persons from Pak 

occupied Kashmir, 1947 as per the package 

announced by the Prime Minister in April, 

2008. It has been intimated by the State 

Government of J & K that out of Rs.49 crore, an 

Chapter-XIII 

amount of Rs.10 crore as a part payment has 

been released to Divisional Commissioner, 

Jammu for further disbursement to the 

displaced persons of 1947 as cash compensation 

in lieu of the land deficiency. �e State Govt. 

of J&K has further stated that disbursement of 

the full amount (Rs.49 crore) to the displaced 

persons of 1947 shall be completed by the end 

of current financial year, viz, 2009-2010. 

13.49 As regards non-camp displaced persons 

from Chhamb-Niabat Area (1971), the 

Committee has verified 1,502 cases out of a total 

of 1965 cases for payment of ex-gratia @ 

Rs.25,000 per eligible family. Government of 

India released Rs.83 lakh to Govt. of J&K in 

March, 2004 for disbursement to eligible 

beneficiaries. �e State Government has 

disbursed the amount to 1,198 eligible 

beneficiaries. 

ENEMY PROPERTY 

13.50 �e work relating to Enemy Property, 

which was earlier under the Ministry of 

Commerce, was transferred to Ministry of 

Home Affairs vide Notification No.1/22/4/2007- 

Cab, dated June 28, 2007, issued by the Cabinet 

Secretariat in exercise of powers conferred 

under clause (3) of the article 77 of the 

constitution regarding amendment to the 

Government of India (Allocation of Business) 

Rules 1961. 

13.51 Office of the Custodian of Enemy 

Property for India is presently functioning 

under the provisions contained in the Enemy 

Property Act 1968 which was enacted for 

continued vesting to preserve and manage the 

Enemy Property vested in the Custodian of 

Enemy Property for India. Under the Act, all 

immovable and movable properties all over 

India belonging to or held by or managed on 

behalf of Pakistan nationals between the period 

169

from September 10, 1965 to September 26, 1977, 

are vested in Custodian of Enemy Property for 

India. 

13.52 �e Office of the Custodian of Enemy 

Property for India is located in Mumbai with a 

branch office at Kolkata. Presently, the 

Custodian is managing 2,049 immovable 

properties like lands, buildings etc. and movable 

property like securities, shares, debentures, bank 

balances, fixed deposits and other amounts 

lying in the enemy nationals bank accounts, 

provident fund balances etc. In addition, the 

Custodian is also doing management of two 

banks viz Habib Bank and National Bank of 

Pakistan. 

13.53 A�er the Indo-Pak war of 1965 and 1971, 

the Government of India passed a resolution 

No.12/1/1971 EI&EP dated March 15, 1971 to 

sanction ex-gratia payment to the extent of 25% 

of the lost properties to the Indian nationals and 

companies who were in West & East Pakistan 

during the said ex-gratia payment to the 

claimants. A sum of Rs.71.04 crore has so far 

***** 

been paid by way of ex-gratia payment to the 

claimants till December 31, 2009. 

13.54 In terms of the provisions of the Enemy 

Property Act, 1968 fees equal to 2% of the 

income derived from the properties vested in 

Custodian are levied and the same shall be 

credited to the Central Government. 

Accordingly, a sum of Rs. 5.25 crore being 2% 

levy has been credited to the Consolidated Fund 

of India till December 31, 2009 since 1965. 

13.55 In September, 2009 a contract has been 

given to National Institute of Financial 

Management (NIFM), Faridabad for 

preparation of inventory of all 

immovable/movable enemy properties in India. 

�e terms interalia include: (i) valuation of 

securities (shares/bonds) of listed and quoted 

companies; (ii) physical certification and 

valuation of 100 selected immovable properties; 

and (iii) strategy for investment of corpus fund 

outlining road map for maximizing the return. 

�e NIFM is expected to submit its report by 

May, 2010. 

170 Chapter-XIII

REGISTRAR GENERAL OF 

INDIA AND 

CENSUS COMMISSIONER 

CENSUS AND VITAL STATISTICS 

14.1 �e Office of Registrar General and 

Census Commissioner, India (ORG & CCI) is 

in-charge of planning, coordination and 

supervision of the decennial Housing and 

Population Census, tabulation/compilation and 

dissemination of Census results under the 

provisions of the Census Act, 1948 and the 

Census (Amendment) Act, 1993. Besides, this 

office is responsible for overall implementation 

of the Registration of Births and Deaths Act, 

1969 in the country and compilation of data of 

vital statistics on births and deaths. �e ORG & 

CCI separately brings out estimates of fertility 

and mortality at the National and State level 

through a well represented sample under the 

Sample Registration System (SRS). Since 2003, 

the ORG & CCI has also been functioning as 

National Registration Authority and Registrar 

General of Citizen Registration under the 

Citizenship (Amendment) Act, 2003.�e ORG 

& CCI has now been assigned an additional task 

of conducting the Annual Health Survey (AHS) 

at the behest of Ministry of Health and Family 

Welfare to yield benchmarks of core vital and 

health indicators at the district level. 

Planning for the next Decennial 

Census 2011 

14.2 India has a long tradition of having 

regular decennial Censuses since 1872. �e 

Census 2011 would be the 15th Census in the 

country and the 7th since independence. 

14.3 Population Census is the largest 

Chapter-XIV 

CHAPTER 

XIV 

administrative exercise in the country providing 

statistical data on different socio-economic 

parameters of population. It is undertaken once 

in 10 years. �e Census operations are 

conducted in two phases. �e first phase which 

is Houselisting and Housing Census precedes 

the population enumeration by about 8 to 9 

months. �e main purpose of the Houselisting 

Operations is to prepare the frame for 

undertaking population enumeration, besides 

providing host of data on housing stock, 

amenities and the assets available for each of the 

households. �e Houselisting & Housing 

Census would be conducted from April to 

September, 2010. In the second phase - 

Population Enumeration, data on various socioeconomic 

and demographic parameters like age, 

sex, literacy, religion, languages known, 

economic activity status and migration etc. is 

collected in respect of each individual. 

Population Enumeration will be conducted in 

Feb-March, 2011. In addition, the particulars 

required for the preparation of the National 

Population Register will also be collected during 

the first phase of Census. 

14.4 At each Census, processing of largescale 

data has been a challenge. �e effort at 

each Census has been to leverage technology for 

faster processing of data. During Census 2001, 

Intelligent Character Recognition (ICR) 

technology was chosen for processing of data. It 

involved scanning of canvassed schedules, 

recognition of hand-written numeric 

information from the scanned images, data 

validation and generation of ASCII files for 

further processing. Adoption of this technology 

has helped not only in faster processing of data 

171

compared to earlier Censuses but also the 

generation of most of the output tables on cent 

percent basis than sampling, which was resorted 

to in past Censuses. 

14.5 Census 2011 would be using the same 

technology for data processing. �e ICR 

so�ware used in the previous Census has been 

upgraded with the latest version. 

14.6 �e preparations for the ensuing 

Census has commenced with the formal 

notification of the intent of the Government of 

India to conduct Census of India in 2011 with 

the reference date as March 1, 2011. As has been 

the practice during the past Censuses, a full 

dress rehearsal called Pre-Test of the Census 

was conducted during June 28 - August 05, 2009 

in 1,181 Enumeration Blocks of the country. 

Based on the feedback of pre-test, the questions 

to be canvassed during Houselisting and 

Housing Census in 2010 have been finalized by 

the Technical Advisory Committee (TAC). �e 

Government has approved the final set of 

questions to be canvassed during the 

Houselisting and Housing Census.�e 

concurrence to the proposed period of 

Houselisting & Housing Census has been 

obtained from all the 35 States. �e period of 

Houselisting and Housing Census and the 

questions to be canvassed during Houselisting 

and Houing Census have been sent for Gazette 

Notification in the official Gazette of 

Government of India. 

14.7 For the first time, an initiative to 

improve the quality and coverage of Census 

taking and to avoid any duplication or omission, 

‘GIS Based Town Mapping’ has been 

undertaken, in 33 capital cities of the country. 

�is will facilitate carving out the Census 

enumeration blocks before the actual 

enumeration. 

14.8 �e Master Directory of all 

172 

villages/towns has been finalised for ensuring 

complete coverage. Various Circulars giving 

instructions to all Census Directorates for 

proper conduct of Census 2011 have been 

issued during the current year. 

14.9 �e Directory of Scheduled Castes and 

Scheduled Tribes for use in 2011 Census is 

under preparation. 

14.10 A scheme on Mother Tongue Survey of 

India (MTSI) is being implemented during the 

11th Five Year Plan relating to survey of mother 

tongues which were unclassified in 2001 Census. 

Out of 541 mother tongues earmarked for 

survey, the survey has been completed and 

reports finalized in respect of 146 mother 

tongues. 

Data Dissemination 

14.11 For the first time in 2001 Census, the 

Data Dissemination Centers were set up in each 

State which have helped in creating awareness 

about availability of Census data and its use in 

various subjects such as demography, socioeconomic 

activities, migration, fertility, etc. A 

large number of Census data products in the 

form of printed volumes and CDs were made 

available for use by wide array of data users, 

including Government departments, voluntary 

organizations within country and at 

international level and also to individual 

research scholars. A few le� over tables were 

released in 2009-10. Efforts were thus 

concentrated more on publicizing the 

availability of the cross classified tabulation. �is 

office is regularly participating in Book 

Fairs/Exhibitions for display of Census data and 

sale. In 2009, the organization participated in 12 

Book fairs to enhance publicity on the 

availability of Census data products, approx. Rs 

35 lakh (up to February, 2010) was realized on 

account of sale of Census volumes, data on CD 

and maps. 

Chapter-XIV

14.12 �e significance of household data by 

composition and size cannot be 

overemphasized in the face of rapid social and 

economic transformation taking place in the 

society. It is largely believed that India’s 

traditional joint or extended households are fast 

breaking down into smaller nuclear or subnuclear 

households concomitantly with 

modernization and urbanization processes. 

Table HH4 providing data on household types 

by composition and size captured in 2001 

Census does not support this common belief. 

�e Table, now released for the first time a�er 

1981 Census, presents data on household 

composition by size of the household, separately 

for the male-headed and female-headed 

households. It presents the number of singleperson, 

sub-nuclear, nuclear, supplemented 

nuclear, broken-extended, joint and other 

households for each State/UT in the rural and 

urban areas. Data presented in this publication 

is based on samples that have been selected 

systematically subject to a minimum sample size 

criterion. 

14.13 In 2009-10, series of State Census Atlases 

have been released showing spatial analysis of 

2001 Census data on important characteristics 

for each State/UT separately. In addition the 

following products have been released: 

(i) General Population Tables (A1-A4) 2001 

for 3 States, viz., Chandigarh, Assam and 

Mizoram 

(ii) District Census Hand Books (DCHBs) of 

2001 Census for 466 districts in 26 States 

and UTs 

(iii) Analytical Report on the district level 

estimates of infant and under 5 child 

mortality based on 2001 Census 

14.14 Census data have been made available 

extensively at the Census website. �e facility of 

Shopping Cart at the Census of India website 

Chapter-XIV 

was modified to help users to select relevant 

tables or Census reports and place orders for 

on-line purchase. E-mail alerts were sent to the 

registered data users on new releases. 

14.15 For providing access to micro level 

Census data for research, a work station is being 

set up at Jawaharlal Nehru University (JNU). 

�e Centre will be the first of its type and will 

be operated under strict supervision of the 

faculty from the University. �e modalities for 

setting up the work station have been finalized 

and the required funds have been placed at the 

disposal of JNU for implementation of work 

and for making necessary procurement of 

hardware. 

Amendments to the Census Act, 1948 

and the Census Rules, 1990 

14.16 Complete coverage and accuracy of 

data have been the principal concerns at each 

of the Censuses. For this, security of 

information shared by the individuals is of 

utmost importance. A need has been felt for 

an enabling provision in the Act for 

appointment of Observers in identified areas 

to oversee the Census operations and, thereby, 

act as a deterrent to any of the wrong doings at 

the time of population enumeration. 

Simultaneously, there is a need to enforce 

greater accountability on the part of Census 

officers by providing for certification of the 

coverage of population under their charge. All 

this has become necessary after the experience 

of 2001 Census in which Census results were 

challenged in the courts and applications were 

filed seeking information about individuals 

from the Census data. With a view to address 

these issues, Government had set up a 

Committee in May 2008 under the Registrar 

General and Census Commissioner, India to 

review the provisions of the Census Act, 1948 

and the Census Rules, 1990. The Bill is being 

finalised by Ministry of Law. 

173

Conferences/Workshops/Trainings 

14.17 In order to smoothly conduct Census 

2011, Office of Registrar General, India has 

undertaken recruitment of over 1200 Officers 

and Staff in Statistical Cadre. Around 880 

Officers and Staff have joined the Office of the 

Registrar General, India. 

14.18 �e officers and officials of ORGI have 

also participated in different workshops, 

trainings, etc. held at Institute of Secretariat 

Training and Management (ISTM), New Delhi. 

One senior officer from ORG & CCI has also 

attended the 57th Session of the International 

Statistical Institute( ISI) in Durban, South Africa 

( August 16-22, 2009) on 2010 Round of 

Population and Housing Census. 

VITAL STATITICS 

Implementation of the Registration of 

Births and Deaths (RBD) Act, 1969 

14.19 �e Registrar General, India 

coordinates and unifies the registration 

activities across the country while the Chief 

Registrars of Births and Deaths are the chief 

executive authorities in the respective States. 

�e registration of births and deaths in the 

country is done by the functionaries appointed 

by the State Governments under the RBD Act, 

1969. 

14.20 �e proportion of registered births and 

deaths has witnessed a steady increase over the 

years. �e registration level of births and deaths 

for the country has risen to 71 percent for births 

and 64 percent for deaths respectively, 

registering an increase of two percent for births 

and one persent for deaths over the previous 

year. However, wide variations across the States 

in the level of registration have continued to 

persist. �e States/UTs of Goa, Himachal 

Pradesh, Kerala, Meghalaya, Mizoram, 

Nagaland, Punjab, Tamil Nadu, West Bengal, 

Chandigarh, Delhi and Puducherry have 

achieved cent per cent level of registration of 

births. �e States/UTs of Gujarat, Haryana, 

Karnataka, Sikkim and Daman & Diu have 

achieved more than 90 percent level of 

registration of births. However, this level is still 

less than 50 percent in the States of Bihar, 

Jharkhand and Uttar Pradesh. �e level of 

registration of deaths is lower than that of births 

in most of the States/UTs except Chhattisgarh, 

Jharkhand, Karnataka, A&N Island, Dadra & 

Nagar Haveli and Lakshadweep. �e States/UTs 

of Goa, Kerala, Chandigarh, Delhi and 

Puducherry have achieved cent percent level of 

registration of deaths. More than 90 percent of 

deaths are being registered in the States of 

Karnataka, Mizoram and Tamil Nadu and 

Union Territory of A&N Islands. �e 

percentage of death registration ranged between 

80 and 90 percent in the States of Chhattisgarh, 

Haryana, Himachal Pradesh, Punjab, and 

Sikkim and Union Territories of Dadra & Nagar 

Haveli and Daman & Diu. �e death 

registration is below 35% in the States of 

Arunachal Pradesh, Assam and Bihar. Lower 

level of death registration may partly be 

attributed to non-registration of female deaths 

and infant deaths. 

14.21 �ere have been significant increase in 

level of registration of births in the States of 

Uttarakhand (8.6%), Madhya Pradesh (7.7%) 

and Andhra Pradesh (4.0%) and there is a 

marginal increase in level of registration of 

births in Rajasthan (1.7%), West Bengal (1.7%) 

and Gujarat (1.2%) over the pervious year. 

14.22 In terms of level of registration of 

deaths, there have been considerable 

improvements in death registration in the States 

174 Chapter-XIV

of Mizoram (8.2%), Manipur (8.0%), 

Uttarakhand (5.5%), Chhattisgarh (4.4%), 

Haryana (3.7%), Sikkim (3.7%), Meghalaya 

(3.5%) and Orissa (3.2%) over the previous year. 

Special Reports on Vital Statistics of 

India based on the Civil Registration 

System 

14.23 Special Reports on Vital Statistics of 

India based on Civil Registration System for the 

years 1996-2001 and 2002-2005 respectively 

were released in the National Conference of 

Chief Registrars of Births & Deaths held in 

March, 2009. 

Amendments to the Registration of 

Births and Deaths (RBD) Act, 1969 

14.24 �e RBD Act, 1969 has been in 

existence for nearly four decades and has not 

been amended since then. A need has been felt 

for making amendments which have been 

necessitated inter-alia to fill the existing 

loopholes by including sections of the 

population hitherto not covered under the 

ambit of the Act; to make it people-friendly by 

simplifying different sections of the Act and also 

to keep pace with the technological innovations 

taking place, specially, in the field of 

Information Technology. A�er consultation 

with the State Governments as well as 

concerned Central Ministries/ Departments, the 

concurrence of the Department of Legal Affairs, 

Ministry of Law, on the proposed amendments 

has been obtained and the Cabinet Note is being 

finalized. 

Medical Certifcation of Cause of 

Death (MCCD) 

14.25 �e scheme of Medical Certification of 

Cause of Death (MCCD) under the Registration 

of Births and Deaths (RBD) Act, 1969 provides 

Chapter-XIV 

a medically authenticated database on causes of 

death, a prerequisite to monitoring health 

trends of the population. 32 States/UTs have 

issued the notification for implementation of 

the scheme of MCCD. �ree States/UTs which 

have yet to do it are Kerala, Meghalaya, and 

Lakshadweep. 

14.26 As per the annual report on “Medical 

Certification of Cause of Death” for the year 

2004, out of the total registered deaths of 

42,58,440 in 24 States/UTs, a total of 6,03,260 

deaths (3,76,048 Males and 2,27,212 Females) 

have been reported to be medically certified. 

14.27 As only selected medical institutions of 

different States/UTs that too mostly in urban 

areas are covered under the scheme of MCCD, 

the number of deaths reported therein may lack 

the representative character at the State/national 

level. However, it may throw some valuable 

insight into the gravity of various causes of 

deaths. In order to widen the scope and 

coverage under the MCCD, thus making it 

more reliable, an amendment in Section 10(3) 

of the RBD Act, 1969 has been contemplated to 

bring all the medical institutions owned and 

managed by government, non-government, 

non-profit institutions and individuals 

providing specialized or general treatment in 

the urban as well as rural areas under the 

coverage of the scheme of MCCD for reporting 

of the medically certified cause of death to the 

concerned Registrar on a compulsory basis. 

Annual Health Survey (AHS) 

14.28 �e Annual Health Survey (AHS) has 

been conceived at the behest of the National 

Population Commission, Prime Minister’s 

Office (PMO) and Planning Commission as an 

annual survey to yield benchmarks of core vital 

and health indicators at the district level and to 

map its rate of change on a continual basis to 

assess the efficacy of various health 

175

interventions including those under National 

Rural Health Mission (NRHM). �e survey 

would, inter-alia, generate indicators such as 

Infant Mortality Rate (IMR), Total Fertility Rate 

(TFR) and Maternal Mortality Rate (MMR) at 

appropriate level of aggregations which are not 

available from any other survey. 

14.29 �e AHS will be implemented in all 

284 districts of the Empowered Action Group 

(EAG) States (Bihar, Jharkhand, Madhya 

Pradesh, Chhattisgarh, Orissa, Rajasthan, Uttar 

Pradesh and Uttarakhand) and Assam during 

the mission period 2007-2012. �e survey is 

being implemented by the Office of Registrar 

General & Census Commissioner, India (ORG 

& CCI) on the behalf of the Ministry of Health 

& Family Welfare. �e approval of the 

Government on the scheme has since been 

obtained and the survey is likely to commence 

in April, 2010. 

Sample Registration System (SRS) 

14.30 �e Sample Registration System (SRS) 

is a large scale demographic survey for 

providing reliable estimates of birth rate, death 

rate and other fertility and mortality indicators 

at the national and sub-national levels. Initiated 

by the Office of the Registrar General, India on 

a pilot basis in a few selected States in 1964-65, 

it became fully operational in 1969-70 covering 

about 3,700 sample units. With a view to 

monitoring the changes in vital rates, the SRS 

sampling frame is revised every ten years, apart 

from efforts for enhancing its scope and 

rationalizing the system. �e latest replacement 

is based on the 2001 Census and is effective from 

January 1, 2004. �e present SRS has 7,597 

sample units (4,433 rural and 3,164 urban) 

spread across all States and Union Territories, 

encompassing about 1.3 million households and 

nearly 7 million population. �e SRS is a dual 

record system and consists of continuous 

enumeration of births and deaths by resident 

176 

part-time enumerators and an independent half 

yearly survey (HYS) by supervisors. �e 

unmatched data from these sources are reverified 

in the field. �e time lag between the 

field survey and release of results under SRS has 

been reduced to less than one year. 

14.31 �e SRS Bulletin, October, 2009 under 

Sample Registration System (SRS) for the year 

2008 has been released. It provides the latest SRS 

based estimates of birth rate, death rate, natural 

growth rate and infant mortality rate for the year 

2008 for all States/Union Territories, separately 

for rural and urban areas, vide Annexure-XII. 

�e salient findings are as under: 

• Crude Birth Rate (CBR) at national level is 

22.8 per thousand population; 24.4 in rural 

areas and 18.5 in urban areas. Among 

bigger States, CBR is the lowest (14.6) in 

Kerala and the highest (29.1) in Uttar 

Pradesh; 

• Crude Death Rate (CDR) at the national 

level is 7.4 per thousand population; 8.0 in 

rural areas and 5.9 in urban areas. Among 

the bigger States, Delhi has recorded the 

lowest (4.8) and Orissa the highest (9.0); 

• Infant Mortality Rate (IMR) (< one year) at 

the national level is 53 per 1,000 live births; 

It has declined by 2 points over the 

corresponding estimate of 55 in 2007; it 

varies from 58 in rural areas to 36 in urban 

areas. Among the bigger States, Kerala has 

recorded the lowest (12) while Madhya 

Pradesh has reported the highest (70). 

14.32 �e Compendium of India’s Fertility 

and Mortality indicators 1971-2007 based on the 

Sample Registration System (SRS) has been 

released during the year. 

14.33 �e Office of Registrar General, India 

has planned to introduce direct data collection 

through handheld device from the field under 

the SRS as a part of the overall plan of 

Chapter-XIV

developing a fully integrated online system. It 

would help in reducing further the time lag 

between data collection and release of reports 

besides, creating of electronic database. �e 

application so�ware for the direct data capture 

has been developed through NICSI and tested 

in the field also. �e field trials have been 

successfully conducted in Delhi and Rajasthan. 

In first phase, the handheld devices will be 

launched in 3,164 urban sample units during 

2nd HYS, 2009 and subsequently, it would be 

extended to rural units in second phase. 

Causes of death in SRS 

14.34 �e scheme on Survey on Causes of 

Death (SCD), owing to its restricted coverage to 

rural areas and other operational problems, was 

integrated with SRS from 1999. In order to 

determine the cause specific mortality by age 

and sex, Verbal Autopsy (VA) instruments were 

introduced as an integral component in SRS in 

all States/UTs from 2004. A Specific Survey of 

Death (SSD) through VA instruments was 

carried out in all States/UTs, covering all deaths 

reported under SRS from 2001 to 2003. Based 

on the results of the SSD, the report on Causes 

of Death in India : 2001-03 has been released in 

March, 2009. �e report provides Causes of 

Death as per ‘ICD – 10 classification’ cross 

classified by age, sex, residence and EAG States 

& Assam Vs. other States. Besides, a special 

bulletin on the level of maternal mortality 

estimate for the country and major States for the 

year 2004-06 was published in April, 2009. 

PILOT PROJECT ON 

MULTIPURPOSE NATIONAL 

IDENTITY CARD (MNIC) 

14.35 �e Citizenship Act, 1955 was 

amended in 2003 and Section 14A was inserted, 

which provides that the Central Government 

may compulsorily register every citizen of India 

and issue National Identity Card to him. 

Chapter-XIV 

Simultaneously, Citizenship Rules 2003 have 

been enacted laying down the processes to be 

followed for giving effect to this intent. 

14.36 To understand the complexities 

involved alongwith technical specifications and 

technology required for national roll out, a pilot 

project has been completed on March 31, 2009 

in selected areas of (12) States and (1) Union 

Territory viz., Andhra Pradesh, Assam, Delhi, 

Goa, Gujarat, Jammu and Kashmir, Rajasthan, 

Tripura, Uttar Pradesh, Uttarakhand, Tamil 

Nadu, West Bengal, and Puducherry. �e Pilot 

Project has been completed on March 31, 2009 

and more than 12.50 lakh identity cards have 

been issued to the citizens of age 18 years and 

above in the pilot areas. As a result of the pilot 

project, processes for collection and verification 

of individual data as well as the technology for 

personalization of identity cards using an interoperable 

operating system have been 

established. 

NATIONAL POPULATION 

REGISTER (NPR) 

14.37 �e experience of the pilot project has 

shown that determination of citizenship is an 

involved and complicated matter and that 

creation of National Population Register (NPR) 

of all usual residents with a single reference date 

would be more feasible. As the preparation of 

NPR involves house-to-house enumeration, the 

data collection shall be undertaken along with 

the Houselisting Operations of Census 2011 i.e. 

from April to September, 2010. �is would save 

the cost considerably. Once the data is digitized, 

photographs and finger biometrics will be 

captured of all usual residents who are of age 15 

years and above. �e Household Schedule for 

NPR has been finalized a�er approval of 

questions to be canvassed. 

14.38 Government have created a Unique 

Identification Authority of India (UIDAI) with 

177

the objective of assigning a Unique Identity 

Number (UIN) to each resident in the country 

as and when she/he registers herself/himself for 

availing benefits and/or services from the 

Government. �e UID database will be deduplicated 

using biometrics of each individual 

and will thus prevent anyone from having more 

than one UID. �e NPR for the country is 

expected to be created by 2012-2013. Once 

created, it will be handed over to UIDAI for 

assigning the UID numbers. �e office of RGI 

will de-duplicate the NPR database and assign 

UID numbers. Later, the office of RGI. will 

maintain and update the database. 

14.39 For strengthening the security along 

the coastline of the country, the creation of NPR 

********* 

in 3,331 coastal villages has been undertaken 

ahead of 2011 Census. In Andaman & Nicobar 

Islands, all the towns and villages will be covered 

for data collection in the First Phase while in 

respect of the other coastal States/UTs, 3,331 

coastal villages will be covered. �e remaining 

coastal towns/cities will be covered at the time 

of the preparation of NPR for the country with 

the next Census. Direct data collection 

alongwith the photograph and finger biometrics 

has been resorted to. Government has also 

decided to issue identity (smart) cards to the 

‘usual residents’ of these villages who are of 18 

years of age and above. �e field work of direct 

data collection is in progress and details of more 

than 7 million persons have been collected so 

far. 

178 Chapter-XIV

MISCELLANEOUS ISSUES 

AWARDS AND 

DECORATIONS 

Bharat Ratna Award 

15.1 Bharat Ratna is the highest civilian 

honour of the country. It is awarded for 

exceptional service towards advancement of art, 

literature and science and in recognition of 

public service of the highest order. Instituted in 

the year 1954, this award has been conferred on 

41 persons so far. It was last conferred on Pandit 

Bhimsen Gururaj Joshi for the year 2009. 

Padma Awards 

15.1 Padma Awards are conferred in three 

categories, namely, Padma Vibhushan, Padma 

Bhushan and Padma Shri. �e awards are given 

in ten broad disciplines/field of activities viz. art, 

social work, public affairs, science & 

engineering, trade & industry, medicine, 

literature & education, sports, civil service and 

miscellaneous. 

15.3 �e decoration of Padma Vibhushan is 

awarded for exceptional and distinguished 

service in any field; Padma Bhushan for 

distinguished service of high order and Padma 

Shri for distinguished service in any field. 

15.4 It is the practice to invite nominations 

for Padma Awards every year from the State 

Governments, Union Territory Administrations, 

Ministries/Departments of the Central 

Government, Institutes of Excellence, recipients 

of Bharat Ratna/Padma Vibhushan award. 

Besides them, a large number of 

recommendations are also received suo-motu 

from several Cabinet Ministers, Governors, 

Chief Ministers, Members of Parliament, 

Chapter-XV 

Members of Legislative Assemblies, private 

individuals, organizations, etc. All these 

recommendations are placed before the Padma 

Awards Committee for its consideration. �e 

recommendations of the Padma Awards 

Committee are submitted to the Prime Minister 

and the President for their approval and the 

awards are announced on the eve of Republic 

Day. 

15.5 �e President of India has approved 

the conferment of Padma Award on 130 persons 

on the occasion of Republic Day 2010. �is 

includes 13 persons in the category of 

Foreigners/ NRIs/ PIOs. �e award comprises 6 

Padma Vibhushan, 43 Padma Bhushan and 81 

Padma Shri. �ere are 17 ladies among the 

awardees. �e decoration of the award will be 

presented by the President of India at 

Rashtrapati Bhavan in late March/ early April, 

2010. 

Gallantry Awards 

CHAPTER 

XV 

15.6 �e Ashoka Chakra series of Gallantry 

awards, administered by the Ministry of 

Defence, are announced on Republic Day and 

Independence Day every year. 

Recommendations in respect of civilian citizens 

are processed in the Ministry of Home Affairs. 

15.7 �e President has approved the names 

of four civilians for Gallantry award on 

Independence Day, 2009. �ese are for Shaurya 

Chakra. For Republic Day 2010, the President 

has approved the names of 5 civilians, which 

includes 4 Kirti Chakra and 1 Shaurya Chakra. 

�e decoration of the award will be presented by 

179

the President of India at Rashtrapati Bhavan in 

due course. 

Jeevan Raksha Padak Awards 

15.8 Jeevan Raksha Padak awards were 

instituted in the year 1961. As the name of the 

award suggests, it is given to a rescuer for saving 

someone’s life. 

15.9 �e awards are given in three 

categories, namely, Sarvottam Jeevan Raksha 

Padak, Uttam Jeevan Raksha Padak and Jeevan 

Raksha Padak. Sarvottam Jeevan Raksha Padak 

is awarded for conspicuous courage under the 

circumstances of very great danger to the life of 

the rescuer; Uttam Jeevan Raksha Padak is 

awarded for courage and promptitude under 

circumstances of great danger to the life of the 

rescuer and Jeevan Raksha Padak is awarded for 

courage and promptitude under circumstances 

of grave bodily injury to the rescuer in an act or 

series of acts of human nature in saving life from 

drowning, fire, accident, electrocution, landslide, 

animal attack, etc. 

15.10 Nominations for this awards are 

invited every year from all State/UT 

Governments and Ministries/Departments of 

the Government of India. �ese are considered 

by an Awards Committee. �e Awards 

Committee makes its recommendations to the 

Prime Minister and the President for approval. 

15.11 �e ceremony for these awards is held 

in the respective State Capitals of the awardees. 

�e awardee is presented a medallion and a 

Certificate signed by the Home Minister. �e 

awardees are also given a lump-sum monetary 

allowance at the rate of Rs.75,000 for Sarvottam 

Jeevan Raksha Padak, Rs. 45,000 for Uttam 

Jeevan Raksha Padak & Rs.30,000 for Jeevan 

Raksha Padak. 

15.12 For the year 2009, the President has 

180 

approved Jeevan Raksha Padak awards for 53 

persons. �is includes 2 Sarvottam Jeevan 

Raksha Padaks, 7 Uttam Jeevan Raksha Padaks 

and 44 Jeevan Raksha Padaks. 

VIGILANCE MACHINERY 

15.13 �e Vigilance set up of the Ministry of 

Home Affairs is headed by the Joint Secretary 

(Administration), who is also the Chief 

Vigilance Officer (CVO) of the Ministry. He is 

assisted by a Deputy Secretary and an Under 

Secretary in the discharge of his functions. �e 

Vigilance Section deals with all disciplinary 

matters of the Ministry of Home Affairs 

(Proper), all matters related to Annual 

Confidential Reports and coordinates vigilance 

activities in the attached and subordinate offices 

of the Ministry, such as Central Police Forces, 

Central Police Organisations, etc. 

15.14 �e measures taken within the 

Ministry to strengthen preventive vigilance are 

briefly summed up as follows :- 

a) �e Chief Vigilance Officer maintains 

liaison with all attached/subordinate offices 

to ensure timely completion of various 

tasks relating to vigilance work. 

b) �e Annual Action Plan for vigilance/anticorruption 

measures of the Department of 

Personnel and Training is being 

implemented by the Ministry of Home 

Affairs. �e Attached/Subordinate offices 

in the Ministry are asked to implement the 

Plan effectively and report the progress 

every quarter to the Ministry. Regular 

reviews of the vigilance activities in the 

subordinate formations of the Ministry are 

undertaken and reports sent to the 

Department of Personnel and Training at 

the end of every quarter. 

c) All reports required to be sent to Central 

Vigilance Commission and the Department 

of Personnel and Training are sent to the 

Chapter-XV

concerned authorities of the prescribed 

periodic intervals. 

d) Some Divisions in the Ministry like 

Freedom Fighters and Rehabilitation 

Division, Foreigners Division and 

Procurement Wing of Police 

Modernisation Division, having substantial 

public dealings, are kept under close watch. 

e) All officers and members of staff working in 

sensitive Sections/Divisions are required to 

fill up a special security questionnaire 

periodically and positive vetting is done in 

their cases through the Intelligence 

agencies. It serves as on effective tool in 

ensuring that only persons with 

unimpeachable integrity are posted in 

sensitive places in the Ministry. 

f) Liaison is maintained with the Heads of the 

Divisions which have been categorized as 

sensitive to ensure that a close watch is kept 

on the activities of the officials working in 

such Divisions. 

g) Progress on disposal of complaints received 

Chapter-XV 

from various sources and pendancy of 

disciplinary/vigilance cases is regularly 

monitored by the CVO. 

h) With a view to curb development of vested 

interests, staff in the Ministry is rotated 

amongst various divisions. An exercise to 

categories the posts as sensitive or nonsensitive 

to facilitate rotation of staff has 

been undertaken. 

i) List of officers whose integrity is doubtful is 

maintained and periodically reviewed. 

15.15 �e “Vigilance Awareness Week” was 

observed from November 3 - 7, 2009. A pledge 

was administered by the Secretary, Department 

of Personnel and Training on November 3, 2009 

to the officers of Ministry of Home Affairs. An 

Secretary, Department of Personnel and Training administering pledge to the 

officers of Ministry of Home Affairs during vigilance Awareness Week” 

observed form November 3-7, 2009 

Open Forum on ”Suggestions for eradicating 

corruption” was also organized. �e Vigilance 

Awareness Week was observed in the 

attached/subordinate offices of the Ministry as 

well. 

181

15.16 �e Ministry keeps a watch over all 

cases pending at different stages including the 

cases pending in its attached and subordinate 

offices, so that such cases are disposed of in a 

time bound manner. �e status of pendancy is 

monitored by the CVO and at appropriate 

intervals meetings with CVOs and VOs of 

concerned attached/subordinate is taken by 

him. 

15.17 Statistics in respect of vigilance and 

disciplinary cases dealt with in the Ministry of 

Home Affairs and its attached and subordinate 

offices during the year 2009-10 (up to December 

31, 2009) are at Annexure-XIII. 

RIGHT TO INFORMATION ACT, 

2005 

15.18 Under the provisions of the Right to 

Information Act, 2005, this Ministry has 

initiated the following actions: 

• An RTI Section has been set up to collect, 

transfer the applications under the RTI Act, 

2005 to the Central Public Information 

Officers/Public Authorities concerned and 

to forward the annual return regarding 

receipt & disposal of the RTI 

applications/appeals to the Central 

Information Commission. 

• Details of the Ministry’s functions along 

with its functionaries etc. have been placed 

on the RTI portal of this Ministry’s official 

website as required under section 4(1) (b) of 

the Act. 

• All Deputy Secretary/Director level officers 

have been designated as Central Public 

Information Officers (CPIOs) under section 

5(1) of the Act, in respect of the subjects 

being handled by them. 

• All Joint Secretaries have been designated as 

Appellate Authorities in terms of section 19 

(1) of the Act, in respect of Deputy 

182 

Secretaries/Directors working under them 

and designated as CPIOs. 

• �e annual return under section 25 of the 

Act for the year ended March 31, 2009 in 

respect of this Ministry and its attached and 

subordinate offices and Delhi Police has 

been uploaded on the website of this 

Ministry and given on-line to the Central 

Information Commission. 

• To facilitate the receipt of applications under 

the RTI Act, 2005 a provision has been made 

to receive the applications at the reception 

counter of this Ministry in each of its three 

buildings viz. North Block, Lok Nayak 

Bhavan and Jaisalmer House. �e 

applications so received are further 

transferred by the RTI Section to the 

CPIOs/Public Authorities concerned. 

• During the year 2008-09, 26,906 

applications were dealt with, as against 

20,920 applications dealt with during the 

previous year. 

SECRETARIAT SECURITY 

ORGANIZATION 

15.19 �e Secretariat Security Organization 

(SSO) is the nodal agency for the security of 

Government buildings under the security cover 

of the Ministry of Home Affairs. At present 

there are 49 buildings under the Ministry 

security cover housing offices of various 

Ministries/Departments of the Government of 

India. �ese buildings are located at various 

places in Delhi in a radius of approximately 16 

Km. �e organization is responsible for 

formulation of policies regarding Government 

Building Security (GBS) and executing them 

through:- 

(1) �e Reception Organisation; and 

(2) Central Industrial Security Force 

(CISF)/Secretariat Security Force (SSF) 

Chapter-XV

15.20 �e Reception Organisation 

comprising of 120 personnel is manning 53 

Reception Offices located in the 38 Government 

buildings. Entry of visitors to these buildings is 

regulated through the various Reception 

Officers from where visitors passes are issued 

and a record kept thereof. Visitor passes are 

issued only a�er confirming from officers of a 

pre-determined level if the visitor is to be 

allowed entry or otherwise. 

15.21 �e GBS unit of the CISF and the SSF 

are deployed for the security of the buildings 

including their premises. �e two forces are 

assigned the task of: 

(a) Access Control - To ensure that no 

unauthorized person, vehicle or material is 

allowed access to the government buildings 

including their premises. Only bonafide 

persons holding valid I/Cards issued by this 

Ministry are allowed entry. Apart from 

this, visitors holding valid temporary/daily 

visitors pass are allowed entry a�er 

checking/frisking including checking of 

their bags/brief cases, etc. 

(b) Anti-terrorist Measures – �e forces are 

primarily responsible for anti-terrorist 

measures in the buildings. 

(c) Forcible entry/armed attack - To 

prevent/counter any attempt of forcible 

entry/armed attack on the buildings and 

take effective action against such forcible 

entry/armed attack as first responder. 

(d) Intrusion - To deter, detect and neutralize 

any kind of intrusion into the building. 

(e) Exit Control - To prevent pilferage of 

government property from the building. 

SPORTS 

15.22 Teams as well as individual officials 

from Ministry of Home Affairs have been taking 

part in various inter-Ministry sporting activities 

Chapter-XV 

being conducted from time to time by the 

Central Civil Services Sports Control Board 

(CCSCB) of the Department of of Personnel and 

Training and have brought laurels to the Ministy 

by their inspired peformances. 

15.23 �e Ministry won the Men Team 

Championship in the Inter-Ministry Carrom 

Tournament for 2009-10. Besides, Shri Raja 

Ramaswamy and Shri Inderjit Bhatia won the 

winner and runners up positions respectively in 

the individual men Veteran Singles event. �e 

team has been giving a consistently good 

performance over the years. 

OFFICIAL LANGUAGE 

15.24 An Official Language Division is 

functioning in the Ministry to implement the 

provisions of the Official Languages Act, 1963, 

as amended in 1967, Official Languages Rules, 

1976, as amended in 1987 and other 

administrative instructions issued on the subject 

from time to time. �e Division ensures 

compliance with the official language policy of 

the Government in the Ministry of Home 

Affairs and its attached and subordinate offices. 

Implementation of the Official 

language Policy 

15.25 Keeping in view the large size of the 

Ministry, 20 Official Language Implementation 

Committees have been constituted at the 

Division level, each headed by the Joint 

Secretary of the Division concerned. All the 

Officers of the rank of Section Officer and above 

up to the rank of the Director of the Division 

concerned are members of the respective 

Committee. �e Quarterly Progress Reports 

regarding progressive use of Hindi in official 

work received from Sections/Desks of the 

respective Divisions are reviewed in these 

meetings and remedial measures suggested to 

avoid recurrence of the shortcomings. 

183

Compliance with the Section 3 (3) of 

the Official Languages Act, 1963, as 

amended in 1967 and correspondence 

in Hindi 

15.26 Section 3 (3) of the Official Languages 

Act, 1963, as amended in 1967 is being complied 

with fully and all the documents covered under 

this section are being invariably issued 

bilingually. All the letters received or signed in 

Hindi, irrespective of the fact from where they 

are received, are being replied to in Hindi. 

Efforts are being made to increase 

correspondence in Hindi with the offices of the 

Central Government, State Governments, UT 

Administrations and the general public in the 

regions ‘A’ & ‘B’. 

Official Language Inspections 

15.27 Official Language inspections were 

carried out in 10 offices under the Ministry 

located outside Delhi. �e Parliamentary 

Committee on Official Language also inspected 

04 offices of the Ministry during the year. 

Besides, 07 sections of the Ministry were also 

inspected by the personnel of Official Language 

Division. 

Hindi Day/Hindi Month 

15.28 Hindi Month was organized in the 

Ministry from September 14 to October 13, 

2009. Various Hindi competitions and 

programmes such as a Hindi Workshop and a 

very informative lecture by an eminent Hindi 

Scholar, Shri Lakshmi Shankar Vajpayee, 

Station Director, All India Radio, New Delhi 

were organized in which 190 personnel of the 

Ministry participated with a lot of enthusiasm. 

Hindi speaking as well as non-Hindi speaking 

personnel of the Ministry participated in a large 

number and with zeal in the competitions and 

the programmes. 

184 

Training in Hindi Typing and Hindi 

Stenography 

15.29 Out of the total 63 Lower Division 

Clerks, 54 are trained in Hindi typewriting at 

present. Similarly, out of the total 140 

Stenographers, 79 are trained in Hindi 

Stenography. 

Hindi Workshop 

15.30 �ree Hindi workshops were organized 

in the months of June, 2009 and September, 

2009 and December, 2009 to motivate 

employees to do their official work in Hindi and 

to train them up effectively in attempting noting 

and dra�ing originally in Hindi. Sixty one 

employees participated enthusiastically in these 

workshops. 

Incentive Schemes 

15.31 An incentive scheme to encourage the 

officers and the employees to do their work in 

Hindi has been in vogue for the last many years 

in the Ministry. 10 cash prizes are awarded 

under the scheme every year. �e entries for the 

year 2008-09 were evaluated/finalized and 10 

personnel were selected for cash prizes along 

with certificates. Besides, the Ministry has been 

operating another incentive scheme since the 

year 2007-08 to motivate the officers to give 

dictation in Hindi. Two officers participated in 

the scheme of the year 2008-09 and were 

selected for cash prize of Rs.1,000 each and a 

certificate. 

Rajbhasha Shield Yojana 

15.32 ‘Rajbhasha Shield Yojana’, an incentive 

scheme for the attached/subordinate offices of 

the Ministry for encouraging them to use Hindi 

in their official work, has been in existence for 

the last many years. Entries for the year 2008-09 

have been received from all the offices under the 

Ministry and are under evaluation. 

Chapter-XV

REDRESSAL OF PUBLIC 

GRIEVANCES 

15.33 An Internal Grievances Redressal 

Machinery (IGRM), functioning in this 

Ministry attends to all grievances. 2,603 

grievances were received and attended to during 

the period from April 1, 2009 to January 31, 

2010. 

15.34 �e Joint Secretary (Coordination and 

Public Grievances) has been nominated as 

Director of Public grievances. �e name, 

designation, room number, telephone number, 

etc. of Director of Public Grievances have been 

displayed at the Reception counter. 

15.35 A Public Grievance Officer has been 

nominated in each Division as the Nodal Officer 

who monitors the progress of the redressal of 

Public Grievances relating to the respective 

Division. 

PARLIAMENTARY BUSINESS 

15.36 �e Ministry of Home Affairs deals 

with a wide range of subjects, which are 

complex as well as sensitive in nature 

warranting constant parliamentary attention. 

�is is reflected in the legislative and nonlegislative 

business of the Parliament when it is 

in Session, as also in the recommendations of 

various Parliamentary Committees referred to 

this Ministry for taking action. �is Ministry 

has been organising regular meetings of the 

Consultative Committee. Inputs are also 

provided for the resolutions, etc. adopted by the 

Inter-Parliamentary Union, high level 

International fora for political multilateral 

negotiations. 

15.37 �is Ministry held three meetings of 

the Consultative Committee during the year 

2009-2010 under the chairmanship of Union 

Home Minister on the following subjects : 

Chapter-XV 

• ‘National Police Mission’ on October 26, 

2009 

• ‘Visa, Immigration & Foreign Contribution’ 

on December 18, 2009 

• ‘Modernisation of Police Forces’ on 

February 4, 2010 

15.38 �e Action Taken on the 

recommendation contained in the 140th Report 

(on the action taken by Government on the 

recommendations/observations contained in 

the 132nd Report on the Demands for Grants 

2008-2009) was submitted to the Committee as 

per schedule. As required under Rule 266 of the 

Rules of Procedure and Conduct of Business in 

Rajya Sabha and Rule 389 of the Rules of 

Procedure and Conduct of Business in Lok 

Sabha, statements were made by the concerned 

Minister in both the Houses of Parliament (on 

August 3, 2009 in Rajya Sabha and on August 4, 

2009 in Lok Sabha) regarding the progress made 

towards implementation of the 

recommendations contained in the 140th 

Report of the Committee. 

DEPARTMENTAL ACCOUNTING 

ORGANISATION 

Audit Objections/Paras 

15.39 Departmental Accounting 

Organisation (DAO) of Ministry of Home 

Affairs working as a part of internal Finance 

Wing of Ministry of Home Affairs is responsible 

for payment, accounting and internal audit of 

the Ministry of Home Affairs and all its attached 

offices. DAO brings out monthly and annual 

financial statements for the Ministry and 

submits it to the Controller General of Accounts 

who compiles for the entire Government of 

India as a whole. �e DAO is headed by Chief 

Controller of Accounts (CCA) who acts as a 

Principal Accounting Adviser to the Chief 

Accounting Authority (Secretary) of the 

Ministry. As an integral part of Internal Finance 

185

Wing of the Ministry, CCA helps Additional 

Secretary & Financial Adviser in maintaining 

an efficient system of financial management in 

the Ministry. DAO works in a computerized 

environment using a so�ware “COMPACT” for 

managing its payment and accounting 

functions. �e data from COMPACT is 

uploaded on a web based application called elekha 

which has the capability of generating real 

time reports which serve as a part of expenditure 

information system for the Ministry. �e DAO 

also assists the IFD in budget formulation, 

budget execution and budget reporting. 

15.40 �e internal audit wing of the Ministry, 

under the overall guidance of Controller 

General of Accounts has undertaken the Risk 

Based Audit of various schemes of this Ministry. 

�e revised internal audit manual, 2009 has also 

focused on reorienting the Internal Audit 

function for conducting a Risk Based and 

Performance Audit of various aspects of 

functioning of the Ministry. An Audit 

Committee under the Chairmanship of 

Secretary of the Ministry has been constituted 

to have an oversight of the functioning of Risk 

Management and Controls in the Ministry and 

its attached offices. �e Internal Audit Wing 

carries out Concurrent Audit quarterly for 

Modernization of Police Force and half yearly of 

Security Related Expenditures in various States. 

�e Internal Audit Wing also takes up special 

audit engagements as per Terms of Reference 

given by the executive wings of the Ministry. 

15.41 �e Demands for Grants of the 

Ministry of Home Affairs (MHA) include 

budgetary requirements of various Central Paramilitary 

Forces (CPFs), Central Police 

Organizations (CPOs), Union Territories (UTs) 

(with and without legislature), Registrar General 

of India, Department of Official Language, etc. 

�e 10 Demand for Grants take care of 

expenditure requirements of all these agencies. 

186 

With UTs, beginning to implement COMPACT 

and e-lekha, the expenditure filing and reporting 

for all the grants of MHA would be on a real 

time basis. Besides, internal audit the operations 

and financial statements of MHA are subjected 

to Statutory Audit as well which is carried out 

by the Office of the Comptroller & Auditor 

General of India (C&AG). 

15.42 A�er carrying out the audit of 

expenditure initially, the Inspection Reports 

(IRs) indicating the audit observations are made 

available to the concerned Units/Organizations, 

which in time make efforts to settle the 

observations. C&AG through the Report 

submitted to Parliament, prepares audit paras 

against which Action Taken Notes are required 

to be prepared by the Ministry. In order to 

promptly settle the audit paras, the status of 

pendency is monitored at the highest level on 

quarterly basis, where representatives of 

Director General (Audit) are also invited in the 

meetings. So�ware to monitor the pending 

audit paras is also being developed in the Office 

of the Chief Controller of Accounts. �e receipt 

and liquidation of audit paras is a continuous 

ongoing process. As on April 1, 2009, there were 

21 such audit paras pending in this Ministry. 

During the period from April 1, 2009 to 

December 31, 2009, 19 new paras were received, 

bringing the total to 40. Out of which, 15 paras 

have been settled during the period, leaving a 

balance of 25 such paras as on December 31, 

2009. 

15.43 �e number of outstanding IR paras in 

respect of all organizations under the control of 

MHA as on April 1, 2009 was 3,965. During the 

period from April 1, 2009 to December 31, 2009, 

the total number of Audit Objections/Paras 

settled and received was 700 and 955 

respectively. �us, as on December, 31, 2009, 

the number of outstanding IR paras was 4,220. 

To monitor the progress of settlement of these 

Chapter-XV

Paras, ad-hoc committees have been constituted 

in the Ministry. �e position in respect of each 

organization is at Annexure-XIV. 

15.44 Status of ATNs on Important Audit 

Observations included in earlier Annual 

Reports is given at Annexure - XV. A summary 

of most recent and important audit observations 

pertaining to this Ministry and made available 

by the C&AG and their latest status is at 

Annexures-XVI and XVII respectively. 

EMPOWERMENT OF WOMEN AND 

WEAKER SECTIONS OF THE 

SOCIETY 

Redressal of complaints pertaining to 

sexual harassment of work place 

15.45 �e Ministry of Home Affairs has 

constituted a five member Complaint 

Committee for redressal of complaints 

pertaining to sexual harassment at workplace, if 

any, made by aggrieved women employees of 

the Ministry. �e Committee has one male and 

four women members, including the 

Chairperson, and a member from the Young 

Women’s Christian Association as an NGO 

member. �e Committee has started holding 

regular quarterly meetings, the first of which 

was held on September 09, 2009. 

15.46 �e Committee has not received any 

complaint regarding sexual harassment at 

workplace during the year. 

Benefit to Physically Handicapped 

Persons 

15.47 �e Central Government have 

prescribed 3% reservation in employment to 

physically handicapped persons (one per cent 

each for blindness or low vision, hearing 

Chapter-XV 

impairment and locomotor disability or cerebral 

palsy) 

15.48 �ere are 09 Visually handicapped, 01 

Hearing Impaired and 14 orthopaedically 

handicapped persons working in the Ministry 

of Home Affairs. 

15.49 On account of the nature of work, all 

categories posts of ‘combatant personnel’ of the 

Central Police Forces are exempted from 

section 33 of Persons with Disabilities (Equal 

Opportunities, Protection of Rights and Full 

Participations) Act, 1995. 

GENDER BUDGETING 

15.50 �e initiatives taken in the Ministry of 

Home Affairs for the benefit of women have 

been elaborated in the following paras. 

Central Industrial Security Force 

(CISF) 

15.51 CISF is implementing following 

schemes exclusively benefiting women during 

2009 - 2010:- 

• �e CISF has taken initiative for 

construction of Family Welfare Centres 

(FWCs) at Reserve Battalions and Training 

Institutions exclusively for the benefit of 

women. Presently, FWCs are being 

constructed at RTC Behror (Rajasthan) and 

RTC Arakkonam (TN). �ese Family 

Welfare Centres are constructed exclusively 

for women to learn new skills and augment 

their family income by earning through the 

activities like stitching, handicra�s, 

production of food items etc. 

• Budgetary provision of Rs. 1.34 crore in BE 

2009-10 has been reduced to Rs. 0.81 crore 

in RE 2009-10, keeping in view the pace of 

construction of buildings at both the 

187

188 

locations. However, construction of FWCs 

will be completed in next financial year 

2010-11. 

Bureau of Police Research & 

Development (BPR&D) 

15.52 BPR&D which is undertaking studies 

on police problems and formulating and 

coordinating policies and programmes for 

police training etc. has undertaken a number of 

activities for the benefit, welfare and 

development of women in police. A provision of 

Rs. 90 lakh in Budget Estimates 2009-10 has 

been made for the following schemes benefiting 

women:- 

i) Research Study (Rs. 26 lakh); 

ii) Research Study on identification of best 

prison practices awarded to Dr. Upneet 

Lalli, Chandigarh (Rs. 3.18 lakh); 

iii) Research study on ‘Police performance in 

Extremist & Non-extremist affected areas 

- An introspective understanding’ 

awarded to Dr. Anuradha Dutta, Project 

Director, Omeo Kumar Das Institute of 

Social Sciences and Development, 

Guwahati. Research project is coordinated 

by Prof. (Dr.) V. Veeraraghavan, New 

Delhi (Rs. 31.60 lakh); 

iv) Research study on Central Act and all the 

rules framed by the States on the Private 

Security Agencies (Regulation) Act, 2005 

awarded to Ms. Menaka Guruswamy, 

Advocate, Supreme Court of India (Rs. 1 

lakh); 

v) Research study on ‘Status of Crime against 

Women in Southern Region, Kerala, 

Tamil Nadu and North East Region’ coordinated 

by Prof. (Dr.) Deepti 

Shrivastava, Bhopal (Rs. 4.03 lakh); 

vi) Award of Junior Research Fellowships for 

doctoral work in Police Science and 

Criminology as per the guidelines laid 

down by the UGC (Rs. 5.35 lakh); 

vii) Courses on Self Development and Conflict 

Management for Women Police Officers 

of the rank of Dy. SP to ASI at Central 

Detective Training Schools under BPR&D 

(Rs. 6 lakh); 

viii) Courses on Crime Against Women vis-avis 

Human Rights, Juvenile Justice & 

Human Rights at Central Detective 

Training Schools under BPR&D 

(Rs. 5 lakh); 

ix) Seminar-cum-workshop on “Trafficking 

of Persons and Role of Police in the 

country” (Rs. 7 lakh); 

x) Vertical Interaction Course for IPS and 

other Senior Officers on issues relating to 

Gender & SC/ST categories (Rs. 10 lakh); 

xi) Pandit Govind Ballabh Pant Award 

Scheme - Publication of Hindi Books 

(Rs. 84,000). 

Research and training activities 

undertaken by BPR&D during the year 

2009-10 benefiting the women 

• �ree women have been selected for the 

Doctoral fellowship in Police Science and 

Criminology during 2009-10 and one 

installment of Rs. 54,500 each released 

during 2009-10. 

• Research study on ‘Identification of Best 

Prison Practices’ was awarded to Dr. Upneet 

Lalli, Chandigarh with a total outlay of Rs. 

4,77,500 out of which final installment 

amounting to Rs. 1,59,168 has been released. 

• Research study on Central Act and all the 

rules framed by the States on the Private 

Security Agencies (Regulation) Act, 2005 

awarded to Ms. Menaka Guruswamy, 

Advocate, Supreme Court of India and Rs.1 

lakh sanctioned. 

• Second installment amounting to Rs. 11, 

70,556 being awarded to Dr. Anuradha 

Dutta, Project Director, Omeo Kumar Das 

Institute of Social Changes and 

Development, Guwahati and Prof. (Dr) V. 

Chapter-XV

Veeraraghavan, New Delhi, coordinator of 

the Research project. 

• Second installment amounting to Rs. 

13,40,794 being awarded to Prof. (Dr.) 

Deepti Shrivastava, Bhopal, coordinator of 

the Research study on ‘Status of Crime 

against Women in Southern Region Kerala, 

Tamil Nadu and North East Region’. 

• Research study on ‘Follow-up of Released 

Offenders on their Reformation and 

Rehabilitation’ has been awarded to Dr. 

Deepti Srivastava, Bhopal with outlay of Rs. 

4,99,800 out of which the final installment 

of Rs .1,66,600 has been released. 

• Second installment amounting to Rs .83.000 

awarded to Dr. Sudeshna Mukherjee, 

Lecturer, Bangalore University for the 

Research study on “A Comparative 

Sociological Analysis of the Job Stress, 

Vulnerability and subsequent Security Need 

for the women in the ITES and Garment 

Industries in the Silicon Valley of India, 

Bangalore.” 

• Final installment amounting to Rs.60,000 

being awarded to Dr. Anupam Sharma, 

Lecturer, Meerut University for the 

Research study on “Democratic System, 

Administrative, Cultural and Police 

Administration (A case study of Western 

Uttar Pradesh). 

• Five (5) women were sanctioned fellowship 

(ongoing) amount totaling Rs. 3.83 lakh for 

the Doctoral Work in Police Science and 

Criminology. 

• Six (6) courses on Crime against Women 

vis-à-vis Human Rights and Juvenile Justice 

and Human Rights were conducted at 

Central Detective Training Schools under 

BPR&D, incurring an expenditure of Rs.5 

lakh during 2009-10. 

• Five (5) courses on Self Development and 

Conflict Management exclusively for 

Women Police Officers of the rank of Dy. SP 

to ASI were organized at Central Detective 

Training Schools under BPR&D, incurring 

Chapter-XV 

an expenditure of Rs. 6 lakh during 2009-10. 

• Fi�een (15) Seminars-cum-Workshops on 

trafficking of personnel and role of police in 

the country have been organized incurring 

an expenditure of Rs.7 lakh during 2009-10. 

• Fourteen (14) numbers of Vertical 

Interaction Courses for IPS and Senior 

Officers on the issues relating to Gender & 

SC/ST have been organized incurring an 

expenditure of Rs.10 lakh during 2009-10. 

Central Reserve Police Force (CRPF) 

15.53 CRPF is implementing following 

schemes exclusively benefiting women during 

2009 - 2010:- 

• Gymnasium and other facilities for physical 

activities exclusively for ladies. 

• Provision of music systems, TVs and DVDs 

etc. for recreation of women in the ladies 

room. 

• Common staff room for ladies for lunch etc. 

• Women hostel. 

• Day care centre/Creche including provision 

of Ayah to look a�er children. 

• Providing embroidery machines exclusively 

to women to enable them to gain extra skills. 

• Provision of women specific items and 

equipments like Electric Hair Cutter and 

Sauna Belts, Abdominal Exercise Machine 

for the use of ladies. 

• Women oriented periodicals, books and 

journals in recreation/common staff rooms. 

15.54 Gymnasiums have been established in 

Group Centres and office of Inspectors General 

of Police of CRPF at various locations of the 

Force. At these centres exclusive facility and 

equipment have been provided for ladies to 

carry out physical training and exercises. At 

Delhi, a Sauna Belt and Abdominal Exercise 

Machine for the use of Mahila personnel have 

been provided exclusively for the women 

employees for keeping themselves fit and trim. 

189

Group Centres and IG offices at Jammu, Patna 

and Delhi have been provided with music 

systems, TVs and DVDs etc. for recreation of 

women in Family Welfare Centres. Women 

oriented magazines and periodicals are also 

provided in the Family Welfare Centres and 

common staff rooms regularly. Provision has 

also been made at CRPF locations like Group 

Centre, Sindri for common staff room for ladies 

for lunch break and other women specific 

activities. Exclusive Women’s Hostel has been 

provided for female employees of CRPF Mahila 

Battalian at GC, CRPF Gandhinagar where 

various female oriented faculties have been 

created. Besides, provision of Women’s Hostel 

at Group Centre, CRPF, Bhubaneshwar (Orissa) 

for various women oriented requirements has 

been kept during 2009-10. With a view to 

providing welfare for women employees, GC 

Pinjore has provided two Embroidery Machines 

in its Family Welfare Centre which is oriented 

to enhance skill of women employees. Creche 

have been opened in various locations of CRPF 

like Jammu, Nagpur, Pinjore, Gandhinagar, 

Pune, Sindri, RAF Delhi etc. where provision for 

an Ayah have also been made to care of the 

children, while women members of Force are 

away on duty. 

15.55 CRPF comprised two exclusive Mahila 

Battalions, one at Delhi and another at 

Gandhinagar (Gujarat). �e Mahila personnel 

of these Battalions are deployed for various law 

and order duties. In addition, CRPF also has 

1,689 of Mahila employees at various levels that 

are part of other General Duty Battalions and 

rendering different kind of law and order and 

other police duties around the country. �e 

strength of the 2 Mahila Battalions and other 

offices in the CRPF is 4,252 and the approximate 

annual salary cost on their employment is 

Rs.91.57 crore. 

15.56 �e first Indian Female Formed Police 

190 

Unit (FFPU) consisting of 125 female formed 

police officers reached Monrovia, Liberia on 

January 30, 2007 and a�er pre-induction 

training w.e.f. February 2, 2007 to February 5, 

2007, the troops started with their first 

deployment at Unity Conference Centre on 

February 8, 2007. Main duties assigned to FFPU 

were to provide back up to the Special Security 

Service and Liberian National Police for 

securing Ministry of Foreign Affairs, the office 

complex of President of Liberia. Two sections 

are earmarked for the joint task force patrol. 

Various patrol vehicles patrol the city and 

neighboring areas for crime prevention. And 

FFPU being the only women armed wing of the 

UNPOL is an integral part of the patrols (in 

each patrol, two of the FFPU officers are integral 

part). Besides, the FFPU was also tasked to 

provide reserve at LNP (Liberian National 

Police) HQ for reacting to any situation which 

arises in the city. FFPU has also participated in 

special operations, which were conducted 

jointly with the Armed Force of the Mission, 

UNPOL and Liberian National Police. 

15.57 On completion of tenure, the first 

batch has been replaced by another batch of the 

same strength, deployed in Liberia w.e.f. 

January 31, 2008 and second batch replaced by 

3rd batch w.e.f. January 23, 2009 which will be 

replaced by 4th contingent of FFPU from India 

in the last week of January, 2010. 

15.58 �e President of Liberia has 

appreciated and praised the good work done by 

this Female Formed Police Unit (CRPF) at 

Liberia, which was conveyed to Director 

General, CRPF during his last visit to Liberia to 

interact with the CRPF Mahila employees of 

CRPF posted to Liberia have been earning good 

name themselves both for policing duties as well 

as on their efforts to provide relief to the people 

of Liberia in their area of operation. 

15.59 �e names of the schemes exclusively 

benefiting women and the provisions made 

Chapter-XV

against each of them during the year 2009-10 

and 2010-11 are as under:- 

Chapter-XV 

(Rs. in lakh) 

Sl. Scheme Allocation 

No. 2009-10 2010-11 

1. Day Care Centre 4.95 17.08 

2. Gender Sensitization 3.49 2.28 

3. Health Care Centre 9.45 36.67 

4. Improvised Service 2.15 2.02 

5. Nutritional Care 4.96 4.34 

Centre 

6. Women’s Hostel/ 2.55 403.33 

Family 

Accommodation 

Total Budget 27.55 465.72 

Allocation 

Sashastra Seema Bal (SSB) 

15.60 �e names of the schemes exclusively 

benefiting women and the provisions made 

against each of them during the year 2009-10 

and 2010-11 are as under:- 

(Rs. in lakh) 

Sl. Scheme Allocation 

No. 2009-10 2010-11 

1. Day Care Centre 0.60 0.20 

2. Gender Sensitization 0.10 0.04 

3. Health & Nutritional 0.80 0.26 

Care Centre 

4. Women Hostel 1.50 1.50 

5. Separate 1.50 1.00 

accomodation for 

women employees 

Total Budget 4.50 3.00 

Allocation 

• A sum of Rs. 7.20 lakh has been incurred for 

running of women fitness centre with 

modern fitness equipments at Force Hqrs. 

***** 

already established during the year 2008-09; 

• Rs. 12.50 lakh has been utilized by FTR 

Guwahati for running of Day Care Centre 

and Health and Nutritional Care Centre 

being run at Guwahati, SHQ, Bongaigaon/ 

Tezpur and for the establishment of Mahila 

component (lady employees) posted in 

15th, 16th and 23rd Bns. during 2009-10; 

• Expenditure of Rs. 17.01 lakh has been 

incurred by the field units under FTR 

Lucknow for running of Day Care Centre 

and Health and Nutritional Care Centre 

during 2008-09; 

• Expenditure of Rs. 11.61 lakh has been 

incurred by AO Darjiling/Kishenganj and 

SHQ Ranidanga/Muzafarpur under FTR 

Patna for running of Day Care Centre and 

Health and Nutritional Care Centre during 

2008-09; 

• Rs. 13.05 lakh utilized during 2008-09 for 

running of Creche/Day Care Centre at FA 

Srinagar and ATC Gwaldam; 


running of Creche/Day Care Centre at 

ATC Shamshi/Kumarsain and Sarahan; 


running of Creche/Day Care Centre 

already established at TC Kasumpti; 


running of Creche/Day Care Centre at 

25th Bn., Ghitorni; 

• During the financial year 2009-10, Rs. 2.22 

crore has been incurred for construction of 

Hostel accommodation / separate 

accommodation for women employees till 

date; 

• Rs. 6.28 lakh has been incurred for running 

of Day Care Centre and Health and 

Nutritional Care Centre during 2009-10 by 

the field units till date; and 

• A provision of Rs. 3 crore for the above 

schemes exclusively benefiting women has 

been made in the current financial year 

2010-11. 

191

ANNEXURE

ANNEXURE-I 

MINISTERS, SECRETARIES, SPECIAL SECRETARIES, ADDITIONAL SECRETARIES AND 

JOINT SECRETARIES HELD/HOLDING POSITIONS IN THE MINISTRY OF HOME AFFAIRS 

DURING THE YEAR 2009-10 

Shri P. Chidambaram HOME MINISTER 

Shri Sriprakash Jaiswal (upto 22.05.2009) MINISTERS OF STATE 

Smt V. Radhika Selvi (upto 22.05.2009) 

Dr. Shakeel Ahmad (upto 22.05.2009) 

Shri Mullappally Ramachandran (since 28.05.2009) 

Shri Ajay Maken (since 28.05.2009) 

Shri Madhukar Gupta (upto 30.06.2009) HOME SECRETARY 

Shri G.K. Pillai (since 01.07.2009 ) 

Shri G.K. Pillai (from 11.06.2009 to 30.06.2009) OFFICER ON SPECIAL DUTY 

Shri Vinay Kumar (upto 31.12.2009) SECRETARY (Border Management) 

Shri A.E. Ahmad (since 01.01.2010) 

Shri Raman Srivastav (upto 01.08.2009) SPECIAL SECRETARIES 

Shri U.K. Bansal (since 07.08.2009) 

Smt. Anita Chaudhary (since 24.11.2009) 

Shri A.E. Ahmad (from 24.11.2009 to 31.12.2009) 

Smt. Anita Chaudhary (up to 23.11.2009) ADDITIONAL SECRETARIES 

Shri A.E. Ahmad (up to 23.11.2009) 

Shri Vishwapati Trivedi 

Shri Dileep Raj Singh Chaudhary 

Shri A.K. Yadav JOINT SECRETARIES 

Shri A.K. Goyal 

Shri Ashim Khurana 

Shri Ashok Lavasa (since 02.04.2009) 

Smt. B. Bhamathi 

Shri D. Diptivilasa 

iii

Shri D.K. Kotia 

Shri Dharmendra Sharma 

Shri K.C. Jain 

Shri K. Skandan 

Dr. Kashmir Singh 

Shri L.D. Jha 

Dr. N. S. Kalsi 

Shri Naveen Verma 

Shri O. Ravi 

Shri Prabhanshu Kamal (upto 08.10.2009) 

Shri R.P. Nath 

Shri Sada Kant 

Shri S. Suresh Kumar [since 20.11.2009 (AN)] 

Shri Shashi Bhushan (upto 30.11.2009) 

iv 

Dr. Sanjeev Mishra CHIEF CONTROLLER OF ACCOUNTS 

(Reference : Chapter-I, Para No.1.4)

ANNEXURE-II 

Vacant 

Addl. Secretary 

(Border Managemeng 

v

vi 

ANNEXURE-III 

STATEWISE SECURITY SITUATION DURING THE YEARS 2003-2010 

(JANUARY 31, 2010) 

ASSAM 

Head 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 Upto 

(31/1/2010) 

Incidents 358 267 398 413 474 387 424 35 

Extremists arrested/killed/ 750 1007 544 752 759 1237 1259 37 

surrendered 

SFs killed 12 17 07 32 27 18 22 01 

Civilians killed 182 194 173 164 287 245 152 11 

MEGHALAYA 

Incidents 85 47 37 38 28 16 12 02 

Extremists arrested/killed/ 

surrendered 

152 150 108 112 85 88 67 18 

SFs killed 07 08 - - 01 02 - - 

Civilians killed 35 17 01 06 09 01 03 - 

TRIPURA 

Incidents 394 212 115 87 94 68 19 04 


surrendered 

654 608 212 196 303 382 308 15 

SFs killed 39 46 11 14 06 03 01 - 


ARUANCHAL PRADESH 

Incidents 50 41 32 16 35 28 53 01 


surrendered 

81 74 58 23 53 26 108 03 

SFs killed 01 02 01 - 05 - - - 

Civilians killed 07 06 03 - 12 03 03 -

Head 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 Upto 

(31/1/2010) 

NAGALAND 

Incidents 199 186 192 309 272 321 129 05 

Extremists arrested/killed/ 189 145 141 203 211 460 206 28 

surrendered 

SFs killed 03 - 01 02 01 03 - - 


MIZORAM 

Incidents 03 03 04 05 02 01 01 - 


surrendered 

01 41 210 848 21 13 - - 

SFs killed 01 01 - - - 04 - - 

Civilians killed - - 02 - 02 - 01 - 

MANIPUR 

Incidents 243 478 554 498 584 740 659 38 


surrendered 

365 772 1186 1097 1443 2112 1896 97 

SFs killed 27 36 50 28 39 16 19 01 

Civilians killed 50 88 158 96 130 137 81 01 

(Reference: Chapter II, Para No. 2.6.1.) 

vii

viii 

ANNEXURE-IV 

STATEWISE LIST OF MAJOR MILITANT/INSURGENT GROUPS ACTIVE IN THE 

NORTH EASTERN STATES 

ASSAM 

(i) United Liberation Front of Assam (ULFA) 

(ii) National Democratic Front of Bodoland (NDFB) 

(iii) Dima Halam Daogah (Joel Garlosa) - DHD(J) 

MANIPUR 

(i) People’s Liberation army (PLA) 

(ii) United National Liberation Front (UNLF) 

(iii) People’s Revolutionary Party of Kangleipak (PREPAK) 

(iv) Kangleipak Communist Party (KCP) 

(v) Kanglei Yaol Kanba Lup (KYKL) 

(vi) Manipur People’s Liberation Front (MPLF) 

(vii) Revolutionary People’s Front (RPF) 

MEGHALAYA 

(i) Achik National Volunteer council (ANVC) 

(ii) Hynniewtrep National Liberation Council (HNLC) 

TRIPURA 

(i) All Tripura Tiger Force (ATTF) 

(ii) National Liberation Front of Tripura (NLFT) 

NAGALAND 

(i) The National Socialist Council of Nagaland (Isak Muivah) – [ NSCN(1/M)] 

(ii) The National Socialist Council of Nagaland (Khaplang) [ NSCN(K)] 

All the militant outfits mentioned above except the two factions of National Socialist Council 

of Nagaland, have been declared ‘Unlawful Associations’ under the Unlawful Activities 

(Prevention) Act, 1967 (3) of 1967). In addition, the outfits named above in respect of Assam, 

Manipur and Tripura have also been listed as ‘terrorist organisations’ in the schedule of the 

above Act. 

In addition, other militant groups like the Dima Halam Daogah (DHD) and United Peoples 

Democratic Solidarity (UPDS); Karbi Longri N.C. Hills Liberation Front (KLNLF), Kuki National 

Army (KNA) and Zomi Revolutionary Army (ZRA); Naga National Council (NNC) etc. are also 

active in the North East. 

(Reference: Chapter II, Para No. 2.6.13)

FUNDS RELEASED IN CASH/KIND UNDER SCHEME FOR MODERNISATION OF 

STATE POLICE FORCES 

ANNEXURE-V 

(Rs. in crore) 

Name of the State 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 2008-09 2009-10 

Cash/ Cash/ Cash/ Cash Cash Cash 

Kind Kind Kind 

Arunachal Pradesh 9.13 7.00 11.53 11.71 14.72 10.92 

Assam 41.37 56.68 52.18 88.12 68.12 49.93 

Manipur 15.24 16.97 14.09 32.06 39.24 24.44 

Meghalaya 7.58 6.57 8.59 15.41 10.82 8.55 

Mizoram 7.45 6.00 10.48 10.98 12.69 9.98 

Nagaland 13.09 17.52 22.68 30.72 38.43 29.68 

Sikkim 5.90 2.43 3.46 4.42 6.12 4.16 

Tripura 11.17 11.83 11.34 8.85 20.66 17.55 

TOTAL 110.93 125.00 134.35 202.27 210.80 155.21 

Reference Chapter II, Para No. 2.6.29 

ix

x 

ANNEXURE-VI 

PHYSICAL AND FINANCIAL PROGRESS OF COASTAL SECURITY SCHEME 

Physical progress 

State/ UT Coastal Police stations 

Sanctioned Nos. Made Construction Construction Construction 

Operational complete in progress not yet started 

Gujarat Coastal PS 10 10 9 1 - 

Check-posts 25 Nil 1 7 17 

Out-posts 46 Nil 2 33 11 

Maharashtra Coastal PS 12 12 - 2 10 

Check-posts 32 9 9 - 23 

Barracks 24 Nil 17 - 7 

Goa 3 3 - 1 2 

Karnataka 5 5 5 - - 

Kerala 8 1 1 5 2 

Tamil Nadu Coastal PS 12 12 12 - - 

Check-posts 40 26 26 11 3 

Out-posts 12 4 4 4 4 

AP 6 6 6 - - 

Orissa 5 5 - 2 3 

West Bengal Coastal PS 6 4 - 3 3 

Barracks 6 Nil - - 6 

Puducherry 1 1 - - 1 

Lakshadweep 4 4 1 2 1 

Daman & Diu 1 1 1 - - 

A&N Islands - - - - - 

Total Coastal PS 73 64 35 16 22 

Check-posts 97 35 36 18 43 

Out-posts 58 4 6 37 15 

Barracks 30 Nil 17 Nil 13

Financial Progress 

(Rs. in lakh) 

Sl. Name of State/UT Approved Approved Approved component Total release 

No. Outlay estimated for construction cost of of funds 

Boat coastal PSs, check-posts, 

component out-posts, barracks, 

vehicles and lump-sum 

assistance for office 

equipment & furniture 

etc. 

1 Gujarat 5842.60 5000.00 842.60 842.600 

2 Maharashtra 4092.60 3400.00 692.60 692.600 

3 Goa 1653.50 1500.00 153.50 153.500 

4 Karnataka 2711.90 2500.00 211.90 211.900 

5 Kerala 4356.00 4000.00 356.00 356.000 

6 Tamil Nadu 4408.00 3600.00 808.00 808.000 

7 Andhra Pradesh 3267.00 3000.00 267.00 267.000 

8 Orissa 2765.75 2500.00 265.75 265.750 

9 West Bengal 3353.40 3000.00 353.40 353.400 

10 Puducherry 544.50 500.00 44.50 44.500 

11 Lakshadweep 936.80 800.00 136.80 136.800 

12 Daman & Diu 668.35 600.00 68.35 68.350 

13 Andaman & Nicobar 2603.90 2500.00 103.90 77.788 

14 Sub-total (States/UTs) 4304.30 4278.188 

15 Stage payments for Boats - 10251.564 

16 Custom Duty etc. for Boats - 1989.259 

17 Sub-total (Boats) 32900.00 12240.823 

18 Sub-total 37204.30 16519.011 

(Non-recurring) 

19 Training charges to - 152.339 

Coast Guard 

20 Advance POL charges 1121.000 

21 Sub-total 15100.00 1273.339 

(Recurring) 

22 GRAND TOTAL 52304.30 32900.00 4304.30 17792.350 

(Reference : Chapter III, Para 3.33) 

xi

xii 

AREA AND POPULATION OF THE UNION TERRITORIES 

ANNEXURE-VII 

S. Union Territory Area Population Population 

No. (in Sq. Km.) (1991 Census) (2001 Census) 

1. Andaman and Nicobar 8,249 2,80,661 3,56,152 

Islands 

2. Chandigarh 114 6,42,015 9,00,635 

3. Dadra and Nagar Haveli 491 1,38,477 2,20,490 

4. Daman and Diu 112 1,01,586 1,58,204 

5. Lakshadweep 32 51,707 60,650 

6. National Capital Territory 1,483 94,20,644 1,38,50,507 

of Delhi. 

7. Puducherry 492 8,07,785 9,74,345 

Total 10,973 1,14,42,875 1,65,20,983 

(Reference: Chapter VII, Para No.7.3)

ANNEXURE-VIII 

(Rs. in Crore) 

ABSTRACT OF BUDGET OF THE UNION TERRITORIES WITHOUT LEGISLATURE ON NET 

BASIS 

A&N islands 

Chandigarh 

2008-09 2008-09 2009-10 2009-10 

BE Expenditure BE RE 

Plan 1087.85 1534.77 1536.81 1536.81 

Non-Plan 800.00 1086.42 1148.37 1179.27 

Total 1887.85 2621.19 2658.18 2716.08 

Plan 304.65 488.54 319.22 449.22 

Non-Plan 890.00 949.09 1449.00 1478.58 

Total 1194.65 1437.63 1768.22 1927.80 

Dadra & 

Nagar Haveli Plan 86.03 111.00 153.68 188.68 

Non-Plan 65.00 326.09 91.42 97.89 

Daman & Diu 

Total 151.03 437.09 245.10 286.57 

Plan 82.25 104.95 154.34 165.12 

Non-Plan 66.00 163.53 83.21 111.31 

Lakshadweep 

Total 148.25 268.48 237.55 276.43 

Plan 263.68 270.16 296.86 288.86 

Non-Plan 252.35 371.53 379.97 389.07 

Total 516.03 641.69 676.83 677.93 

Puducherry 

NCT of Delhi 

Abstract of Central Assistance to Union Territories with Legislature 

(Reference: Chapter VII, Para No.7.3) 

Plan 136.37 150.35 264.19 264.12 

Non-Plan 439.00 941.57 755.00 860.67 

Total 575.37 1091.92 1019.19 1124.79 

Plan 1240.02 808.22 2435.68 2435.75 

Non-Plan 25.00 25.00 25.00 35.00 

Total 1265.02 833.22 2460.68 2470.75 

xiii

STATUS OF FUNDS RELEASED/YET TO BE RELEASED IN THE CURRENT FINANCIAL YEAR 

2009-10 TO THE UNION TERRITORIES AND DELHI POLICE UNDER POLICE MODERNISA- 

TION SCHEME (PMSUT) As on 2.3.2010 

(Rs. In lakh) 

Sl. UTs Amount Amount Date of issue Balance amountto 

No. sanctioned released of sanction be released in 

under AAP (till date) letter FY 2009-10 

2009-10 

xiv 

1. Andaman & Nicobar 2680.00 893.00 09.06.2009 0.00 

Islands 1787.00 27.08.2009 

2. Delhi Police 12240.00 4080.00 18.06.2009 0.00 

8160.00 19.11.2009 

3. Lakshadweep 314.30 104.00 03.07.2009 0.00 

210.30 24.12.2009 

4. Puducherry 1320.00 440.00 15.07.2009 880.00 

5. Chandigarh 140.00 46.67 27.08.2009 0.00 

93.33 30.12.2009 

6. Daman & Diu 430.00 143.00 04.09.2009 0.00 

287.00 26.02.2010 

7. Dadar & Nagar 520.00 173.33 08.10.2009 79.03 

Haveli 267.64 25.02.2010 

Total 17644.30 16685.27 959.03 

(Reference: Chapter VII, Para No.7.13) 

ANNEXURE-IX

Allocation and Release of Funds from CRF/ NCCF during 2009-2010 

(Rs. in crore) 

Sl. Name of the Allocation of CRF Releases from CRF Releases 

No. State Central State Total 1 st 2 nd from NCCF 

Share Share Instalment Instalment 

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 

1. Andhra Pradesh 313.67 104.56 418.23 156.835 156.835 685.81# 

+185.81 

2. Arunachal Pradesh 23.86 7.95 31.81 11.93 11.93 32.29 

3. Assam 162.80 54.27 217.07 81.40 81.40 -- 

4. Bihar 125.59 41.86 167.45 62.795 62.795 -- 

5. Chhattisgarh 94.22 31.41 125.63 92.825 @ -- 

(45.715*+ 

47.11) 

6. Goa 1.92 0.64 2.56 0.96 0.96 4.04 # 

7. Gujarat 224.25 74.75 299.00 112.125 112.125 -- 

8. Haryana 113.39 37.80 151.19 110.69 + 56.695 -- 

(53.995* 

56.695) 

9. Himachal Pradesh 84.91 28.30 113.21 21.2275 42.455 14.58 

10. Jammu & Kashmir 72.90 24.30 97.20 71.825 36.45 -- 

(35.375 * 

+ 36.45) 

11. Jharkhand 106.31 35.44 141.75 104.735 53.155 -- 

(51.58 * + 

53.155) 

ANNEXURE-X 

12. Karnataka 104.52 34.84 139.36 52.26 52.26 1594.36 

(83.83 + 500 # 

+ 53.04)+ 

13. Kerala 77.93 25.98 103.91 38.965 38.965 -- 

957.49 

14. Madhya Pradesh 214.41 71.47 285.88 107.21 107.205 40.53 

xv

15. Maharashtra 203.21 67.74 270.95 387.29 101.605 182.10 

xvi 

(92.155 + 

96.765 * + 

96.765+ 

101.605) 

16. Manipur 4.69 1.56 6.25 4.615 2.345 0.91 

(2.265 + 

2.35)* 

17. Meghalaya 9.51 3.17 12.68 4.755 @ -- 

18. Mizoram 5.55 1.85 7.40 8.165 2.775 -- 

(2.695* + 

2.695* 

+ 2.775) 

19. Nagaland 3.22 1.07 4.29 1.61 1.61 8.47 

20. Orissa 254.27 84.76 339.03 49.369 127.135 -- 

21. Punjab 133.12 44.37 177.49 66.56 @ -- 

22. Rajasthan 378.90 126.30 505.20 189.45 189.45 115.12 

23. Sikkim 14.78 4.93 19.71 7.39 7.39 -- 

24. Tamil Nadu 190.60 63.53 254.13 47.65 95.30 -- 

25. Tripura 10.83 3.61 14.44 10.675 

(5.26* 

+ 5.415) 

5.415 -- 

26. Uttar Pradesh 249.55 83.19 332.74 124.775 124.775 148.96 

27. Uttarakhand 76.39 25.46 101.85 38.195 @ -- 

28. West Bengal 197.93 65.98 263.91 98.965 98.965 166.869 

(128.28 

+38.589) 

Total: - 3453.23 1151.09 4604.32 2065.25 1569.99 2994.039 

@ Installment(s) of Centre’s share of CRF for the year of 2009-10 has not been released for 

want of information relating to crediting of earlier released funds and submission of utilization 

certificate. 

* Arrears of previous year. 

# Released ‘on account’ basis for flood-09. 

(Reference: Chapter X, Para 10.17)

STATEMENT SHOWING STATE-WISE EXTENT OF DAMAGE DUE TO HEAVY 

RAINS/FLASH FLOODS/FLOODS/ LANDSLIDE DURING THE YEAR 2009 

(Provisional) 

Sl. State/UT No. of No. of No. of Cropped area 

No. human cattle houses affected (lakh 

lives lost heads damaged hectares) 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) 

1. Andhra Pradesh 108 44132 213748 2.82 

2. Assam 08 12 240 0.298 

3. Bihar 63 02 6050 Neg. 

4. Chhattisgarh 05 03 1321 -- 

5. Goa 03 265 1053 0.034 

6. Gujarat 94 456 12641 0.029 

7. Haryana 09 16 2216 0.083 

8. Himachal Pradesh 25 104 2670 - 

9. Karnataka 396 9043 665877 24.22 

10. Kerala 142 177 22744 0.39 

11. Madhya Pradesh 56 148 11356 -- 

12. Maharashtra 65 31509 75441 8.79 

13. Orissa 59 -- 13547 1.33 

14. Punjab 08 -- 72 0.06 

15. Rajasthan 48 3509 221 -- 

16. Sikkim 01 -- -- -- 

17. Tamil Nadu 108 312 8437 -- 

18. Uttar Pradesh 254 101 2893 4.61 

19. Uttarakhand 87 362 412 -- 

20 West Bengal 137 38744 318786 4.47 

21 Puducherry -- 07 01 Neg. 

Total 1676 128452 1359726 47.134 

(13.59 lakh) 

(Reference: Chapter X, Para 10.27) 

ANNEXURE-XI 

xvii

xviii 

Annexure - XII 

Estimated Birth rate, Death rate, Natural growth rate and Infant mortality rate, 2008 

India/States/ Union Birth rate Death rate Natural growth rate Infant mortality rate 

Territories Total Rural Urban Total Rural Urban Total Rural Urban Total Rural Urban 

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 

India Bigger States 22.8 24.4 18.5 7.4 8.0 5.9 15.4 16.5 12.6 53 58 36 

1. Andhra Pradesh 18.4 19.1 16.8 7.5 8.3 5.7 10.9 10.8 11.1 52 58 36 

2. Assam 23.9 25.3 15.7 8.6 9.0 5.6 15.4 16.2 10.1 64 66 39 

3. Bihar 28.9 29.7 22.5 7.3 7.4 6.0 21.6 22.3 16.5 56 57 42 

4. Chhattisgarh 26.1 27.6 19.3 8.1 8.5 6.4 18.0 19.2 12.9 57 59 48 

5. Delhi 18.4 20.2 18.1 4.8 5.1 4.7 13.6 15.1 13.4 35 40 34 

6. Gujarat 22.6 24.1 20.3 6.9 8.0 5.4 15.7 16.1 14.9 50 58 35 

7. Haryana 23.0 24.2 20.4 6.9 7.3 5.9 16.1 16.8 14.5 54 58 43 

8. Jammu & Kashmir 18.8 20.2 14.0 5.8 6.0 4.9 13.1 14.2 9.1 49 51 37 

9. Jharkhand 25.8 27.5 18.9 7.1 7.5 5.2 18.7 19.9 13.7 46 49 32 

10. Karnataka 19.8 20.9 17.9 7.4 8.5 5.5 12.4 12.4 12.4 45 50 33 

11. Kerala 14.6 14.6 14.6 6.6 6.7 6.4 8.0 7.9 8.2 12 12 10 

12. Madhya Pradesh 28.0 30.0 21.1 8.6 9.4 6.0 19.4 20.7 15.1 70 75 48 

13. Maharashtra 17.9 18.4 17.2 6.6 7.4 5.6 11.3 11.0 11.6 33 40 23 

14. Orissa 21.4 22.2 16.0 9.0 9.4 6.9 12.3 12.9 9.1 69 71 49 

15. Punjab 17.3 18.0 16.1 7.2 8.0 6.0 10.1 10.1 10.1 41 45 33 

16. Rajasthan 27.5 28.8 23.5 6.8 7.0 6.1 20.7 21.8 17.4 63 69 38 

17. Tamil Nadu 16.0 16.2 15.8 7.4 8.2 6.3 8.6 8.0 9.4 31 34 28 

18. Uttar Pradesh 29.1 30.0 25.1 8.4 8.8 6.6 20.7 21.2 18.4 67 70 49 

19. West Bengal 17.5 19.4 12.4 6.2 6.1 6.6 11.2 13.3 5.8 35 37 29 

Smaller States 

1. Arunachal Pradesh 21.8 23.1 15.2 5.2 5.6 3.0 16.6 17.5 12.1 32 34 19 

2. Goa 13.6 13.4 13.8 6.6 8.1 5.7 7.1 5.3 8.2 10 10 11 

3. Himachal Pradesh 17.7 18.2 12.1 7.4 7.7 4.7 10.3 10.6 7.4 44 45 27 

4. Manipur 15.8 15.9 15.7 5.0 4.8 5.4 10.9 11.1 10.3 14 16 8 

5. Meghalaya 25.2 27.3 15.6 7.9 8.4 5.4 17.3 18.9 10.2 58 60 43 

6. Mizoram 17.8 22.0 13.4 5.1 5.9 4.2 12.8 16.1 9.2 37 45 24 

7. Nagaland 17.5 17.8 16.4 4.6 5.0 3.3 12.9 12.9 13.0 26 25 28 

8. Sikkim 18.4 18.7 16.6 5.2 5.4 3.7 13.2 13.3 12.8 33 35 19 

9. Tripura 15.4 16.1 12.0 5.9 6.0 5.2 9.5 10.1 6.8 34 36 26 

10. Uttarakhand 20.1 21.0 16.5 6.4 6.7 5.6 13.6 14.4 10.9 44 48 24 

Union Territories 

1. Andaman & Nicobar 16.9 16.9 17.1 4.8 5.5 3.6 12.1 11.4 13.4 31 35 23 

Islands 

2. Chandigarh 16.4 22.6 15.8 4.4 3.1 4.6 11.9 19.6 11.2 28 22 29 

3. Dadra & Nagar Haveli 27.0 26.4 29.2 5.4 6.1 3.0 21.6 20.4 26.2 34 38 20 

4. Daman & Diu 17.5 17.3 17.9 5.3 5.4 5.2 12.2 12.0 12.6 31 29 36 

5. Lakshadweep 14.3 15.7 12.9 7.1 6.4 7.8 7.1 9.3 5.0 31 28 35 

6. Puducherry 16.4 16.4 16.4 7.5 8.8 6.9 8.9 7.6 9.5 25 31 22 

(Reference: Chapter-XIV, Para 14.31)

ANNEXURE-XIII 

DETAILS OF VIGILANCE/DISCIPLINARY CASES IN MINISTRTY OF HOME AFFAIRS AND ITS 

ATTACHED/SUBORDINATE OFFICES AS ON DECEMBER 2009 

Sl. Item Gazetted Non- Gazetted 

No. Cases Officer Cases Officers 

1. Number of Vigilance/disciplinary 176 180 846 888 

cases as on 1.4.2009. 

2. Vigilance/disciplinary cases started 72 87 1617 1717 

from 1.4.2009 to 31.12.2009. 

3. Vigilance/disciplinary cases disposed 68 69 1613* 1675 

of upto 31.12.2009. 

4. Vigilance/disciplinary cases as 180 198 852 930 

on 31.12.2009.(1+2-3) 

5. Action taken in respect of Vigilance/ 

disciplinary cases disposed of (with 

reference to serial number-3): 

(a) Dismissal 4 4 378 389 

(b) Removal 3 3 247 257 

(c) Compulsory retirement 4 4 91 95 

(d) Reduction in rank/pay etc. 6 5 104 106 

(e) Withholding of increment 1 1 312 332 

(f) Withholding of promotion 1 1 3 1 

(g) Recovery ordered from pay - - 45 24 

(h) Censure 4 4 123 119 

(i) Warning 7 7 23 27 

(j) Displeasure 17 19 3 2 

(k) Exoneration 7 7 42 61 

(l) Transfer of cases - - 9 9 

(m) Proceedings dropped 6 6 36 42 

(n) Cut in pension 4 4 - - 

(o) Resignation accepted - - 9 9 

(p) Confinement in Unit - - 82 89 

(q) Confinement in Quarter Guard - - 120 109 

(r) Transferred Out 1 1 2 - 

(s) Kept in abeyance 2 2 2 2 

(t) Removal from Instt. Area - - - - 

(u)Proceedings dropped as per 1 1 1 1 

Court orders 

(v) Extra Duty 4 

Total (a to v) 68 69 1636* 1675 

* Variation in Sl. No.3 and Sl. No.5 of Non-Gazetted cases column is due to the fact that number 

of persons involved and accordingly punishments awarded in one single case is more than one 

and therefore, has to be shown repeatedly in different punishment columns of Sl. No.5. 

(Reference: Chapter XV, Para 15.17) 

xix

DETAILS OF OUTSTANDING INTERNAL AUDIT OBJECTIONS/PARAS AS ON 

DECEMBER 31, 2009 

Sl. 

Paras out- Paras re- Paras set- Paras out- 

No. Name of the Organization/ 

Union territoreis 

standing as 

on March 

31, 2009 

ceived 

during 

April 1, 

2009 to 

tledduring April 1, 

2009 to 

December 

standing 

at the end 

of December 

31, 

December 

31, 2009 

31, 2009 2009 

1 Ministry of Home Affairs (Proper) 

2 Department of Official Language 

3 Registrar General of India 

4 Border Security Force 

5 Central Reserve Police Force(CRPF) 

6 National Security Guard (NSG) 

7 Central Industrial Security Force 

(C.I.S.F.) 

8 Intelligence Bureau (I.B.) 

9 SVP, National Police Academy, 

Hyderabad (N.P.A.) 

10 Assam Rifles 

11 Indo Tibetan Border Police (I.T.B.P.) 

12 Bureau of Police Research and Development 

(B.P.R.&D.) 

13 National Institute of Criminology 

and Forensic Science 

14 National Crime Record Bureau 

15 Lakshadweep 

16 Andaman and Nicobar Islands 

17 Daman and Diu 

18 Dadra and Nagar Haveli 

19 Chandigarh 

Total 


xx 

22 

45 

47 

490 

107 

17 

172 

75 

15 

71 

41 

7 

16 

26 

225 

1055 

74 

111 

1349 

3965 

10 

17 

59 

130 

23 

51 

86 

42 

0 

25 

59 

0 

0 

9 

94 

245 

0 

0 

105 

955 

ANNEXURE-XIV 

0 

14 

52 

82 

38 

26 

62 

23 

0 

36 

48 

0 

0 

3 

40 

161 

0 

2 

113 

700 

32 

48 

54 

538 

92 

42 

196 

94 

15 

60 

52 

7 

16 

32 

279 

1139 

74 

109 

1341 

4220

S. 

No. 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

Year 

2003-04 

2004-05 

2005-06 

2006-07 

2007-08 

No. of Paras/PAC reports on 

which ATNs have been submitted 

to PAC after vetting 

by Audit 

4 

(14.1 , 14. 2, 14.3 and 14.6 of 

Report No.2 of 2003) 

- 

1 

(9.1 of Report No. 2 of 2005) 

1 

(7.1 of Report No. 2 of 2006) 

2 

(10.1 & 10.2 of Report No. 2 

of 2007) 

6. 2008-09 3 

(9.1, 9.2 & 9.4 of Report No. 

CA1 of 2008) 


No. of 

ATNs not 

sent by 

the Ministry 

even 

for the 

first time 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

No. of ATNs 

sent but returned 

with 

observations 

and audit 

awaiting their 

resubmission 

by the Ministry 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

1 

(9.3) 

ANNEXURE-XV 

STATUS OF THE ATNs ON IMPORTANT AUDIT OBSERVATIONS INCLUDED IN EARLIER 

ANNUAL REPORTS 

Details of the Paras/PA reports on which 

ATNs are pending 

No. of ATNs 

which have 

been finally 

vetted by 

audit but 

have not 

been submitted 

by the 

Ministry to 

PAC 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

xxi

xxii 

OUTSTANDING AUDIT OBSERVATIONS/PARAS OF C&AG AND A.T.R. AS ON 

DECEMBER 31, 2009 

Audit Observations/Paras 

I. Recovery at the instance of audit 

On being pointed out that reimbursement of expenditure on security had been made 

to the Government of Assam in excess of the eligible amount, the Ministry recovered 

Rs. 72.00 lakh from the Government of Assam. 

(Para No. 6.2 of Report No. CA 14 of 2008-09) 

Transaction Audit Observations 

II. Unauthorised attachment of personnel at officers’ mess by BSF. 

Director General, Border Security Force attached large number of personnel by diverting 

from their field units to the Ashwini Officers’ Mess, Nizamuddin and Force Headquarter 

Officers’ Mess, Tigri, New Delhi in violation of the orders of the Ministry issued on the 

directions of the Group of Ministers on National Security. 



III. Extra expenditure – Rs. 59.61 lakh 

Delay in processing of the case by Intelligence Bureau for purchase of a plot for its office 

building in Varanasi resulted in extra expenditure of Rs. 59.61 lakh. 



IV. Inordinate delay in completion of water supply scheme. 

Improper planning and execution by APWD in completion of a Water Supply Scheme 

in South Andaman led to an expenditure of Rs. 9.50 crore without fulfillment of the objective 

even after thirteen years. 



(Reference: Chapter XV, Para 15.44 ) 

ANNEXURE-XVI

S. 

No. 

1 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

Para No. 

2 

6.2 of Report 

No. CA 14 of 

2008-09 



2008-09 



2008-09 



2008-09 

Brief Subject 

3 

Recovery at 

the Instance of 

Audit. 

Unauthorized 

attachment 

of personnel at 

Officers’ Mess 

by BSF. 

Extra expenditure 

- Rs. 59.61 lakh. 

Inordinate delay in 

Completion of 

Water 

Supply Scheme. 

Subject Matter 

Ministries/Deptt. 

4 

NE Dn. 

Police-II 

Dn. 

Police-II Dn. 

UT Dn. 

ANNEXURE-XVII 

STATUS OF VARIOUS AUDIT PARAS PERTAINING TO MHA AS ON DECEMBER 31, 2009 


Present Status 

5 

The para has been 

settled and sent to 

Monitoring Cell, M/o 

Finance. 

The para has been 

settled and sent to 

Monitoring Cell, M/o 

Finance. 

Vetted comments of 

audit received and 

action is being initiated 

for sending the final 

ATN to Monitoring Cell, 

M/o Finance. 

The information has 

been sought from 

Andaman & Nicobar 

Administration which is 

awaited. 

xxiii

Annual Report - Ministry of Home Affairs

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?